IN MEMORIAM J. Henry Senger ibeatb's flDofcern Uanauaae Series A GERMAN DRILL BOOK CONTAINING MATERIALS ESSENTIAL TO BEGINNERS IN THE STUDY OF GERMAN FKANCIS KINGSLEY BALL, PH.D. INSTRUCTOR IN GREEK AND GERMAN IN THE PHILLIPS EXETER ACADEMY AUTHOR OF " THE ELEMENTS OF GREEK," ETC. BOSTON, U. S. A. D. C. HEATH & CO., PUBLISHERS 1904 IN MEMORIAM COPYRIGHT, 1904,' BY D. C. HEATH & Co. PREFACE ri iHIS little book presents in a systematic and concise form -L such materials for the study of German as teachers are accustomed to collect, at great expense of time and labor, from the grammar, the dictionary, the reader, the sight book, the com- position book, and other sources. To facilitate reviews and drill work, the book is arranged by topics, which both teachers and students will easily find. A word of explanation with regard to the use of the book may not be out of place. The author's classes in German do written work with every lesson. Heretofore, the classes have met five hours a week. Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, and Friday are taken up with exercises from a grammar. For Wednesday, a review is required from the Drill Book, covering the ground of the preceding four lessons. The hour on Wednesday is given to an examination on the review, and some additional test is added. At the beginning of the year, this test is the inflection of nouns and adjectives, or a word list, with a sentence or two from the materials beginning on page 135. Toward the middle of the fall term, when the students know the commonest inflections of nouns, adjectives, and verbs, and have a small vocabulary, more difficult English- German sentences are set, with a bit of German- English, selected from the passages beginning on page 145. By the end of the fall term, the important inflections, including the irregular verbs and the mood auxiliaries, have been studied once and reviewed week by week from the Drill Book. Besides this, about fifty pages of easy prose have been read. After Christmas, reading is begun from some elementary text. As exercises for Thursday and Monday, the students write out iii iv A GERMAN DRILL BOOK at sight, in their own rooms, translations of German selections (pages 145-212). These translations are read aloud in class, criticised, and handed in at the end of the hour. For the other two days, Friday and Tuesday, \\riuni exercises from a composition book are required. The A. ben He b*l to N. Ml bit bic Me Plural G. D. ber btt ber ben ber >cn o/Me to or for the A. bte bie bte the 2 Tlu dative 2 or the accusative 8 with a preposition (85, 88, 90): ; am = on bent, on (beside) the bcim = bci bcm, ut nad), toward, and $u, to, although expressing motion toward, are always used with the dative (85). THE POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES flein, . (c) f (*)* () (e) a neuters A. Cll N. ill 1* _-_ er (e) (e) G. 4! t -=-tr (*) (e) Plural D. J=I{) ^-tn -=-eni (e)a -<*) of ail A. y t -=-er -() <) nouns a, o r n 0, 0, U, till a, o, u, an sometimes generally always modified modified modified The Gender of Nouns according to their Meanings 4 Masculine: Most large males, large birds, fish, stones, mountains, non- German rivers; the days of the week, the months, the seasons, the phe- nomena of the weather (as, bcr @djttee, #notc), the points of the compass. Feminine: Most females (except ba$ BBetfc, woman, and nouns ending in rticii and Icin : trees, plants, flowers, fruits (except ber ftpfel, apple)] small birds, insects ; numbers ; abstract names ; German rivers (except ber ccf|, bcr Wotn r bcr Ncrfar, bcr JHftetn). Neuter: Materials of all kinds; metals (except ber 3taf)l, steel)-, the young of animals; countries (except those always having the article: as, bie 3d)tPei$ r Switzerland), cities ; infinitives and other words (not de- noting persons) used as nouns ; the letters of the alphabet. 1 In nouns of one syllable, writers generally use the ending ed. 2 In nouns of one syllable, writers generally use the ending e except after a preposition or before a vowel. 8 The dative plural of all nouns ends in n. 4 The gender of a large number of nouns is determined by their form or their ending (5). The gender of a great many others must be learned from the dictionary. Constant practice in pronouncing nouns aloud with the article will be of much assistance. THE GENDER OF NOUNS BY CLASSES The Gender of Nouns according to their Classes Class I (6,1). Masculine: Most nouns ending in unaccented d, Ctt, Ct; bet cheese. Feminine : bie 9)ltttter r mother, bte Xodjter, daughter. Neuter : Some nouns ending in unaccented t\ f Ctt, tv ; all diminutive nouns ending in djett, leitt ; most nouns of the form @e C, Class II (8,3) . 2 Masculine: Most nouns of one syllable; all nouns ending in irfj, tg, ftttg; many nouns, mostly of foreign origin, ending in (, it, r, t, and accented on the last syllable. Feminine : About 35 nouns of one syllable ; all nouns ending in fttttft (123,5), and some nouns ending in iti3, faL Neuter : About 60 nouns of one syllable ; most nouns ending in ttt, fat; many nouns of foreign origin (not denoting persons), ending in (, tt f r, t f and accented on the last syllable. Class III (12, i) 3 Masculine: A few nouns of one syllable; ber ^rrittttt, mistake, ber Ofcidjlttttt, riches. Neuter: About 60 nouns mostly of one syllable; almost all nouns ending in turn. Class IV (13, i) 4 Masculine: About 20 nouns of one syllable; all nouns ending in c denoting males ; many nouns of foreign origin, generally denoting per- sons, ending in t, and accented on the last syllable. Feminine: About 75 nouns of one syllable; all feminine nouns of more than one syllable (except bie Gutter, bie Xodjter, Class I ; and those ending in nt3, fa( r Class II). Class V (17,i) 5 Masculine : A few irregular nouns ; almost all nouns of foreign origin ending in or. Neuter : A few irregular nouns ; some nouns of foreign origin ending in I, ttU A <;i-:i;.MA \ /;/;//./. Hunk NOUNS: CLASS I, STRONG Masculine: Most nouns ending in UIKUVI -HUM! cl, en, cr; ber fififc, cheese. Feminine: frie Wuttcr, mother, bie 2od)ter, daughter. 1 Neuter: Some nouns ending in unaccented cl, on, or; all diminutive nouns ending in djcn, 8 Iciu; most nouns of the form (>>o c.* The genitive singular of masculines and neuters = ,' The nominative plural of all nouns = JsL. The dative plural ends in n. this uncle bicfcr nfel ftp cm en c cr en e my garden mciu (itorten 6 U m en e (Mrtcn er en Me wagon ber SSagen Ml Me young lady be* ftrciulein* no painting J fcin m n ' iw - frcn ^iij;i-ii i>ic ^ihu-ii ^r ^vhu'ii ben ^iivu-n bie bad frraulein bie ber :cn bie fcincm (^mSl'bf (ci]i ^emai'be your brother mbcr 3t?ren your m^' cure SRuttcr curer Gutter curer Winter cure feme feincr fcinen (^cmSl'ben fiiiie Wctnai'be our cloister unfcr &1 Sfter V7 ,^ 33riibcr 3^rer SMtber cure flitter curer W litter curen Wiittcrn cure flitter unierm Mlofter uiifer ftlSfter unfre 7 KlBfter unfrer ftlBfter unfern ^I3ftent unjre 13ftcr 1 Other feminine nouns ending in cl or er belong to Class IV (13, i). 2 All infinitives end in c n, and, when used as nouns, are neuter. *Cf. " manikin," "lambkin," " napkin." 4 Most nouns beginning with (Be are neuter. 5 Feminine nouns remain unchanged in the singular. 6 This short method is recommended for all written work, both on the blackboard and in examinations. It will save time and eyesight. 7 When a stem ends in I or r, the e of the ending or of the stem is generally dropped. NOUNS OF THE FIRST CLASS < Besides bie SKutter, bie Softer, and ba Slofter, some important masculine nouns of Class I have a f 0, U modified in the plural : l ber 5lcfer bie trfer field ber jammer bie jammer hammer ber Slpfel bie Styfel apple ber Mantel bie Mantel cloak ber Soben bie Stfben 2 ground ber 92agel bie 9?agel nail ber Srnber bie Sriiber brother ber Dfen bie Dfen stove ber gaben bie gaben 3 thread ber Sater bie Sater father ber (Garten bie Garten garden ber Sogel bie Siigel bird Among the important masculine nouns of Class I are the fol- lowing : l ber Settler bie Settler beggar ber Seljrer bie Se^rer teacher ber Srnnnen bie Srnnnen well ber SJfteifter bie SOIeifter master ber Siirger bie Siirger citizen ber Bergen bie ^Jlorgcn morning ber Wiener bie Wiener servant ber Dnfel bie Dnlel uncle ber (ngel bie (Sngel angel ber ^anber bie D^anber robber ber ($fel bie (fel ass ber fitter bie fitter knight ber ginger bie ginger finger ber IHncfen bie D^itrfen back ber gliigel bie gliigel wing ber Sf^iiler bie 6t^iiler scholar ber iigel bie itgel hill ber @ommer bie Summer summer ber $aifer bie ^aifer emperor ber Winter bie Winter winter Among the important neuter nouns of Class I are the follow- ing : bag filter bie filter age bag ljea f ter bie Sljea'ter theatre bag genfter bie genfter window -.bag lifer bie Ufer shore bag gener bie gener fire bag Staffer bie Gaffer water bag tlSfter bie mBfter cloister bag better bie better weather bag Sefcen bie SeBen life bag SBnnber bie 2!Bnnber wonder bag SJieffer bie SOieffer knife bag ^cirfjen bie 3eirf|en sign bag Smttel bie 9ittel means bag Dimmer bie Dimmer room 1 Students should read and reread this list aloud ; for that is the easiest and surest way to learn the meanings, the forms, and the gen- ders. In the classroom, the teacher should use the list as follows: First, he should satisfy himself, by questions or otherwise, that the students know the meaning of each word in the list. Secondly, he should have the words inflected on the blackboard with biefer f jener, jeber, tueldfer (1,2), ber (2, i), fein r eitt, etc. (3, i). 2 Or bie SBoben. 3 Or bie gaben. A (,I:HM.\ v him. i. HOOK A ff\v masculine nouns are inflected like rur iHnflcn Class I, 6,3), except that the final 11 in tin- muninat i\ < "ininilar i> Lrrnrrall y ln||u'l. n- Jyelfeit, rock', c/ijf, and I >>i'r v foarf, an- i ular in the singular : iht heap ber hVMn'ie bet I i ber be0 WeNin'ten* be$ $aufen* bed fte(|en($) bed $er$en* ^cm WctHin'ien bem Maitu-n nn ^cm \vi;cn ben Weban'ren be ^wufcn ben Sclfcna bad Me (^^nn'fcn :ic ic ivn bie bcr (^o^n'fcn ber (attj ber ber ben (^cNin'fon ben ben bie (MctHin'tcn bie twiuVn ^ic bie $er$cn 2 Like ber Wcbniifc or ber attfe, are inflected the following masc iilint nouns (the plural of ber Sd)abe(tt> is bie 3d)dbcn): 8 bcv ^riebe(n) bie ^-ricbcn peace ber Aiiufc it * ^ bei Webnirfc 5 bie (Hebon'fen bci (^efnl'le n I I bev Wloube(tt) ber $auie n bic >>nu?cu /- // Stamen ""//" raiue H Me 3amen seed ber 3d>abc,ni bie 3rtinben Aarm ber Bifle() "/// NOUNS; CLASS II, STRONG Masculine: Most nouns of one syllable; 6 all nouns ending in id), ifl, ling; many nouns, mostly of foreign origin, ending in I, f r, t, and acivnted on the last syllable. Feminine: About 35 nouns of one syllable; all nouns ending in fnitft (1*23,5), a d some nouns ending in niv, fnl. Neuter: About 60 nouns of one syllable; most nouns ending in nic r fol; many nouns of foreign origin (not denoting persons), ending in I f tt r r r t f and accented on the last syllable. 1 The nominative singular without it is preferable. 2 Or geld. 8 Tor ^ud| x ftab(e) r letter (of the alphabet), has Surti'ftabcn $) in the geni- tive singular; in the other cases. Stadi'itaben. 4 The genitive singular is sometimes Junfcn. 6 The nominative sin- gular is without n. 8 Many of these are verb roots : as, ber Srfjlag, blow (frfftageit, strike). NOUNS OF THE SECOND CLASS The genitive singular of masculines and neuters = (e)g. 1 The nominative plural of all nouns = -^Ie* 2 The dative plural of all nouns = -^-en* which tree that river my foot the hand meld) er 23autn jener Stufe mein Su $ bie ^anb 1 eg eg 1 jeneg gtuffeg tnetneg Su feeg ber anb em e 3 jenent Stuffe metnem Su fee 3 ber anb en jenen Slufj meinen Su fe bte anb e SBa'um e 2 jene Stuff e 2 ntetne S2 fee 2 bte a>n ^ e2 er e jener Stuffe ntetner SS fee ber anbe en en jenen Stuffen nteinen S# feen ben anben e e jene S^uffe metne ^u fee bie anbe the day the month '' your year the secret ber Sag ber 9fto f nat bein 3at)v bag ef)ettn f ni3 beg Sageg 1 beg 9Jio'natg betneg Sa^reg beg e^eint f mffeg 4 bent Sage 3 bent 9)?o f nat betnent 3a^re bent ($k)eim f nts> ben Sag ben Sfto'nat bein 5^ bag et)etm r ni bie Sage 2 bte 9fto f nate betne Qa^re 2 bte ef)etnt f ntffe ber Sage ber 90o f nate betner .Qatjre ber e^eim f ntffe ben Sagen ben 5Q^o f naten betnen Qatjren ben et)etm f ntffen bte Sage bie 90?o'nate betne $otyct bte e^etnt'ntffe the hall the bishop the palace the monument ber @aal ber 23tfcf) f of ber $ataft f bag Monument' beg aateg beg 53ifd)'ofg beg ^ataft'eg beg ^onuntent'g bent aale bent 33ifc^ f of bent ^ataft f bent Monument' ben aat ben S3tfd) f of ben s $ataft' bag Monument' bte gate 2 bte 53ifd) f ofe bte ^ataft'e bte 5D^onument'e x ber ate ber 33ifd)'ofe ber ^ataft'e ber Sftonumenre ben a'ten ben SBtfdj'ofett ben SJktaft'en ben Monument' en bie ate bie 53tfc^ f ofe bte ^ataft'e bte Monument' e 1 See 4 1 , 6 5 . 2 Vowel modification in nouns of one syllable : if mas- culine, generally ; if feminine, always ; if neuter, almost never. 3 See 4 2 . 4 Before case endings, the g of ntg is doubled. 10 A GERMAN DRILL lluic bic ^iitc bie Mampfe bie fincrtitc bie fiopfc bie Jhicnc bic Warfte bic doctor tree MM| JUI /ox /-,,/ IM|| ground * cocJk necfc '// /i.sr on 3tllllHIIC 3fcinc 3tcrnc 3tiirfc 3tnlilc 3tiirme Xetle XiWe Xraume Xfirrnc ^cinc Stfinbc ^iilfe Atone tar cane dance part table death dream tower way wine wind landlord wolf t ruin 1 Use this list as directed at 7 1 . The following nouns may be added : bcr $cfurt) f , wait; bcr $imt, cathedral; ber ($rab, degree; ber .fruf, Aoo/; tvv l'aut f >'*jmd; ber v l)?onb f moon; ber Ort r p/ace (plural, Crtc f places, connect td: Crtcr, places, separate); ber $fab r path; ber $unft f point; ber 3rf)ttU r sound, rin.v : ber ?)iuf r call; bcr 3toff f -^'/./f; ber $erhtft' f /oa; ber s ^ erf ud)' f ui: y of one syllable; almost all mums cinlinu in turn. The genitive singular = (e)d. f The nominative plural = -=-er. f Tin- dative plural = _- cm. 3 man the error the house the antiquity b cr 9Rann ber 3 IT' mm L'flC' \V.ltv bad ftl'talum ed ed* bed Srr'tumd bed $aufed bed SU'tcrtumd em e 4 bent ^rr'tum be9ll F lcitum en ben ^ir'tum :ao v^.n. bad ^I'tt-ituiit ie SHann cr bic x ~\n' tinner bie fcftincr bic xMl'tevtiimcr x er cr bcr ^n'tiiincr ber .(Hiuier 'tevtiimer en cm , s cn v V.i':i;incni ben ^dufern ben Hl'tcrtiimern ie cr bic on 'aimer bic gainer bie I'tertumer 4 Tlie masculine nouns of Class III are the following: 5 LIU bie (ftetfter spirit .bcr ftanb bic JKonbcr edyc urn bic (Hotter god ber 'Balb bie ^iilUcr ber ifcib bie I'cibcr body bd Wurm ::e ^iMirmcr worm ber 3)iaitn bie Banner bcr 3rrtnm bie rNrrtiimcr error ber Crt bie Crtcr place* bcr JHet^tnm bie 'liciriitiimcr wealth 5 The more important neuter nouns of Class III are the follow- ing: 7 ba ^ilb bie SWbcr i>i<-tnre bad 8udj bie ^flt^cr book bod $lntt bic flatter leaf bad Xotft bie Ttidjcr roof i -turn = Kn.irlish -cZom, as in u king-dom," "Christen-dom." 2 See 4 1 . Class III has no feminines. Cf . 44 child/' 44 children " (= child-er-en). * See 4 2 . ^ Use this list as directed at 7 1 . Tor !!Bo'fcnjidjt f ra.sc-/ has the plural bic $o f fctt>uf)te (Class II) or Me 8o'fcttwt|ter (Class III); ber ^ur'muiib, 'jxardian (uor r before, ber s l)hinb, mouth), has bie $or'munbc (Class II) or bie Sor'miinber (Class III). 6 See 10 1 . 7 See is 1 . NOUNS OF THE FOURTH CLASS 13 bag ^orf 1 bag (i bag gelb bag (Mb bag bag bag bag bag bag bag bag bag bie Surfer bie (ier bie $eiber bie (Mber bie bie bie bie bie filter bie ^witpte bie ^aufer bie $0l$er bie $inber village egg field money glass grave grass estate head house wood child bag bag Samm bag Saub bag Sit^t bag Sieb bag 9kft bag St^fo^ bag Srfjtoert bag Sal bag Stt^ bag $olf bag SSeiB bag 2Bort bte bie Sammer bie Sanber bie Sifter bie Sieber bie defter bie Si^loffer bie Sd bie Saler bie bie bie bie Sorter lamb land light song nest castle sword valley cloth people woman word 2 NOUNS: CLASS IV, WEAK Masculine: About 20 nouns of one syllable; all nouns ending in c denoting males; many nouns of foreign origin, generally de- noting persons, ending in t f and accented on the last syllable. Feminine: About 75 nouns of one syllable; all feminine nouns of more than one syllable (except bie SOiuttcr, bie 0d)ter f Class I; and those ending in tti, fal, Class II). 3 The genitive singular of masculines = (e)tt* 4 The nominative plural of all nouns = (e)tt. 1 Use this list as directed at 7 1 . The following^nouns may be added: bag $mt f office; bag S3ab f bath; bag SBattb, band, ribbon; bag $rett f board; bag $ad), compartment, specialty ; bag $a$ f cask; bag emadj f f room, apartment; bag $etttttt f , mind, heart; bag $efd)fed)t f r sex; bag efpettft f f ghost; bag CttWttb f f garment; ba3 lieb f limb, member; bag ^)0rtt f horn; bag of$rital f (or bag <5$itaV), hospital; bag $ttfjn f hen, fowl; bag ^alB f calf; bag ^um f corn; bag $tttttt, herb; bag Sib f eyelid; bag So(^ r /io^e; bag ^lani r mouth; bag $fanb f pledge; bag 9^ab f wheel; bag 92egiment f f regiment; bag 9iei^ f ^w^; bag 9iittb f neat; bag @t^|Ub f signboard (II 2 ) ; bag 8am f jacket. 2 See 11,2. 3 This includes all nouns ending in tV, it', if ; itt f ton 7 ; ^eit r fett, fltttft; fdjaft, ling, tat 7 ; and most nouns ending in e, lit 7 , 4 See 6 5 . In masculine nouns, n or en is added in all cases except in the nominative singular. Class IV has no neuters. 1 { A GERMAN I Hi 11. 1. HOOK >l the gentleman cr x .Varr ber | which boy f ipeldjer 3unge f every student icber 2tubcm' 01 en bed .^H-rrn 1 jpcldiefil Sunken i 'en em en mclfym 3u jcbem 2tubcnt'en en en ben $>emi u>eld)en Ji; jeben 2tubcnt'cn ie en bie $>erren iueld)e Sunken jebe 8 2tubent f en er en ber fcerren ii IT 2lllbi'llt'CIt CH en ben $>erren iueld)en ^ini^cn jeben 2tubciit'eii ie en bie $*rren ioeld)e ^ungen jebe 2tubcnt r en the woman '<>wer thefeather ui 4 bie ^lurne* Me Mo'niivii 4 nut ber Minute ber ,>eber ber Aio'niivii ^cr Ainu ber Sluiuc n ber .(Ut'niflm Me Twau bie Finnic tc Mo r iiii\iii men bit $lumen Me Scbem Me iU^nininnen 5 uien ber ^ lumen ber rvcbcm ber Aio'niiiiiuien men ben tinmen ben Jvcbern ben .fto r nic\iiinen bie ftrauen bie $lumen bie Sebcm Me Ao'niginnen 3 r rhf most important monosyllabic masculine nouns of Class IV ;uv tlu' t'llo\\ ing: 6 bcv $ar bic $fircn bear f bcr ^irt bie ftirtcn .x///,'' bcv Corift bie CNlirtftcn Christian ber ^icnfrti bie Wenfrfjeii man 8 bcv Tviirft bie A-urftcn prince 1 ber Vuirr bie Vuirrcn fool bcv (>>nif bic Oirnfen count ber Crti-;- bie Cdifcn <>S bcv vclb bic elben hero ber PrhH bie ^riir,cn prince 1 bcv crr bic .^crren gentleman lor bie lorcu fool 1 n is used irregularly for en. Masculine nouns of one syllable reg- ularly have en. 2 Nouns ending in e are generally weak (Class IY) and feminine. :> As, allc unb jebe 3tubcntcn, students, one and all. 4 JSee O 5 . 6 Before case endings, the n of in is doubled. 6 Use this list as directed at 7 1 . 7 A Jjffltft is a sovereign ; a $rin& is the son of a sovereign. * mankind,. mortal, as oy ber Slffe bie 3lffen ape ber Siittic bie Siitoeit lion ber 5lite bie 5tttcn old man ber ^Jeffc bie 9?effeit nephew ber SBebten'tebie SBebiett'tett valet[ger ber ^5oet f bie ^oc'ten poei ber SBflte bie SBoten messen- ber O^abc bie OlaBett raven ber ^CtttfrfjC bie $>eutfdjett German ber Oitefc bie Dliefen giant ber (rfce bie (r&en /*eir ber lr'bcit bic flr'betten UMCHC bic Jtficnen Finnic bic gUiiincii bic ^ritrfcit bic Xamcn bie (l|rc!i bic (frbcn Jvnmi'lic btc /"viimi'lici ftarbc bie Rarbcn ftcbcr btc Jvcbcrn Acritc bic ri-cr licit /"viiirtic bie Jrldriicn Jvlammc bic Jvlammcn bic Ml Ml Ml Ml pirl lonor earth color feather* ieoe/ ftrcubc Wcfnlir' Worfc ftete Y- * joy 'tell 'I'tn.ji r 'Qtnten region Wcftalt' bic (^m\'ttn figure -i-UUll'tCll bic (tlloifm bell i^rnncn limit bic ^etben heath t^ci'mat bic .^ci'matcn home help bic Soften ^tttte bie ^iittcn 3ttfel bie 3nfcln UK Hammer bic 5lommern chamber ftaijc bic fiaucn cat bic Aiirrlicii bic Pilaff en bic kronen bie bic height hut island cold Aiirrfjc AJlnffc Erotic church class crown kitchen ball Vnmpe icbc bic Dinner "iutit't , , MKatc ^ic Wiiljc bic ^abcl bie flntur' bie bie bic bie bic SHciu- bic JHofe bie JHufte 3nd|c bic 3dule MV 3cclc Beta bic 3pctfe Me 3tcllc bic 3timme i^ic 3trnfc bic 3trfi^e 3 tube bie etunbe bie Xante bic Xaft^e bie Xtefe bie Xranc bic Xrcppc bie ^affc bie 95?ctfc bie >clt bie SBttwe bie dampen bic IKnttcrit bic lUiiiurtcn (Off bie bic Vi'obcln :;; ^ntti'rcit Me $crio' urn bic bic Ml bie bie SJofen bie 3aen bic ^rtiulcn bic 3eelett bic 3cttcn 3ucifen Me 3tcllcii bic 3ttmntcn ininntt' mUUUt trouble needle nature 3trnfcit 3trfi^en 3tubcn 3tunbcn Inntcn bie Infrticu bie Xtcfett bic Xrancn bie Xreppen bic SSnffcn bie SBetfcn bie g^cltcu bie SSMtrocn bie speech series Journey rest thing school soul food place* voice fine street room hour aunt pocket depth tear stairs weapon way world widow week 1 Use this list as directed at 7 1 . 2 Or pen. * situation, employment. NOUNS OF THE FIFTH CLASS 17 NOUNS: CLASS V, MIXED 1 Masculine: A few irregular nouns; almost all nouns of foreign i origin ending in 0r* Neuter: A few Irregular nouns; some nouns of foreign origin ending in I, nu The genitive singular = (e)g. 2 2 The nominative plural = (e)tt the peasant the state the doctor the museum er Waiter ber taat ber SkVf'tor bag SDfcitfe'um eg g beg (Staateg 2 beg >o!'torg beg SKufe'unu em bent Staate 3 bent Softer bent 9ftufe r um en ben taat ben Sol'tor bag 9Jluje f um te n bie 6taaten bte 3)o!to f ren bte ^ufe'en 4 er n ber taaten ber 3)o!to f ren ber 9Rufe'cit en n ben (Staaten ben 3)o!to f ren ben 3D^uje f en te n bte <3taaten bie 2)o!to'ren bie ^uje'en The most important masculine and neuter nouns of Class V are 4 the following: 5 ber SBaner ber Stfadjbar ber See ber Staat ber traljl ber better ber ^>u! f tor beg beg Seeg beg Staateg beg trafi(eg beg $etterg beg bie S5anern bie SRadjftarn bie a^mer^eji bie @ee(e)n bie @taaten bie 6tra^len bie $ettern bie ba (Snbe bag Stn'binm beg 5lngeg beg *oettcg beg @nbeg beg ^embeg beg D^veg beg 9Jlateria(g f beg Stn'biitmg bie bie Setten bie (gnben bie ^pentben bie D^ren bie bie tn'bten peasant neighbor pain lake 6 state ray cousin doctor eye bed end shirt ear material study 1 Singular strong, plural weak. 2 See 4 1 . Class Y has no feminines. 3 See 4 2 . 4 Nouns in al x and \V have the plural in ietu 5 Use this list as directed at 7 1 . 6 Or beg SBanern, 7 Or beg ^ac^barn* 8 See 15, 2. 18 A GERMAN DRILL BOOK I il'Miam SBillNlm WillKlm Emma l*mma (mmad Chit ma PROPER NOUNS Max Louisa Strife Smith fiutfe SBtltKlme 2Bu>lmc Germany .'In nb Toiiiidilanb* :>lant> ^tttb Cf 111 mad liuimQd C^mmad (Juimad 5idtz iweti t)peij bie bill toga I'iaic Vuifei :itM 3dimibt :iibld a flmcrifa merifal ttmerifa ^Imcrita gutjcM Berlin Berlin' Parii Devlin' The possessor may follow or precede the thing possessed: as, 1. bad 3rf)lofi ftaifcr ilftclm bed 3citcn, tAe ea((e o/ Emperor William the Second. 2. bad .$au$ bed armcw ,^einrid| f 4 the house of poor Ifenry. 3. bte SBerfe etned 3d|iUcr, 4 ///r work* of a Schiller. 4. bno .\>nit: ^c: ^rafcfjor^ Toftor 3dmibt, 4 the house of Prof e**or Smith. 5. Jtatfcr *&ill)clm# 3d|lo( r Emperor H'tlUnm'* castle. 6. bed tf ontg Don (ynnlaiibd 4 3dj(oft f the King of England's castle. 7. bed flrofcen 3d]illcr: 4 'Berfe, the great Schiller's works. 8. $crrn ^rufcffur Xoftor c^mtbtd 4 ^and, Professor Smith's house. Possession may be expressed by the dative with toon : as, 1. bte Confer Don ^ari^ t the houses of Paris. 9 1 Given names ending in an d-sound have the genitive in end ; but surnames and most foreign given names have an apostrophe: as, $0J r , Fos'.x; 3opl)uflcc<', >"/>/ioctes' (or Sophocles'). - As, 3rt)iniM3 jtitt) f)icr r i are here. 8 The genitive of the names of places ending in d is generally ex- pressed by using Don with the dative. 4 When used with an article, a proper name is uninflected, unless it depends on a noun that stands after it. A KEY TO THE CLASSES OF NOUNS 19 HOW TO DETERMINE THE CLASS OF A NOUN r List 1, below? Class V (17,2) monosyl- I List 2, below ? Class III (12, 2) labic? ] List 3, below? Class IV (13,2) I If not, then Class II (9, i) -e? Class IV (13, 2) List 1, below ? Class V (17,2) -ef, -en, -er ? Class I (6, 2) -turn? Class III (12, 2) If not, then Class II (9, i) r masculine? - NOUN - polysyl- labic? feminine ? monosyl- / List 4, below ? Class II (9, i) \ If labic? neuter? onosyl- polysyl- labic? not, then Class IV (13, 2) r Stutter, Softer ? Class I (6,4) 4 -tti3, -fal? Class II (9,i) L If not, then Class IV (13,2) List 5, below? Class V (17,2) List 6, below ? Class III (12, 2) L If not, then Class II (9, i) r -el, -en, -er, -djeit, -lent, e e ? Class I (6, 2) -tttS, -fal ? Class II (9, i) ] List 5, below? Class V (17,2) List 6, below? Class III (12, 2) L If not, then Class II (9, i) List 1: Masculine nouns in Class V (17,4): $avter, 9?ad)6ar, Sd)tner, @ee, @taat, (Strati, better* List 2 : Masculine nouns in Class III (12, 4) : (SJeift, ott, 2et6, Tlann, Ort, ^Ranb, 3BaIb, Surttu List 3: Masculine nouns in Class IV (14, 3): 23ar, ^rtft, giirft, raf f clb, err, irt, 5D^enfd) f ^arr, 0(^ r ^rins, 2;or. List 4: Feminine nouns in Class II (11, x): Sfagft, %, 35an!, SBraut, SBruft, gauft, gludjt, gruc^t, an, anb, aut, ^raft, Su^, Shmft, fiuft, Suft, SKarfjl, 3Ragb f 50Zau, ^acfit, ^ot, 9^11^, @d)nur f (Stabt, SSSanb, 98urft. List 5: Neuter nouns in Class V (17,4): $fage, SBctt, nbe, emb, D^r, List 6: Neuter nouns in Class III (12,5): 2lmt, SBab, $anb, SBilb, SBlatt, SBrett, S5urf) f Sad), S)orf, @i f gad), ga^ ; gclb, clb, emad)', emiit', e^ fd)led)t', eftcftt', cfpcnft', eraanb', lag, (Meb, rab, ra, ut, aitpt, >au, ol, orn, ofpital', u^n, alb, ^inb, ^(etb, ^orn, raut, 2atmrt, Sanb, Std)t, Sib, Sieb, 2od), gjlaul, s Jleft, ?5fanb f 5Rab f SReghnent', ^ei, SRinb, fe, Sdjmert, @pital r , Xal, Xu^, -turn, Solf, 3Sant ; SSeib, 5Bort. 20 A GERMAN I) nil. I. HOOK ADJECTIVES AND THEIR USES Not preceded by a biefer-word (2 1 ), attributive adjectives and participle take the strong endings of fctcfcr 1,31, except that be- fore a genitive singular en. ling in they take en: as, good cold winter Bitter falter Winter en en cm cm en en e e er cr en en e e good cold water gute$ falte* affer o,uteti fatten after* flittem faltcm affer gated failed, offer flute falte affer Bitter falter offer guten fatten afjern gute falte good old friendship gute alte Sreunb'idxift flitter alter ivieunb'idKift flutcr alter Aieunb'fdxift gute alte Sreunb'jdjajt gute alte greunb'fdjaften guter alter Aininb'fdxiften guten alten ftreunb'fdwften gute alte ftreunb'fdxiftett cold, biting tc/< falter, bei'feenber inter fallen, bci'Bcnben 3Binter faltem, bei'fcnbem intci fallen, bci'fecnben inter falte, bei'&enbe inter falter, bei'feenber inter fallen, bei'fcnben inlem falte, bei'feenbe inter 3 Preceded by a biefer-word (2 1 ), attrilmtive adjectives and par- ticiples take the weak ending en, except in five forms in the sin- gular (the nominative masculine, feminine, and neuter, and the accusative feminine and neuter), in which they take e: as, this good old man btefer gute alte 9)tann biejeS guten alien Cannes biefem flit ten alten 3Ranne biefen guten alten $Rann bieje guten alten Scanner biejer guten alten Scanner biefen guten alten s Duinnern biefe guten alten banner the good old woman Me gute alte Jvvau ber guten alten Jyrau ber guten alten Jvvau bie gute alte grau bie guten alten Jvraucn ber guten alten Jvvaucn ben guten alten ftraucn bie guten alten Jrauen THE INFLECTION OF ADJECTIVES 21 the large old house the old, dying hero ba3 grojje alte au ber alte, fter'beube elb bc3 groften altcn aufe be3 alien, fter'beuben $>elben bent graven alten aufe bent alien, fter'beuben gelben ba3 grofte alte au3 ben alten, fter'beubcn elben bte grofcen alten aufer bie alten, fter'beuben elben ber grofcen alien aujer ber alten, fter'beuben |>elben ben gro^en alten aufern ben alien, fter'benben elben bie grofeen alten aufer bte alten, fter'benben elben Preceded by a fetn-word (3 1 ), attributive adjectives and par- ticiples take the strong endings of biefer (1,3) in the three forms in which feitt is defective (the nominative masculine and neuter, and the accusative of the neuter; S^); 1 elsewhere, they take the weak ending en or C (20, 3) : as, no good old slave their good old mother !ein guter alter Sllabe ifjre gute alte Sautter feine3 guten alten flaxen i^rer guten alien Gutter letnem guten alien (sflatocn i^rer guten alten Sutler leiuen guten alten flaben t^re gute alte SfJhttter !eine guten alien Sflaben iljre gulen alten flitter feiner guten alten ^flatten if)rer guten alten littler !emen guten alten flatten iten guten alten SJtitltern leiue guten alten flatten i^re guten alien your large old house your affectionate friend 3'ljr grofeej altej au bein bid) Ite'benber f^reunb grofjen alten aufe beine^ btc^ lie'beuben greunbeS grofeen alien aufe beiuem bid) lie'beuben ^euube gro^ej alte| au beiuen bid) lie f beuben greunb gro^en alien aitfer beiue bid) lie'Benben fjreunbe grofeen alien |>ciufer beiuer bic^ lte f benben g^unbe grofjen alien dufern beiuen bic^ lie f beuben f^reuuben grofeen alten aufer beiue bic^ lie f beuben fyreuube 1 In these places strong endings are needed, to indicate gender and case (I 1 ). A GEHMA.\ 1>1HLL the new Berlin stove the never-to-be-foryotf, /, /,/// bcr iicuc ^evli'nci l Cen ber nic ,yi ucii^i'Kii^ be neuen SBcvli'ncv CfenS bed nie \u och; m Iage$ bem ncuen ^evli'n bem me ;.. ni Sa^e ben ncuett ^cili'n ben nie 511 Dcrcu'i'ieirten lag bie ncuen ^eilt'ner fen bie nie ju Dergcf'fenbe* Sage ber ncuen SJerli'iu :cr m i- ben ncuen ^cvli'i: ben nie 511 ni ^ageii bie ncuen ^ciii'i bie nie ^u oergcj' jenbcn Xage Tlu- cardinal numbers i'2G, i) except eitt$ r one, 8 are defective (cf. 3 8 ); IH IH i , am iluti\i adjectives and participles following tln-m take the strong endings of btefer (20, i): 1 as, 1 . fiiuf ntc nltc ^iniiiicr, five good old men. mf flitter niter O.Knmicr, f five good old men. 3. fftnf guten nlteii i)idnnern f to oiforjtoe good old men. Adjectives and partu i]K s are often used as nouns; they be- gin with capital letters; and they are inflected according to the rules for adjectives (20, 1,3, 21,a): as, 1. flutcr \Hltcr, good old man (20, i). 4 8, Uicfer flute XHlte, this good old man (20,3). 3. biefed gutcn X'llten, of this good old man (20,3). 4. fein gnter SUter, no good old man (21, a). 4 5. bcr Wei (cube, the traveller (masculine; 20,3). 6. bie Wei'fcnbe, the traveller (feminine ; 20,3). 7. bie JRei'fenben, the travellers (masculine or feminine; 20,3). 1 Adjectives ending in er derived from names of towns are uninflected. 2 When eitid, one, is used as an adjective, it has the inflection of ein (3,i), but is emphatic: as, nur eiu 3)iann, intr ein en s ^ann f only one man. For the use of ein as a pronoun, see 36, i. 8 To indicate the case of a noun, $tt)ei, tiro, and brci, three, may take the strong endings of bicfer 11.3) in the genitive and the dative: as, 5Weicr Jyranen, of two women ; bretcn ^rnucn, to or for three women. 4 When preceded by an adjective with the strong endings, an adjective used as a noun is often inflected with the weak endings (20,3): as, flitter 9Ute r srood old man (inflected like wcldjcr 3mifle, 14, i); fein fluter 9Ute r no. good old man (inflected like fein fluter 3flaue, 21, a); gute 9Uten, good old people (inflected like tte(d)e ^ungen f 14, i). THE COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 23 THE COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES, PARTICIPLES, AND ADVERBS 1 Adjectives, participles, and adverbs are compared by adding (c)r and (e)ft to the positive; the superlative, when predicate, is in the dative singular neuter with am (= an bem, 2, 2) : as, bbfe ebel Ijitbfrt) liar tout licli ueu runb ftofe traurig The in the alt arm bumm fromm ijart Jung fait flug franf furs tang naft rot Wf fdjuiad) fdjttmra ftarl toarm wicked, bad bflfer 7io6Ze ebler 3 pretty Ijitbfdjer clear, plain llarer Zowd* tauter dear tieber new? ueuer round ruitber proud ftol^er sad trauriger following important comparative and the old alter poor armer stupid biimmer pious frb'mmer hard Barter young jitnger cold falter clever fliiger sick, ill franfer short fitter long langer tue^ uaffer red rb'ter s/iayp fd^arfer weak ft^luac^er black fj^niiir^er strong ftarfer warm itiarmer wickeder am bflfefteu nobler am ebelfteu prettier am Ijiibfdjefteu clearer am flarfteu louder am lautefteu dearer am tiebfteu newer am ueu(e)fteu rounder am ruubefteu prouder am ftol^efteu sadder am traurigfteu monosyllables have vowel superlative : o/o*er am altefteu poorer am armften stupider am biimmfteu more pious am frb'mmfteu harder am ^artefteu younger am jihtgftett co/der am faltefteu cleverer am fliigfteu sicfcer - am fraufftett shorter am fitr^eften iongrer am laitgftett wetter amuaffefteu 4 redder am rb'tefteu sharper am fdjarfften weaker am ft^ttiac^fteu blacker am fdjttwr$eftett stronger am ftarffteu warmer am ttwrmftett wickedest 2 noblest prettiest clearest loudest dearest newest roundest proudest saddest modification 2 oldest ' poorest stupidest most pious hardest youngest coldest cleverest sickest shortest longest wettest reddest sharpest weakest blackest strongest warmest 1 For adverbs, see 82. 2 As an adverb, wickedly, more wickedly, most wickedly, etc. 3 See 6 7 . 4 Also naffer, am naffeften* A GERMAN IflUl.l. nnni< Some adjectives and adverbs are English: as, flruf? preaf, iargre flrSfccr greater am nriM'acii nut .'/'MM/ ttfei better am bcftcn liorii high l)bl)cr- higher am Ijofiiitcn ii nil near niiljcr nearer am iitirtiftcii utcl much iiicljr MOT6 am mciftcii mclj'rcrc several bic mciftcit toc'n ifl M ipc'niflcr /M am luc 'uiiift miubcr fe* tm minbcftc ttc'n tge /eu> me iiiiu'r fewer bic me Hiiii't (in in) bcr imtcrc ///< inner out) bcr tiuiJcrc /// outer irregular or defective, as in greatest best hiyl. nearest most the most n /eaut t In the least m the fewest bcr imtcrftc the inmost [most bcr a'uftcrfte the outmost,ut- 2 The positive degree has three uses: 1. As attributive adjectives or as nouns, always inflected : as, 1. 3ljr flute* aired $an, your good old house. 21,3. :.'. fiinf ante nltc IKanncr, five good old men. 22, 2. 3. bicfcr fl"tc ltc, thi* good old man. 22,3. 2. As predicate or appositive adjectives, never inflected : as, 1. bcr altc s l)iann iff out the old man is good. 2. inber, a.rofj itnb flctit, licfcn auf bcr 3trafte, children, large and small, were running in the street. 3. As adverbs, never inflected : as, 1. bte ftrau fiitflt fdjon, the woman sings beautifully. 3 The comparative degree is used like the positive : 1. As attributive adjectives, or as nouns, always inflected : as, 1. cut flroftcrcr, altcrcr Una be, a larger, older boy. 21,2. 2. bte gtefieren arbcitctt, the better people work. 2. As predicate adjectives, never inflected : as, 1. biefeS au3 ift alter, this house is older (or rather old, or too old). 3. As adverbs, never inflected : as, 1. bte ftrau ftngt fdjbncr, the woman sings more beautifully. J For grBfeeften. 2 When 1) is followed by a vowel, the stem has no c : as, etn fjoljer $aum, a high tree. 8 When I) is followed by a consonant, the stem has c. THE USES OF ADJECTIVES 25 The superlative degree has three uses : 1. As attributive adjectives or as nouns, always inflected, like the posi- tive and the comparative : as, 1. Ue&fter 23rnber, dearest brother. 20, i. 2. ber fdjiwfte (Garten, the prettiest garden. 20,3. 3. biefer $anm ift ber fcefte, 1 this tree is the best. 4. er Ijat feitt 23efte3 getan, he did his best. 22,3. 2. As predicate adjectives, in the dative singular neuter with am (= an bent, 2, 2): 2 as, 1. fie ift am frffimften, she is most beautiful (or very beautiful). 8 3. As adverbs, in the dative singular neuter with am (= an bent, 2, 2) or in the accusative singular neuter with anf (= anf ba3, 2, 2) : 2 as, 1. er fingt am frfjiwften, he sings most beautifully (of all). 2. et fhtgt anf 3 fdjiwfte, he sings most beautifully (in the most beauti- ful manner, without comparison with others). Among the important adjectives are the following: 4 aflein' alone ferttg done, ready fcefannt' known, acquainted feft fast, firm tier ill) mt x famous flei^tg diligent fcreit broad frei free bid thick, stout fremb strange, foreign bringenb pressing frennbltdj friendly \ bnnfcl dark frifrf) fresh eljrlid) honest frolj glad eigen own, peculiar frttljlitf) joyful einjig only fril, early eng narrow fnrt^tfiar fearful erft first fnrdjtfam timid fanl lazy genng x enough fern distant gcwir sure, certain 1 foefte is attributive to the noun HBaitm understood. 2 One superlative adjective, aflerlie&ft / , is uninflected : bie3 SBilb ift ja atterltebft ! why, this picture is most charming ! 3 Compare the forms of comparison : 1. er ift alt, alter, am alteften, he is old, older, oldest. 2. er ift ber alte, ber altere, ber altefte, he is the old man, the older, the oldest. 4 Use this list and those at 23, 1,2, 24, i, in inflecting nouns (See 7 1 ). M A GERMAN DRILL BOOK flcroofjn'lirf) KftfOj reif ri f ><' Hleid) . similar rein clean flliirtlirti happy rtditifl right, correct iiulbcn .'/"/c/en friilcdit bad, poor flriin green frijitcll quick teftifl violent fd)on beauttful, pretty Iieilii] holy frijretflif^ terrible lie if; hot fcfjiucr heavy, difficult liell clear, bright ftdjcr safe, sure lierrlirij splendid ft ill still fleiu m sweet foftbor precious tapfcr brave fill)! cool tciicr dear, costly Inlim lame ticf deep laiiflfam slow tot dead leer < ini.fi/ trcu true, faithful Ictdjt light, easy Ml full hiftin in* rri/ UMilir true, real mad) tt|| mighty niaf)rfd)ciit'lid) probable mb'fllidj possible lueif; white ojfcit open mett wide, far prad)ttg >/'/ n 1 notiiiLT the material weighed or mea- sured are generally uninflected: as, 1. brci $funb Ice, three pounds of tea. 2. $ci OUn; fnluo UiMiiuT, tico glasses of cold water. 3. tnit ;uHt (tflno fnltcm Gaffer, with two glasses of cold water. i ;uu'i I niicii Staffer, two cups of coffee. 5. jclintniifciib s Diann jtt JJnfc, ten thousand foot. 1 i'in the cardinal numbers are formed three kinds of words: 1. The cardinal adverbs, by adding mat, time: as, ein'mal, once; ftwet'mal, twic. tan intbmal, a thousand times. 2. Uninflected adjectives denoting kinds of, by adding erlei : as, UPCt'crlci xHpfcl, two kinds of apples, 3. Adjectives denoting fold by adding fad) (uninflected) or ffiltig (in- flected : as, ciu fnrti, *i mple (one fold); ein'faltiacr 3)?cnfrf), simpleton. From the stems of the ordinal numbers are formed two kinds of words: 1. The ordinal adverbs, by adding end: as, crftcno, .///>/; jwcUeiKJ, secondly; se^ntena, tenthly. 2. Fractions (except Ijort, 1 half), by adding tel or ftel : 2 as, bad Triad, //< //////; cine fiiitftcl aWetle, a^i/^ ofamile. The days of the week, the months, and the seasons : 8 bcr 3onntag Sunday bcr "Did it tag Monday bcr Ticntftag Tuesday bcr ^Ditttttiodi Wednesday bcr Tomtcrvtag Thursday bcr Jyrcttag Friday bcr Sotti^abcnbl fccrem S t fl } s """^ 1 When used as an adjective, linlb is inflected: as, cine linlbc 3tunbe r half In compounds, it is uninflected: as, aubcrtljnlb, one and a /,,,!/ (half of the second); brittcljalb, two and a h alf (half of the third); mcrtcljnlb, three and a half. 2 In numbers 3-19, tcl is added to the cardinals (in arfjtcl one t is drop- ped); after 19, ftel is added. td= Ictt, pari ; i-f. t4 deal." D Li'neral, the days of the week, the months, and the seasons take the definite article ; but see 29, 2, sentences 11-15. 4 Biblical. EXPRESSIONS OF TIME 29 bet San'nar ber bcr ber ber Wlai ber Sn'n ber giit'K ber January February March April May June July August ber ber Dltofcer ber -Wobemuer ber ber ber Sommer ber ^erfift ber Winter September October November December spring summer autumn winter 1. nriefciel Uljr ift e3? what time is it? 2. e tft ein3 (or etn Uljr), gmei (or -jtoei Uljr), i is one (or one o' 100 (or two o" 1 clock). 3. e3 nrirb tit cuter Minute fte&en fein, in one minute it will be seven. 4. e3 tft ferfjg 3)Hnuten tiur (nac^ or ii&er) at^t, it is six minutes of (past) eight. 5. e3 tft eitt titertel attf bret r it is a quarter past two (a quarter toward three) ; t ift bret Dorfeet, it is past three. 6. e3 tft ^a(B bret f it is half past two (half of three). 7. e3 tft bret iriertcl OJtf bret, it is a quarter of three (three quarters to- ward three). 8. um ttue&iel Uljr jjeljt ber 3^9 ^ ? a t what time does the train go f 9. ber 3^8 tjeljt urn neitn ttfyv $lMan%iQ aft, the train goes at nine twenty. 10. meine llfjr geljt snjei SDltnuten uor (nat^) f my watch is two minutes fast (slow}. 11. 23erfttt r -Sftimtag, ben 4, (or ben 4tett) Samtar 1904, 1 Berlin, Monday, 4 January, 1904. 12. ttwtm Itiirb er geljen? ^)iettftag f 2 when will he go? Tuesday. 13. ttwtttt ift er gepttgett? am ^ienftag, 2 when did he go? on Tuesday. 14. *um $iitttt)od) f ben 6* (= fedjften) U <3onnaBenb f belt 9 (= nemtten), from Wednesday, the 6th, till Saturday, the 9th. 15. Sdjtfler ttwrbe am 10. (= ^e^nten) ^otiemBer 1759 ^it SJlarBadj ge= Borett f Schiller was born on November 10, 1759, at Marbach. 16. im Saljre (to be read fo Ultb fo), in the year blank. 17. im 3oljre 18 , 3 184- f 4 in the year eighteen blank, eighteen forty blank. 18. roeldjett Xag ^afien rotr ^eitte ? what day of the week is it? 19. toa3 fdjreibett ttJtr ^Cltte? what day of the month is it? 1 Used in dating a letter. 2 The accusative is better for future time, the dative for past time. 3 18 = ad)tsel)tt!)ttttbert fo unb fo* 4 184- = arf)t5ei)ttf)wtbert tit ben S M .1 <,KRMAN ItL'ILL HOOK PRONOUNS The Personal and Intensive Pronouns / you(thou) you Ae > it N. G. D. A. id) 1 / meiti(tr)* of TM inir to or /or me mid) me bu 8 bein er) f bir bid) er fie e8 kin en 2 iljrcr fetn(er)* ifjm 4 it)r< ibm 4 itm 4 fie 4 e$ 4 N. G. D. A. tuir 100 u ufcr of us un$ or/or** iino /" iljr /OM* 3ic 8 cucr Jhrcr cud) ^ I) uc n end) 3ic fie //"// fie //"// fie Mey iljrer Hirer i!)rcr ilineii 4 ifjiien 4 ilnien 4 fie 4 fie 4 fie 4 2 The uninflected intensive pronoun, felbft, *e1f, is used for ciii].li.i-i- in all genders, persons, and numbers: as, bcr ftaifer fclbft, the emperor him* fell) ft ber ftatfer, even the emperor. The Reflexive and Reciprocal Pronouns (61, x) m /> yourself ( himself herself itself G. D. A. metn(er) 2 of myself tnir to or for myself mid) mysetf bet(er) a bir bid) fein(er) 2 t^rer fcin(cr) 2 fid) ft* fid) ft* ft* fi* G. D. A. unfer of ourselves it n$ to or /or our- n u o ourselves [selves euer 3I)rcr c4 ft* curt) fid) iljrcr iljrcr i^rer ft* ft* ft* ft* ft* ft* 4 The uninflected reciprocal pronoun, eiltan'ber, one another, each other, may, for the sake of clearness, be used instead of into, end), or the plural fid) : as, fie Ucbett einanbcr, they love each other. 1 Adjectives with personal pronouns are strong except generally in the nominative plural and often in the dative singular: as, bu armcr, you poor fellow; tttr armen, we poor folks. 2 The shorter forms, rnetn, etc., are the older, but are now rare. b and tfjr are familiar; 8tc is formal !tf. 3 2 . 3*, 3 4 , 41 1 ). 4 See 85 8 . THE POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS 31 meitter meine tneinc^ beiner beine betnc^ fcincr feme fetne ifyrer ifjre %c^ ttttfrer ttttfre unfer^ 4 ewrer cure citte^ ityrer ifjre i^rc^ Sljrer Sljre 3ftre3 The Possessive Pronouns 1 ber, bie, ba3 meittige 2 ber, bic r ba3 beutige ber, bie, ba3 feittige bet, bie, ba3 iljrige ber, bie, bag ttttfrige ber, bie r bag ewrige ber, bie, bag ttjrige ber, bie, bag mine 1 yours (thine) 3 his, its hers, 31,2 ours yours 3 theirs, 31,2 yours 3 N. t^rcr i^rc tfjreS ber ifjrtge bie ifjrtge ba tljrige G. ifyteS i^rcr i^rc be^ tfjrtgett ber ifyrtgett be t^rigen D. i^rcm t^rcr i^rcm bem tfirigett ber i!)rigett bem i^rigen A. i^rctt ifyre i^rc ben ifirigett bie ifirige ba^ ttjrtge N. tt)re i^rc i^re bie i^rigen bie i^rigen bie i^rigen G. i^tcr i^rcr ifyrer ber i^rigen ber ttjrigen ber tfjrigett D. tf)rett i!)rcn i^rcn ben i^rigen ben i^rigen ben tfirigett A. i^rc t^rc itjre bie i^rigen bie i^rtgen bie ifjrigett 1. feitt $au ift groff, beitte^ ift griier r his house is large, yours is larger. 2. unfre SBiirfjer finb nidjt fo fcfjiitt tuie bie $Ijrigett f our books are not so pretty as yours. 3. ber ^ttttb ift beitt, the dog is yours (mere possession). 5 4. ber ^pttttb ift beiner, the dog is yours (that is, your dog, as belonging to you, and distinguished from all other dogs). 5. tljr SBruber ift Seljrer, feiner ift 2lrgt, her brother is a teacher, his is a physician. 1 The possessive pronouns are inflected like biefer (1,3), and should be carefully distinguished from the possessive adjectives, which are in- flected like feitt (3, 1,2). 2 Or, less common, ber f bie r ba3 meittc ; ber, bie, ba3 beiite, etc. 3 See 3 2 , 3 3 , 3 4 . 4 See 6 7 . 6 In the predicate, to denote mere possession, the uninflected forms, tttettt, beitt, etc., may be used; but if the sentence begins with the neu- ter e3, ba3, or bie3, referring to a masculine or a feminine noun, the pos- sessive has the inflected form : as, Ijier ift ber 4>ttttb, e3 ift meitter (or er ift ttteitt), here is the dog ; it is mine. A GERMAN DRILL BOOK The Demonstrative Pronouns 1 fcer bit bo* - c f. 2 t x). 86 f bicfcr bicfe btefe this, the latter inflected as at 1.3 jener jcuc jnic* that, the former lik, bicfcr, 1. 3 bcr'jcmnc bie'jcitiflc boo'jcnige thai, a book wor.l u , the rela- tive tuclriicr :J3,i), inflected like bcrfclbc, bcrfd'bc bicfcl'bc boofcl'be the same foldjcr 8 foldje foldjetf such inflected like bicfcr, 1,3 N. bet bit bod berfd'bc Mcid'bc badfel'be G. beffen beren beffen be o id 'ben 'ben betfiel'ben D. bent btr bent bewfel'ben 'ben bemid'bcu A. ben bit bif .'be badjd'bc N. bic bit bte bteic:'. ni bieid'bni bteid'ben G. bercn 4 bcren 4 beren 4 berjcl'ben berfcl'ben berid'ben D. benen bcntn bcUCll benjd'ben benjci' en be nid 'be it A. bit bte bte btefd'ben biefd'ben bteid'ben 1. itub 3tc ,^err ^.? ja, bcr bin id), are you Mr. N.f yes, I am he. L'. luio itnb luciiic 3d)iucftcrn r those are my sisters. 3. fie nr ntit Cvliinbctlj nub bcren Sater, she was with Elizabeth and her (Elizabeth's) fail 4. bieS 6 ift iljr Citfcl, this is her uncle. 5. er mill baofclbc, he wants the same thing. 6. U bcrjclbcn Sett luarcu fie borr, at the same time they were there. 7. liter finb bic ^Iciftiftc; muUcn 3ic fallen obcr fallen? here are the pencils ; will you have this kind or that kind f 1 The demonstrative pronouns are often used as adjectives, as in English. Cf. 1,2. a For lack of suitable words in English, this demonstrative is often translated as an emphatic personal pronoun, he, she, or it : as, jo, bcr bin tttj, yes, I am he. 8 When alone, or after cin f folcfycr is inflected like an adjective: as, folrfjc ^itrtjcr, such books; tin folrtieo 8ttdj, such a book. When before cut, and often before adjectives, fold) is uninflected: as, fo(rf) cut 2tad), such a book; fold) fdjone SMumcn, such pretty flowers. 4 Before a relative pronoun (33, i), berer is used: as, ein $rettnb bcrcr, bic fticr ftnb, a friend of those who are here. 5 bod, btc r or e$ (30, i) is often used to introduce a sentence, the verb of which may be either singular or plural. THE RELATIVE PRONOUNS 33 The Relative Pronouns bet 1 Me ba$ that, who, which inflected like ber at 32, 2. 85 8 I toeldjer 1 ttieldje tt)ddje3 that, who, which, a book word, inflected like biefcr (1 , 3), except that it has no genitive, the forms of bet (32, 2) being used instead. 85 3 . ttJCr Itw3 whoever, whatever 85 3 N. mer whoever tuer Um whatever 2 G. treffen whosever tueffen ttJeffen of whatever jx iucitt to whoTfiever iiicnt /QK 3\ A. tuett wJwmever tt)en tt)a^ whatever 1. Ijier ift ber Sftamt, bcffen $au3 bu gefeljeit fjaft, 3 ftere ^s i/ie ?nan Tiowse 2/ow saw. 2. Ijierfhtb meinc ^5aftc f bcrcn ^tnbct l)cutc tm Garten ttwreu, 3 here are my guests whose children were in the garden to-day. 3. er ift bcr $remtb berer, bic feinc ^rcunbc fja&en, 3 he is the friend of those that have no friends. 4. toer leineu gremtb Ijar, (ber) ift arm, he who has no friend is poor. The Interrogative Pronouns ttddje toelrfje niel^e^ which? what? inflected like bicfer (1, 3), 4 except 4 that it has no genitive, the forms of tuer (33, 2) being used instead. 85 3 ttier toer ttw3 6 who? what? inflected like toer at 33,2. 85 3 1. toer fittb 6ie? who are you? 5 2. toeffen ut ift bto? w/iose Tiai is this? 1 In the spoken language, ber is used instead of U)c(d)cr, and is more generally used in the written language. 2 In form, toer is singular, but is used for the plural also, like the English "whoever," "whatever." 3 In a subordinate clause, the verb is put at the end of the clause ; in compound tenses, the participle or the infinitive stands before the auxiliary (97, 2). 4 In exclamations, the uninflected form toefdj may be used : as, toelrf) eilt ttafce! what a boy! foeldj frfjime SBfamen! what pretty flowers! Cf. 32 3 . 5 ttw3 fiir ein (cine, eitt), what kind of: as, 1. ttwS fiir ein Garten ift ba3 (or ttw3 ift ba fiir ein Garten)? what kind of garden is that ? 2. nw3 fiir eiiten Garten ^aft bu? what kind of garden have you? 34 1 t.l :/, 'MAN DRILL BOOK The Indefinite Pronouns 1 oiler, nllc, ailed, all. 34, a anber, O//ICT (= different). 36, i 36,3 man, ice, you, they, people, some- body. 37,5 manrfjcr, maiirtie, mand)C*, many a, a good many. 38, i niclir, more. 38, a mcli'rere, several. 88,3 nirfjttf, nothing. 88,4 iiic mattb, nobody. 88,5 cin paar, a /etc, aome. 88,6 uiclcr, uiclc, uiclco, mucA, many. 39,i tuclrtjcr, n)cltlic f wcld|e r ome. 39, a luc niiicr, wc'niflc, wc'mfld?, /////. /etc. 39,3 less, fewer. 24, x, 39,4 bei'bed, both, two. l)if;rt)cn, hit. 86,4 etit, one. 36, x ei'niiKr, ci'niflc, ci'mflcS, some. 86,3 ct'nwd, something, some, any. 86,4 flcmifl', enough. 36,5 jebcr, jebe, jcbeS, everybody, every- thin jc'bermaiin, everybody. 87, a jc'manb, somebody, anybody. 37,3 feincr, feine, feitt(e)$, none, nobody, nothing. 37,4 oiler, alle, ailed, all* inflected like- biefer 1,3): as, 1. er ift alien attetf, he is all things to all men. 2. atteS, tt>a# 4 iri) Ijabe, ift uerloren, all that I have is lost. 3. atte fdjonen* $aufer, all pretty houses. 4. mit att biefen 8 fdjiincn .fraufcrn, with all the*e pretty houses. 6. att bie$(orba$, mein, bein, etc.) 8 @elb ift ocrloren, all thi* (or the, my, your, etc.) money is lost. 6. atte Ai tuber, all children; att bte 8 5iinber, all the children. 7. roir atte, all of us ; atte Xage, every day. 8. unter alien Xteren, among all animals. 9. allc uicr s ^uri)cn, every four weeks (or all four weeks). 10. alleo 6 !am ^nriitf, everybody came back. 1 Some of the indefinite pronouns are often used as adjectives. 3 all meaning whole, entire, is gan$ : as, bleibc ben ganjcn lag, stay the whole day, all day. 8 Before pronominal words or the definite article, the uninflected form att is generally used. 4 After the neuter of indefinite pronouns and of adjectives used as nouns, toad is the relative used (not ba$ nor rocldjcs). 6 The plural atte, etc., denoting a definite number, is followed by the weak form of adjectives (cf. 35 1 ): as, attc a,urcn iicntc, all good people (but atte feine 2$orte, all his words, because feine is a possessive; 3, i). 6 To refer to a person or persons without naming the sex, the pro- noun is used in the neuter singular. THE INDEFINITE PRONOUNS attber, 1 other (= different] : 2 35 N. anbrer anbre cmbre3 3 ber anbre bie anbre ba3 anbre G. anberg anbrer anber3 be3 anbertt ber anbern be3 anbern D. anberm anbrer anberm bem anbent ber anbern bem anbern A. anbent anbre anbreS 3 ben anbent bte anbre ba3 anbre N. anbrc anbre anbre bie anbertt bte anbern bte anbern G. anbrer anbrer anbrer ber anbern ber anbern ber anbern D. anbent an bent anbern beit anbern ben anbern ben anbern A. anbrc anbre anbre bte anbern bie anbern bte anbern 1. eine 280dje nm bte anbre f every other week. 2. eitt anbref $leib, another 2 dress. 3. anbre gttte 1 Seute ftnb gefommett, other good people came. 4. ein anbrer war Ijier, another man was here. 5. bte anbern gmgett itadj ^attfe, the others were going home. Bei'be3, Bei'bem; pi., Bei'be, Bei'ber, etc., or bie Bei'beit, ber Bei'bett, etc., both, two: as, 1. Beibe3 ift ttwljr, both are true. 2. Beibe SBritber tuaren ju $anfe, both brothers were at home. 3. bte Betben S3riiber f both the brothers, the two brothers. 4. $fyre fotben jungften Sdjroeftem, your two youngest sisters. 5. afle betbc, both; Ititr fcetbe fdjrieett, both of us cried (distributively) ; wir betben fdfirteen, we two cried (collectively). 6. meldjer turn Beiben ? which of the two ? bit, uninflected: as, 1. er Bat nm ein Bt^djen ^rot r he asked for a bit of bread. 2. mettt Bt^djen (^etb ift fort, my bit of money is spent. 3. mit etnem !Ieinen Btfjcfjen ^5e(b f with a wee bit of money. 1 The following plurals denote indefinite numbers, and should be followed, in the nominative and the accusative plural, by the strong form of adjectives (cf . 34 5 ) : anbre other manrfje many fctefe many et'tttjje some me^rere several me^tge/ew 2 another meaning a second is norff eitt, ttorfj : as, Bitte, ttOC^ ettte Xaffe e, please, another cup of coffee; ttorf) ^Brut f more bread. 3 See 6 7 . Distinguish attbre3, from attber^, otherwise, else, which is used as an adverb or an uninflected pronoun : as, ttirfjt attber^, not other- wise; roer aitber3 ? who else? mit tuem attber^? with whom else? 36 <,i I;M.\ v DRILL BOOJ I ein, one (cf . the adjective cin, 3, i) : N. ciner ciuc ber cine Me cine bad cine G. cine* ciner etned bef cincu bet cincn bed cincn D. rinem ciner cincnt bem cinrn ber cincn bent cincn A. cinen eine cin(e)$ irn cincn Me cine bad cine N. Me cincn Me cincn Me cincn G. ber cinen ber cincn ber cincn D. ben emeu ben cincn A. Me cincn Me cincn Me cincn 1. einer toon Jljncn, one cf you. 2. einer itjrcr rt-rcunbc, one of her friend*. H. ciner nad) bcm anbcrn, one after another, one by one. 4. ber eine ... ber anbrc, the one ... the other; bic cincn . . . bie anbcrn, the one . . . the others. 5. ed iff mir ein, it i* all one to me. ei'nigcr, 1 ci'nigc, ci'niflcd, ome, collectively (cf. melj'rere, 88,3),' inflected like biefer (1,3): as, 1. nor dinner Snt, *ome time ago. 2. einiflc fdjimc- ^raucn, some beautiful women. 8. etniiic . . . anbre, some . . . others. 4. eintflc arbcitctcn ben gan^cn lag, some worked all day. something, some, any, uninflected: 8 as, 1. Wollen 3ic nod) crwatf anbrc* ? 4 do you want something elsef 2. ofjne ctwad ju fagen giini cr fort, without saying a word, he went away. 3. ed fann 311 ctroa* (intent fufjrcn, it may lead to some good. 5 gcnug', enough, uninflected: as, 1. fie fatten mefjr aid genttg, they had more than enough. 2. cr ift s ])Jannd genug, he is man enough. 3. wir fabcn elb genug, we have money enough. 4. genug ber Xranen! enough of tears! 1 Instead of the plural cinigc, etc., cin ^oar is often used (38,6). Cf. ttJClcfjcr, 39,2. aSeeSS 1 . 8 In the spoken language, mad is used: as, idj mitt 3facn wad fagen, / want to tell you something. * See 36 8 . THE INDEFINITE PRONOUNS 37 jeber, jebe, jebeS, everybody, everything, inflected like biefer (IjS): 1 as, I 1. jeber fiir fid) ttitb Qtott fitr tt3 afle, ever?/ man for himself and God for us all. 2. jeber ift fid) fel&ft ber ttadjfte, charity begins at home. 3. e3 2 Ijat jeber fctn SBihtbel ^tt tragett, everybody has his bundle to carry. 4. ftc fiJtttteit jebett 9lttgettfclirf antummcn, they may arrive any moment. je'bcrmatttt, je'bermatm^, everybody: as, 2 1. jebcrmamt irrt (fid)), everybody makes mistakes. 2. er ift jebermaim^ $rewtb, he is everybody's friend. ^, somebody, anybody: as, ^ 1. ift jemrmb ba? ja, e3 finb tuel^e gcfommcn, is anybody there 1 yes, several have come. 2. Bift bu mit jcmaitb anber^ 3 gcttJcfen? have you been with somebody else? leittcr, feine, fcitt(e)^, no, none, inflected like bicfct (l,s; cf. the adjective 4 lein f 3, i) : as, 1. id) tuitt fein3 biefer S3ii^cr f I want none of these books. 2. letner toon Betbcn lam ^uriirf, neither of the two came back. 3. fyaBen Sic ($elb foci fid) ? tteut f i(^ fja&e fcin^ f /iaue 2/ow money about you? no, I have not. tttatt, ehteS, cittern, cittctt, w?e, you, they, people, somebody:* as, 5 1. ttictttt man ar^eitet, fo fommt matt (not er) ttieitcr, if you work, you will get on. 2. toetttt matt ttidjt ar&eitet, fo ge^t e^ cittern fd)ledjt f if you do not work, you will fare badly. 3. ttw3 ttrirb matt fageit? what will people say ? 4. ber ttCtft chtCtt immer, he is always teasing somebody. 5. matt ffopft, somebody is knocking, there's a knock at the door. 6. 2Ber cuttttal ftigt, bcm gtoufct ma md)t f Uttb tucun er and) bie J&aljrljcit fprid)t r He who once lies is not believed even if he speaks the truth. 1 After eitt (3, i), jeber is inflected like an adjective (21, 2) : as, eitt jcber, everybody, cilte^ jebett, etc. 2 See 32 5 . 3 See 35 3 . 4 matt, eitte^, etc. are often used to avoid the passive voice (50, 51, 60, 3). .1 <-/:/; w.i N DRILL BOOM 1 maudicr, mniidic, iitaurtic*, many a, a good many, distributive l\ < my good people. 2 mclir, ///>. u ui fleeted: as, 1. bit baft mclir al* fie (al$ er f idj r etc.), you have more than she (than he, /, etc.)- 2. wit me|r clb alo flcniig, mi/A more Man enough money. 3 mcl)'rcrc f xetera/, diMiil.utiv, l> tst ci'niger, 86,3^ Inflected like the plural of btcfcr d,3): s , 1. inclircrc fnmcn $u fpot, aeveral came (oo late. 2. mclircrc fdjbnc 2 ^oufer, several pretty houses. 8. mit mclircrcii 3olbntcn, "-ith several soldiers. 4 nidjttf, nothing, uniutlected: as, 1. iiidno nnbrcx\ nothing el*i> ; nid)to mcljr, nothing more. 2. tno fdjnbct nirijto, f Aa^ doe< not matter, no matter. 8. ttiffen @te wi(^t^ 9{eue^? oar ntdittf, Aaoe you no neiof nothing at all. nic mniiD, uic maubc^ f nobody: as, 1. cr war mit ntcmanb aubcr^, 4 he was with nobody else. 2. id) fyabc nicmanb ncfct)cn f I aw nobody. 6 ciu poor, a few, some, uninflected: 6 as, 1. ciu poor Bon iftrcn Morten, some of her words. '2. mit ciu jwar Morten, with a few words, in short. 3. Dor ciu paar Xagcn, *ome days ago. 4. tyaft bu cin paar ^fcnuirjc bci bir? have you a few pennies about you? 1 Before an adjective, the uninflected form maud) is often used : as, maud) fdjiincr (Garten (or maitriicr fdjoue Gtorteu), many a pretty garden; maud) ciu v D2ann, many a man. 2 See 35 1 . Instead of mclircrc, ciu paar is often used (38,6). * See 35 8 . 5 Cf . ctniflcr (36, 3), mcljrer c (38, 3), and mcldicr (39, 2). THE INDEFINITE PRONOUNS 39 tuder, tride, triele^, much, many, inflected like biefer (1,3), or ber, bie, I ba3 tude, etc. (31,2); trid, much, uninflected, used collectively (cf. mattdjer, 38, i), the inflected forms being sometimes used distribu- tively: 1 as, 1. er fteljt toiel, a&er Dieted toerfteljt er nidjt, he sees much, but many things he does not understand. 2. fie Ijafeen trie! 23Mjer, afcer toiefc finb fdjfedjt, /ie?/ ftave a lot of books, but many are poor. 3. fie Ijat Did @htte3 getatt, sfte o3o3 much good. 4. fo tiid id) gdjb'rt Ijafce, so far as I have heard. 5. bie3 ift uid $u gut, ^^s is ?7iitc/i ^oo groo^. 6. er Jjftt ^^^ ttte^r a( bit, he has much more than you. 7. nttt Die! SBergniigen, with much pleasure. 8. Hide 1 fdjiwe SB(umen f many beautiful flowers. 9. ntit fo Uieler SJliifte, with so great pains. 10. tro^ feine3 Uieten ^e(be^ f in spite of all his money. , tueldje, mel^e^ some, inflected like biefer (l,s): 2 as, 2 1. twflft bit S5rot? neitt, irf) ^aie ttidc^e^ f do yow want bread? no, I have tt>e / niger f tue / nige f ttie / nige^ f little, few, inflected like biefer (1,3), or ber, bie f ba tuemge, etc. (31,2); ttienig, little, uninflected, used collectively (cf . tJtd f 39, i), the inflected forms being sometimes used distribu- 1. triele ^abett tuenig f afeer Brau^en ttienige^, many people have little, but need few things. 2. foettige finb gefummen, few have come. 3. ttenige f^one 1 S3lumen f few pretty flowers. 4. ba3 menige, ttw3 ic^ ^afie f the little that I have. 5. ntit gan$ luenig $8rot f with very little bread; mit toenig 295orten f with few words. ttie / ttiger r less, fewer, uninflected (cf . 39, 3 ; see 24, i) : as, 1. toenige Jjafcen toetttger a(3 bu r few have less than you. 2. er Ijat tiid lueniger ^$db al^ fie f he has much less money than she. 3. in toeniger al^ brei ^lonaten, in less (fewer) than three months. 4. urn fu toeniger barf er gd)en f so much the less ought he to go. 1 See 35 1 . 2 Cf . ehtiger (36, 3), etttmS (36, 4), and ein ^aar (38, 6). ml- djer is mostly colloquial. 10 A GERMA\ IHULL BOOK THE INFLECTION OF VERBS 1 The stem of a verb may be ft indicative, ami the past participle, a in Knirlish. 3 Verbs are called weak or strong according to their inflection, as in English: 4 In weak verbs, the past indicative = the stem (40, i) + the suffix t or et a + the personal ending e ; the past participle = ge (78, a) 8 + the stem -+ the suffix t or et: s as, Present Infinitive Past Indicative Past Participle fag-en fag-t-c e-i - t say ttwrt-en roart-et-e ge-unut-et wait rcb-en rcb-ct-c ge-rcb-et talk atm-cn aim-tt-e ge-ntm-ct breathe uffn-cn dffn-rt-e ge-offn-ct open /tabel-n tabcl-t-c ge-tnbcl-t blame loanbcr-n ipanbcv-t-c ge-iuanbcr-t wander 5 In strong verbs, the past indicative = the stem (40, i) with the stem vowel changed (66, i) ; the past participle = ge (78, a) + the stem (with the stem vowel often changed) + en : as, Present Infinitive Past Indicative Past Participle ^alt-en Inch gc-fyalt-en hold fing-nt fang gc-jung-cn sing 1 So also in tu-it, do, and fet-ti, be. 8 To help pronunciation, verb stems ending in t, b, or m or tt pre- ceded by a mute (116,2), generally have t added before t or fit (41, 1,2, 3,5). Stems ending in an v-sound generally have t before the ending ft: aa, ft^-C-ft (but cf or c is often dropped: as, fttj-t). With the suffixes t and ct r cf. d and ed in "move-d" and "lift-ed" (see 116,4). 8 Verbs of foreign origin ending in icren, inseparable verbs (74,4,5), and gcroorbcn in the passive voice (50, 51) do not take ge. VERBS: THE ENDINGS 41 Verbs: the Endings (40, i, 4, 5, 40 2 , 40 3 ) Present Past Weak or Strong Weak Strong i id) _ c (e)te 2 bit -(e)ft -(e)teft -(e)ft a er (e)t (e)te Indicative i ttrir en (e)ten en 2 U,r -(e)t -(e)tet -(e)t 3 fie 1 ett (e)ten en 1 id, e (c)te Z* 2 bit -eft (e)teft ^eft Subjunctive 3 er ~ c -(e)te Ai 1 toir en (e)tett en 2 tljr et -(e)tet _n-et 3 fie 1 en (e)ten -^-en 2 bit ' e 2 1 Imperative 2 ii,r -(e)t Sic 1 en Infinitive (e)n Participles (e)nb (ge) (e)t (e) en In many strong verbs, the second and third persons singular of the present indicative have vowel change (68-73) : 3 1. a generally becomes a: as, ^alt-e, f)filt-ft, f)8It (not p(t-et). 8 58,4. 2. Short e becomes short i : as, fjelf-e, fjilf-ft, PH 58 4- 3. Long e becomes ie in fcefefjlett, em^fe^len, gef^e^en, lefen, fr^erett, feljen, fte^en: as, Bcfc^I-c, befie^l-ft, 6efie#-t. 1 In formal address, in speaking either to two or more persons or to one person, the third person plural is used. Sie is then written with a capital: as, Sie fyafccn, you have; lefett @te, read. 2 In strong verbs, the imperative may generally be found by dropping (e)ft of the second person (but a and o remain as in the infinitive). 3 When a verb stem ending in t has vowel change in the present in- dicative, et is dropped. A GERMAN It HI LI. HOOK The Tense Auxiliaries: ftafcen, Aave(60,x); fetn, be (60, a) INDICATIVE Present Perfect have tun /mce /*aci A-//-. '.. . /< fabe bin Ixibc bin (op In ft Wt bift bat ill bat tft faben finb fa ben > Qcbabt finb . geroefen fabt feib fcbt feib faben finb faben ^ Pnb Part Pluperfect had was had had had been fatte roar batte ' loar i fatteft roarft ^arteft roarft fatte fatten roar roaren fatte fatten roar . gefabt roaren . geroefen fattet roart fattet roart fatten roaren fatten roaren y Fatar* Future Perfect fcaH Aave AaM be *Aa// Aarc had shall have been roerbe " roerbe " roerbe roerbe - roirft mint roirft roirft 'luirb roerben unvb >. l>aben V fein roerben roirb roerben ^ gefabt roirb fabcn rocrbcn geroefen ' fetn roerbet roerbet roerbet roerbet roerben roerben , rocrbcn rocrbcn IMPERATIVE INFINITIVES have 6e feu) faben, (to) feu) fein, (to) be fabe (bu) fei (bu) have fabt (ify r) feib (if)r) gefabt feu) faben, geroefen feu) fein, faben @ie feien 2io (to) have had (to) have been PARTICIPLES ^abenb, having fetenb f 6einfiF gefyibt, /iad, having had geroefen, 6een, having been THE TENSE AUXILIARIES 43 The Tense Auxiliaries: fjafcen, have (60, i); feitt, 6e(60,2) SUBJUNCTIVE Present Perfect may have may be may have had may have been fyxbe fei fyibe i fei > fjabeft feieft fjabeft feieft ^abe fjaben fei feien fyibe ^aben fei ge^abt . feien gett)efen tjabet fetet ^abet feiet fyiben feien ^aben j feien Fait Pluperfect might have might be might have had might have been ptte tocire fjatte i toare ^ ^atteft tt)areft ptteft mareft lOtte n^are ^atte ttmre fatten maren fatten . qebabt ttjdren . gemefen pttet toaret ^attet ttiaret fatten tt)aren fatten j tcaren Future Future Perfect shall have shall be shall have had shall have been toerbe - toerbe ^ toerbe ' inerbe > toerbeft tnerbeft toerbeft raerbeft toerbe tuerben tt)erbe > haben toerben fein tnerbe itjerben ge^abt lt)erbe ^aben tnerben ^ gemefen * fein ttierbet iuerbet tcerbet merbet werben _ icerben ^ werbenj tcerben^ CONDITIONAL Present Past should have should be should have had should have been ttmrbe ^ milrbe " ttmrbe - ttiiirbe - ttmrbeft tniirbeft ttmrbeft toiirbeft ttmrbe wiirben toitrbe . ftaben tourben -fein ttmrbe ttmrben ge^abt wiirbe " ^aben miirben ^ gemefen " fein ftiirbet it)iirbet tt)iirbet tuiirbet triirben ^ toiirben^ ttmrben j ttjiirben y 44 A GERMAN DRILL BOOK The Tense, Mood, and Voice Auxiliary: roerben, become (60,3) INDICATIVE Pretent Perfect become have become roerbe (BOO 60, 3, <*) bin luirft btft roirb roerben finb geroorben rocrbet feib roerben fmb Put Pluperfect became had become rourbe (or roarb) roar nnirbeft roarft rourbe (or roarb) uuirben roar roaren geroorben nuirbet roart rourben roaren Future Future Perfect shall become shall have become roerbe roerbe * - rotrft roirft * roirb rotrb * geroorben roerben k roer n roerben* "fein roerbet roerbet * roerben roerben* IMPERATIVE INFINITITB8 become * ($u) roerben, (to) be- roerbe (bu) * come roerbot iiu> * * geroorben (5U) fein, rocrbcn 2ic * (to) have become PARTICIPLES * roerbenb, becoming * geroorben, become THE TENSE, MOOD, AND VOICE AUXILIARY 45 The Tense, Mood, and Voice Auxiliary: roerbett, become (60, 3) SUBJUNCTIVE Present Perfect may become may have become trerbe * fei * i toerbeft * jeteft * ttierbe * jet * ttterben * feien * h geirorben ttJerbet * feiet * ttierben * feien * Past Pluperfect might become might have become ttmrbe * tDare * * ttmrbeft * toftreft * ttmrbe * rocire * ttmrben * todren * gemorben ttmrbet * rodret * ttmrben * tudren * Future Future Perfect shall become shall have become toerbe * - nierbe * - tt)erbeft * tt)erbeft* rcerbe * trerben * ^ ttjerben tuerbe * tt)erben* gett)orben ^fein tt)erbet * toerbet * toerben * tt)erben* CONDITIONAL Present Past should become should have become ttmrbe * * ttmrbe * tuiirbeft * miirbeft* tDiirbe * tt)iirben * . ttJerben tt)iirbe * tt)iirben * gett)orben " fein tniirbet * iriirbet * tt)iirben * tt)iirben* 46 A GERMAN DRILL BOOK Weak Verbs : fo fl e f say; frfon, follow (40, 4) INDICATIVE Present Perfect say follow Aatc aid have followed fage folge ^abc ^ bin ^ fagft fofefl w bift tat folgt fct n't fagen folgen ^aben ' 0e{Q9t finb gefolgt fagt folgt ^abt feib fagen folgen ^aben finb PMt Pluperfect MM followed /""/ >/'/ had followed tatc folgte ^atte - nwr tafcp foh fctteft loarft fagte folgte t^atte loot ia fl ten . folgten fatten gcjagt ioaren * gefolgt ina.tet folgttt ^attet loart fagten folgten fatten , ttwrcn Fa tare Future Perfect shall say shall follow /a// Aave said shall have followed me roe ^| roerbe ^ tt>erbe ' iuerbe ' limit limit limit limit limb toetben toirb > iaqcn loerben f folgen roirb roerben tntrh gciaqt IDiro ^aben loerben gefolgt fein lucrbet mcrbct tDerbet merbet tperben , lucrben ^ njcrben , merben IMPERATIVE INFINITIVES say follow ftu) fagen, (to) (ju) folgen, (to) fage (bu) folge (bu) say follow fagt (i^r) folgt (tyr) gefagt ($u) fyiben, gefolgt(^u)t)aben, fagen 3ic folgen ie (to) have said (to) havefollowed PARTICIPLES fagenb, saying folgenb, following gefagt, said gefolgt, followed WEAK VERBS 47 Weak Verbs: fagen r say; f of gen, follow (40,4) SUBJUNCTIVE Present Perfect may say may follow may have said may havefollowed fage folge fjabe - jet n fageft folgeft fyxbeft fdeft fage folge fytbe e-a t '" fagen folgen ^aben feten gefolgt faget folget ^abet fetet fagen folgen ^aben feien , Past Pluperfect might say might follow might have said might havefollowed fagte folgte fjfttte -i toare ^ fagteft folgteft ^atteft toareft fagte fagten folgte folgten ^atte fatten toare . qefaqt toaren gefolgt fagtet folgtet ^attet toclret fagten folgten fatten j toaren Future Future Perfect shall say shall follow shall have said shall havefollowed toerbe ' toerbe - toerbe ] toerbe ' toerbeft toerbeft toerbeft toerbeft toerbe toerben . toerbe > fagen toerben folgen toerbe toerben gefagt merbe ' ^aben toerben . gefolgt fein toerbet toerbet toerbet toerbet toerben , toerben _ toerben y toerben ^ CONDITIONAL Present Past should say should follow should have said should have followed toiirbe - toiirbe toiirbe ? toiirbe ^ toiirbeft toiirbeft toiirbeft toiirbeft toitroe toiirben roiirbe toiirben - folgen toiirbe toiirben fc gefagt tt)urbe ^aben toiirben gefolgt fein toiirbet toiirbet toiirbet toiirbet toiirben toiirben , toiirben j toiirben ^ 48 A GERMAN DRILL BOOK Strong Verbs : fi.tflCM, '/'/> fingt (ifjr) fmft (iftr) gefungen(ju)^aben, gefunfen (ju) fein, ftngen 6ic finfcn 3ic (to) have sung (to) have sunk PARTICIPLES ftngenb, singing fmfenb, sinking gefungen, sung gejunlen, sunk STRONG VERBS Strong Verbs : fingcn, sing; finf en, sink (40, 5) SUBJUNCTIVE Present Perfect may sing may sink may have sung may have sunk ftnge finfe ^abe ' fei i fingeft finfeft ^abeft feteft finge fhtfe ^abe ge= f ei ge= fingen ftnfen ^aben ' fnngen feien " fnnfen finget ftnfet ^abet feiet fingen ftnfen ^aben feien Past Pluperfect might sing might sink might have sung might have sunk fange fcinfe ^atte i tt)dre - fangeft fanfeft ^atteft ttareft fange fanfe ^atte ge= ware ge= fangen fanfen fatten fnngen ttja'ren " fnnfen fanget fa'nfet ^attet tt)aret fangen fcinfen fatten 4 ttJdren ^ Future Future Perfect shall sing shall sink shall have sung shall have sunk tt)erbe ^ merbe - tuerbe ] merbe * tt)erbeft roerbeft merbeft tterbeft trjerbe ttierbe tt)erbe 9 e = merbe ge= tt)erben - fingen tterben - finf en ttjerben - fnngen - fnnfen fetn tt)erbet inerbet ttjerbet ttierbet trerben , tuerben ^ tt)erbenj nierben^ CONDITIONAL Present Past should sing should sink should have sung should have sunk ttmrbe - ttmrbe ^ ttmrbe ^ tt)itrbe ^ ttmrbeft tuitrbeft tt)itrbeft toitrbeft ttmrbe raiirbe ttmrbe 9 e - ttmrbe ge= ttmrben ^fingen ttmrben - finfen ttmrben fnngen fnnfen fetn ttmrbet ttmrbet tt)itrbet ttmrbet ttmrben ttmrben tt)itrben. nmrben. 50 A GERMAN DRILL BOOK The Passive Voice: fage, say (60,2,3) INDICATIVE Present Perfect am MM have been said toerbc bin toirft bn't luirb toerben - flefagt ift fbtl gefagt toorbcn toerbet feib Past was said Pluperfect had been said itmrbc (or nwrb) fear tourbeft HMVU nwrbe (or roarb) murben ' 9t|a8t mar IDQTCTI uunbcn nmrbet roart Future shall be said Future Perfect shall have been said loerbc - toerbe - UMl'ft itnrit ttrirb qcfagt tDtrb gefagt toerben ^ lucvbcn roerben K worben fein toerbet toerbet tpcrben , loerben , IMPERATIVE INFI1IITIVE8 be said gefagt (ju) toerben, to erbe (bu) gefagt be sa!'l roerbet (iftr) gefagt gefagt morben ($u) fein, merben @ie gefagt to have been said PARTICIPLES gefagt loerbenb, being said gefagt roorben, having been said THE PASSIVE VOICE 51 The Passive Voice : f arjcn, say (60, 2,3) SUBJUNCTIVE Present Perfect may be said may have been said tuerbe i fei i tmbeft feieft ttierbe roerben gefagt fei feien gefagt r roorben roerbet feiet tcerben feien Past Pluperfect might be said might have been said toiirbe - tt)a're ttwrbeft ttmreft tuiirbe timrben . gefagt raare trjciren ^ gefagt tDorben roiirbet wa'ret ttmrben tociren Future Future Perfect shall be said shall have been said tterbe " tflerbe - merbeft merbeft roerbe gefagt toerbe gefagt merben roerben roerben * tDorben fein toerbet tuerbet tuerben , raerben , CONDITIONAL Present Past should be said should have been said ttmrbe " roiirbe i tuiitbeft tDiirbeft ttmrbe gefagt roiirbe gefagt roihben y tt)erben ttmrben " morben fein tt)iirbet iriirbet tuiirben > roiirben ^ 53 A GERMAN DRILL BOOK Reflexive Verbs: fid) frcucn, rejoice (61, x) INDICATIVE PreMnt rejoice idi ire no mid) bu frcuft bi$ cr freut pd) loir frcucn un8 ihv frcut cud) fte frcucn pd) Perfect have rejoiced id) babe mid) bu ho ft bid) cr fpt fid) unv l)obcn und ibv bo bt end) ftc ^obcn ftd) , gcfrcut Put rejoiced id) unite mid) bu frcutcft bid) cr jrcutc fid) roir frcutcn un8 il)V f VCll ti't Olid) fie frcutcn fid) Pluperfect had rejoiced id) tjattc mid) bu txittcft bid) cr bone fid) roir fatten un6 tip fjattct cud) pc fatten pd) . gcfrcut Future shall rejoice id) roerbc midi - bU UMVft bid) cr toirb pd) freuen unr loerbcn un8 ibv tocrbct cud) fte n>erbcn ftc^ Future Perfect /ictf/ A a re rejoit id) ipcvbe mid) * bu nrirft bid) cr luivb fid) unv rocrbcn iniv i^r rocrbet cud) pe wcrbcn pcft ed gefreut f)abcn IMPERATIVE rejoice freue (bu) bid) freut (i^r) cud) freucn @te fid) INFINITIVES pd) (ju) freuen, (o) rejoice pd) gcfrcut (ju) fyibcn f (to) have rejoiced PARTICIPLES fid) freuenb, rejoicing fid) gefreut, rejoiced REFLEXIVE VERBS 53 Reflexive Verbs: fid) freuen, rejoice (61, i) SUBJUNCTIVE Present Perfect may rejoice may have rejoiced id) freue mid) id) t)cibe mid) ^ bu freueft bid) bu rjabeft bid) - er freue fid) ttrir freuen un er fyxbe fi(^ tnir fyiben un gefreut i^r freuet end) i^r ^abet euc^ fie freuen fid) fie f)aben fid) Past Pluperfect might rejoice might have rejoiced id) freute mid) id) l)atte mic^ bu freuteft bid) bu fjatteft bi(^ er freute fid) er t)atte fid) ttrir freuten un ttrir rjtttten un gefreut i^r freutet end) i^r pttet end) fie freuten fid) fie fatten fic^ j Future Future Perfect shall rejoice shall have rejoiced id) rnerbe mid) ^ id) tt)erbe mid) - bu ioerbeft bid) bu tuerbeft bic^ er trerbe fid) - freuen er trerbe fid^ ^ gefreut ttrir ttierben un ttrir ttierben un ^aben il)r toerbet end) i^r tt)erbet end) fie toerben fid) fie toerben fic^ CONDITIONAL Present Past should rejoice should have rejoiced id) ttmrbe mid) - id) tt)iirbe mid) - bu ttmrbeft bid) bu ttmrbeft bid) er ttmrbe fid) ttrir ttmrben un > freuen er ttmrbe fid) ttrir ttmrben un ^ gefreut " ^aben ttjr ttmrbet end) il)r ttmrbet end) fie ttmrben fid) fie itmrben fic^ 64 A GA'/M/.I v / roic'bcrgcfagt ^Qt . . . J etc. (46, i) Put fagte . . . mic'ber etc. (4fl,2) Pluperfect Ijatte . . . roic'bcrgcfogt etc. (46, a) Future rocrbe . . . roie'berfagen etc. (46,3) Future Perfect roerbc . . . nrie r bcrgcfogt fcben etc. (46, 3) IMPERATIVE foge (bu) . . . iwe'ber etc. (46,4) INFINITIVES ie'bcr(AU)fogcn etc. (46,4) PARTICIPLES ttrie'berfagenb, etc. (46,5) SUBJUNCTIVE Present fage . . . ] fagcft. . . Inrie'ber fagc . . . J etc. (47, i) Perfect fcfc . . . ] ^abcft . . . I njic'bcrgefagt ^Qbc ...j etc. (47, i) Past fagtc . . . ttrie'ber etc. (47,2) Pluperfect ^Ittc . . . roic'bergefQgt etc. (47,2) Future tt>erbe . . . tDte'berfagen etc. (47,3) Future Perfect merbc . . . nrie' bcrgejagt fpben etc. (47,3) CONDITIONAL Present tuiirbe . . . tme'berfagen etc. (47,4) Past iuiirbc . . . ttne'bergefagt ^abcn etc. (47,4) IMPERSONAL VERBS 57 Inseparable Verbs: etttfa'gen, renounce (74, 4, 5) Present : Past: Future : INDIC entfa'ge etc. (46, i) entfag'te etc. (46, 2) tr>erbe entfa'gen etc. (46, 3) ^TIVE Perfect : f)dbe entfagt f etc. (46, i) Pluperfect: Ijatte entfagt' etc. (46; 2) Fut. Perf . : toerbe entfagt f ()aben etc. (46, 3) IMPERATIVE entfa'ge (bu) etc. (46,4) INFINITIVES (u) entfa f gen etc. (46,4) PARTICIPLES entfa'genb, etc. (46,5) Present : Past: Future : SUBJU1 entfa'ge etc. (47, i) entfag'te etc. (47, 2) tterbe entja f gen etc. (47, 3) ACTIVE Perfect: ^abe entfagt f etc. (47, i) . Pluperfect: fjatte entjagt r etc. (47, 2) Fut. Perf. : toerbe entfagt' fjaben etc. (47, 3) Present : CONDI! miirbe entfa'gen etc. (47, 4) PIONAL Past : ttiirbe entfagt' ^aben etc. (47,4) Impersonal Verbs: e3 regnet, it rains (61, 3) Present : Past: Future : INDIC e regnet e regnete e nrirb regnen ATIVE Perfect : e ^at geregnet Pluperfect : e3 fyitte geregnet Fut. Perf. : e ratrb geregnet ^aben Present : Past: Future : SUBJUI e regne e regnete e merbe regnen fCTIVE Perfect : e ^abe geregnet Pluperfect : e3 ^atte geregnet Fut. Perf. : e ttnrb geregnet ^aben Present : CONDI' e tfiirbe regnen riONAL Past : e tuilrbe geregnet ^aben 58 A OSRMAN DRILL BOOK Weak Verbs with Peculiarities in Inflection (40,4) PRESENT INDICATIVE wait marte iracfcp martet talk rebeft rebet breathe atme a tine ft atmet open Bffne Bffneft Bffnet blame table tabclft tabelt wander manbre nxmberft manbert marten loartet marten reben rebet reben atiiten atmet a tin on Bffnen :ion tabeln tabelt tabeln manbern manbert manbern PAST INDICATIVE lOttfcfc mavh martete rebcte rebeteit rebete atmoto atmo: atntete Bffn Bffiu Bffnetc tabelte tabelteft tabelte nxinberte manberteft manberte tuarteten roartetet marteton rebeten rebctot rebeten atmeten atmetct arnteten Bffneten Bffnetet Bffneten tabeltcn tabeltet tabeltcn manberten manbertet nxinberten PAST PARTICIPLE geiaortet gerebet geatmet gedffnet getabelt gemanbert Strong Verbs with Peculiarities in Inflection (41,6) PRESENT INDICATIVE run laufe laufft lauft hold iKlltO $altft Halt help Mffp hiin 866 feDe W give gebe gibft gibt take ne^me nimmft nimmt laufen lauft laufen foalten Daltet Balten fclfen Wp ^elfen fe^en fe^en geben gebt geben nefnnen ne^mt ne^men laufe (bu) lauft (tljr) laufen <8ie fclte (bu) Daltet (tljr) Balten nfeten PAST brd'cfjte brd'crjteft brdd)te brdc^ten brdcfjtet brdd)ten SUBJUNCTIVE bd'cfjte tt)iite bdd)teft toii^teft bacfyte tt)ufete batten mii^ten bdcfjtet ttmfjtet bdctjten tuu^ten 60 A GERMAN DRILL BOOK The Uses of ,abcu, 3ctn, and 28erben (42-46) .aben is used to inflect the perfect, the pluperfect, the future perfect, and the past conditional of the following: 1. The active voice of transitive verbs (42, 43, 46-49, 62, 63, 66, 67). 2. The mood auxiliaries (64, 66). 3. Most intransitive verbs (see fein, 60, a). is used to inflect the perfect, the pluperfect, the future perfect, and the past conditional of the following: 1. The passive voice of transitive verbs (60, 61). -'. 3etn (42, 43), erbc (44, 46), and blcibcn (68); and intransitive verbs, and their compounds, when denoting change of position or of condition. Among these are the following: l aui'ftdicit, .v'i'< f of the motion: as, er 4ot fdjtteU gerittett, he rode fast. 2 Used impersonally (61,3), with the dative: as, e3 ift tljtieii gchingeit, they succeeded. 8 With 50, 61, cf. 44, 45, where the position of the participle is in- dicated by a star (*). The passive voice is often avoided by using man (37,5) or a reflexive verb (61, i). REFLEXIVE AND IMPERSONAL VERBS 61 Reflexive Verbs (52, 53) Reflexive verbs are of two kinds : 1. Those that require a reflexive pronoun 1 to complete their meaning: as, id) fdjame mid), I am ashamed. 2. Those that have a special meaning when used with a reflexive pronoun : l as, id) frcuc mid), I rejoice. 2 1. bu fiirdjteft bid), you are afraid. 2. ttur trrcn Uttg, we are mistaken. 3. fe^cn t he cannot come out. THE MOOD AUXILIARIES 63 4. tocitn cr gcftertt Ijattc (or Ijatte geftcrtt) geljeit fiwiteit (for gefonnt), if he had been able to go yesterday. 5. Ijatte cr geljeit fb'ttiten (for ge!onnt), fa ttJitrbe cr e3 getatt Ijabeit, if he had been able to go, he would have done so. been allowed'} been able preferred > to go. had ( burfctt 1 ^ fihtncu 6. Sic pttcn geljctt -j mtigcit k you would have miiffett I [ ttujflcit J 'ted wan 7. Sic Ijatteit geJjett fatten, you ought to have gone. bitrfcit, bltrfte, gcbitrft, may, be permitted, be likely (in the past subjunc- I tive), denoting permission (62, i, 2) : 2 as, 1. barf idj geljett? bit barfft e3, may I go? you may. 2. toerbe iclj geljen bitrfett? shall I be permitted to go? 3. fie bnrfte in bic Sdjitle geljett, she was permitted to go to school. 4. Sic biirfctt ttidjt gtallfceit, you must not believe. 5. id) barf e3 ttid)t fagcit, I have no right to say. 6. ba3 bitrfte 511 toiel feitt, that might be (is likely to be) too much. fiittttett, fottltte, gclottttt, can, be able, may, denoting power or possibility 2 (62,i,2): 2 as, 1. cr fatttt tueber (efctt ttot^ fdjreibeit, he can neither read nor write. 2. ffittttCtt Sic ^Clttfd)? do you know German? 3. id) fatttt mi(^ gcirrt Ijafceit, / may have been mistaken. 4. ba3 fatttt fcitt, that may be. 2 5. bit fattitft I)creitt, you may come in. 2 , tttot^tc f gemoc^t, may, like, denoting possibility or preference 3 (62, i, 2): 2 as, 1. ba3 ntag fetn, that may be. 2 2. fie tttodjtc fiittf 3^^^ sa^lctt, she might have been five years old. 2 C gcrtt (82, i) ^ c should like to ^ 3. i(^ mfldftc -j UeBcr \- geftcit, / -j had rather L gro. I am lie&ftett J L should like best to J 4. miigCtt Sic giMUt^ fcht, may you be happy. 5. id) mag tljtt ttid|t f I do not like him. 1 For geburft f ge!omtt r etc., 62,2. 2 biirfctt = may = be permitted. To express may = be possible, fimttCtt or miigCtt (63, 2, 3) may be used. But liittttett is frequently used like biir= fett to express may = be permitted : as, btt fattttft morgcit geI)Ctt f you may (not can] //-"/'/ /////.A-. 1 5. tocnn etf rcfliicn foiite. 6. ttJir tun itirtit immcr, wao wir follcn, toe do not always do what we ought. 7. bit foil ft ftbntfl mcrbcn, //" >/"/// become king. fc uiciiH ^ao fcin full, f this must be. 0. foUtc bad waljr frin? '!/ //UM 6e truef 10. fie foil Ijtcr fcin, >-/e ( said fo 6e /iere. 1 1 . cr foil c* flctan Ijabcn, he is sold to Aace done It. niollcii, niolltc, ncnioflt r tci/l, toant, i/otny to, mean, maintain, pretend, de- noting intention or assertion (62, 1,2): as, 1. roollcn 3ic ntit mir fommcn? will you come with met 2. er mill uirijt t)offcn, baft bu franf bift, he hopes you are not ill. :'.. id) uiulltc co nctnn fcljcn, / wanted to have it done. 4. er toill, fie full finiicn, wants her to sing. 6. id) wolltc- licbcr frijlnfcn al* arbcttcn, / had rather sleep than work. 6. fte will iljn nirijt, not have him. 9 7. cr wolltc nad) /"yrnnfrcidj, he wanted to go to France. 9 8. tootf toollcn ttir foflcn? what are we going to sayt 9. fte tooflte cbcn awtycljcn, aid Scfuc^ fam, she was on the point of y< out, when company came. 10. ttiaS UiiUft bu bamtt fa(|en? what do you mean by that? 11. cr will wot)l rcid) fcin, / am sure he will be rich. 12. fte Will ityn gcfcljcn t)abcn f she maintains she has seen him. 1 In a conditional sentence, the past subjunctive foflte is sometimes used instead of wurbc (98,3, 4)* 2 Past subjunctive. 8 See 62*. IMPORTANT WEAK VEEBS G5 Important Weak Verbs (40, 4) ant'ttjort-cn, -etc, gc et answer larfjel-n, -te, gc-t smile ar'fceit-en, -etc, ge et work ladj-en, -te,. ge t laugh fceban'er-n, -tc, t regret leb-en, -te, ge t live fceberf'-cn, -tc, t cover leg-en, -te, ge t lay fceben't-en, -etc, et signify Icfjn-en, -te, ge t lean fceglei't-cn, -etc, et accompany lel)r-en, -tc, ge t teach fcemer'f-en, -te, t remark lett-en, -etc, ge et lead fcemii'lj-cn, -te, t trouble fern-en, -te, ge-t learn feerei't-en, -etc, et prepare UeB-en, -tc, ge-t love fcerittj'r-en, -tc, t handle (oB-en, -te, ge t praise fcefn'rfj-en, -tc, t visit IBf-Ctt, -te, ge t loose Irt fcrandj-en, -tc, ge-t need madj-en, -te, ge t make banf-en, -te, ge t thank mal-en, -te, ge t paint . bancr-n, -tc, ge t last mem-en, -te, ge-t mean bten-en, -te, ge-t serve merf-en, -te, gc-t mark eil-en, -te, ge t hurry offn-en, -etc, ge et ^>pen erton'fc-en, -tc, t allow ^Peg-en, -te, ge-t be wont errei'dj-en, -tc, t arrive at reb-en, -etc, ge et talk erro't-en, -etc, et blush reid)-en, -te, ge u reach erttwrfj'-en, -tc, t wake up rctt-en, -etc, ge et save ertuar't-en, -etc, et wait for ritljr-en, -tc, ge-t touch crfoerf'-en, -te, wake up fag-en, -tc, ge-t say er^alj'l-en, -te, narrate fd)tcf-en, -te, ge t send faff-en, fa^-tc, ge seize fet?-en -te, ge-t set fc^-en, -te, ge fail fjriei-en, -te, ge-t play frag-en, -te, ge ask ftefl-en, -te, ge-t place fret-en, -te, ge-t woo fnrf)-cn, -t ge t seek fitf)f-en, -te, ge-t feel tot-en, -etc, ge et kill fitljr-en, -tc, ge t lead trorfn-cn, -etc, ge et dry fitrd)t-en, -etc, ge et fear toerbie'n-en, -te, t earn ge&ran'rfj-en, -te, ge t use tjcrlan / f-en, -tc, t sell geljiKr-cn, -tc, ge t belong to uerfo^g-cn, -tc, t care for glanfe-en, -tc, ge t believe fcerfi^dj-en, -tc, t tempt j)errfrf)-en, -te, ge t rule U) art-en, -etc, ge-ct wait faff-en, -tc, ge t hope tt)ein-en, -te, ge-t weep Ijol-en, -te, ge-t fetch ttrieberfyo^-ei it, -te, t repeat ljor-cn, -te, ge-t hear tt>oljn-en, -te, ge t dwell lixm^jf-en, -te, ge-t combat ttwnfrf)-en, -te, ge t wish lanf-en, -te, ge-t buy setg-en, -te, qe t show flopf-en, -te, ge-t knock i ttter-n, -te, ge-t tremble 66 .1 '.KRMAN ]>i;il.L HOOK The Strong Verbs classified according to their Vowel Changes l Class Prcs. Indie. Past. Indie. Past Partic. No. of Verbs I 6 17 II I ti (< 1: 28 III i i {: 20 IV ci {i. ft 10 V it 16 VI a, 0, u 4 VII Irregular Forma 2 Class I: Root Vowel a 1. a t o: faitflcn, fyangcn. L>. a tc o: blafen, bratcn, fallen,- fatten, laffen, raten, fdjlafcn. 3. a u a: fallen, a,raben, lateen, fd)affcn, 2 fdjlagcn, traiicn, fen, uwid)cn. 3 Class II : Root Vowel t 1. c a c: cffcn, 3 fveffcn, flcbcn, i^fdK'hcn, lefen, mcffcn, treten, 1 For an alphabetical list, see 68. These classes are for drill work in giving principal parts and meanings. After being recited, the princi- pal parts should be written on the blackboard, in columns : as, fang en blaf en ef j en ge|a en en 06 ge geff en 2 For the past indicative, see 68. 8 For the past participle, nee 68. THE STEONG VERBS 67 2. c a 0: ft ef el) 'ten, brecl)en, etnpfe{)'len, erfcfyrecf'en, 1 getten, l)el= feu, ne^men, 1 fpredjen, ftefjlen, fterben, treffen, 1 Berber 'gen, Der= ber'ben, toerfen. 3. c 0: betoe'gen, fed)ten, fjeben, quelten, fdjtoelten. Class III: Root Vowel i I 1. i a 0: begin'nen, geftrin'nen, rinnen, f(^tr)tmmen, finnen, fpin- nen. 2. i a it: ftinben, finben, brtngen, geling'en, Ilingen, j^tingen, fd)tDtnben, fc^tt)tngen, fingen, 2 finlen, fpringen, trtnlen, tuinben, y&\n- gen. Class IV: Root Vowel ei 2 1. ci i i: beftei'^en, bei^en, erblei'i^en, gleid^en, gletten, 1 greifen, 1 leiben, 1 pfetfen/ retfsen, retten, 1 fd)Iet(i)en f fc^netben, 1 f^retten, 1 ftrei^en, ftreiten, 1 tDetdjen. 2. ci tc ic: bleiben, leiben, nteiben, retben, fcfyetben, f^einen, j^retben, f^reien, f^metgen, ftetgen, treiben, tjer^et'^en, meifen. Class V: Root Vowel ic 3 ic o o: bteten, fliegen, flte^en, piemen, frieren, genie'^en, gie^en, Irie^en, rie(i)en, fcf)ieben, jc^te^en, f(^tte^en r triefeh, tierbrie'^en, tjerlie'ren, Class VI: Root Vowel a, o, ii 4 a, ^ it 0: betrit'gen, erlo'j(^en f liigen, rcid^en. Class VII: Irregular 3 5 bitten, gebci'ren, geljen, ^anen, ^et^en, lommen, lanfen, Hegen, rn- fen, faitfen; flatten, fcfytooren, fti^en, fte^en, fto^en, tun. 1 For the past indicative and the past participle, see 68. 2 Cf . "sing, sang, sung." 3 These verbs are to be learned from the alphabetical list, 68. Some of them are very important. 68 A GERMAN Dlill.l. BOOE An Alphabetical List of the Strong and Irregular Verbs Pres. Infln. Pres. Indie, a, 3 Sing. 1 ImpT. a Sing.* Past Indio. Nfl Subjv. Past Partic. Meaning bntfcit bdcT-ft, bod(e) buf bare gcbarfrn bake bcfcfjlctt bcfiel)l-jt, beficljl bcfal,! before* bcfulilcn com//- ' bcflcifcctt beflctMef)t, - bcflctue bcfliS befliffe MCtt 6 tegbnet bcflimt-ft, beflinn(e) bcgattn begbnne 1 begonttcu ' \jiii kifei betfe-( .v.s burfcn barf-ft, barf burftc burftc gcburft may cmpfcljlcn cmpficl)l-)t, -t cmpfie^I cnuifaljl empfb^le* empfotlcn commend crblcidjcu erblcid)-ft, -t crblctcf)e crl'lcitlitc, crblcidjtc, crblci^t, 8 turn pale erbltri) crblidje crbli^cn 8 crliifdjcu crIifd)-(c)lX 4 -t crltfd) cr(ofd) crlofdje crlofdjcn 8 go out crfdjrccfcn crfc^rid-ft, -t erf(^ri(f crfdiraf crfd)rd'fe crfdjrotf c h be far fled c lie it ill-eft, 10 tU-t tfe if He gcgcffcn eat faljrcu fdlir-ft, -t fflW) fulir fu^re gcfaftrcn 8 go, drive fallen [all-ft, -t |att(c) Pd fiele gcfallen 8 fall faiiflcn fdng-ft, -t fang(e) Sng jinge gcfangcn catch fcdjtcu jidit.ft, flc^t? Mt fod)t fodjte gcfodjtcu fold 1 See 41, 6. 2 See 41*. 8 The past subjunctive sometimes has o or u lead of a) to distinguish it from the present indicative. 4 See 40 2 . 6 Reflexive, ay^/y ( '1, i). 6 Or barge (see footnote 3). 7 See 41 8 . 8 Inflected with fctn (60, 2). 9 Or evlofdp. 10 Or ifj-t (40, 2). THE STRONG AND IRREGULAR VERBS 69 Pres. Infin. Pres. Indie. 2, 3 Sing. 1 Impv. 2 Sing. 2 Past Indie. Past Subjv. Past Partic. Meaning ftnben ftnb-eft, -et ftnbe fanb fan be gefnnben find flerfjten f(td)t-ft, flid)t 3 ftidit ftodjt flbd)te geftortjten braid fttegen flteg-ft, -t flteg(e) P^a floge gefiogen 4 fly flieljen fltel)-ft, -t fliefi(e) ff4 fli51je geftoljen 4 flee fficgcn fltcj3-(ef)t, 5 -t flic6(e) W ffoffc gefloffen 4 flow frefjen frijf-eft, frijj-t fri| Ml frSlie gefreffen eat, devour frieren frier-ft, -t frter(e) fror frbre gefroren freeze garen 7 9ar-ft, -t gate gor gore gegoren ferment ijclnircn gebter-[t, -t geMer gebar gebare geboren bear gcbcn fltt-ft -t gib gab gabe gegeben give gebeiljett gebei-ft, -t gebeU)(e) gebielj gebtep gebie^en 4 thrive gel) en get)-ft, -t ge^(e) gta ginge gegangen 4 go geftngen rtpftTTd t getang gelangc gelungen 8 succeed , yeuuy-i gcltcn gtlt-ft, gilt 3 gilt gait golte 9 gegulten be worth gcnefcn genef^efjt, 5 -t genefe gena3 genafe genefen 4 recover genie^en gentcHej)t, 5 -t gente^(e) geno^ geitijffc genoffen enjoy gefdjeijen , gefd)ie^-t gefdja^ gefc^ap gefrfje^en 8 happen genrinnen getmrm-ft, -t getotnn(e) getnann getoonne 9 gciuonncn win giej?en gieMeDt, 5 -t gte6(e) 8^f goffe gegpffen pour gleidjen Qletdj-ft, -t gletdj(e) ajtrf) glid;e gegli^en be like gleiten glett-eft, -et gleit(e) gntt glttte geglitten 4 glide glimmen 7 glimm-ft, -t gltmtn(e) glomm glbmme geglummen gleam graben grab-ft, -t grab(e) grnb griibe gegraben dig greifen grcif-ft, -t gretf(e) fiwff grtffe gegriffen seize Ijabcn 5a-fc -t pbe Ijatte ptte ge^abt have fyalten plt-ft, pit 3 plt(e) ^ieit Alette i]cf)altcn hold Ijangen 5ang^c)fc6 -t, png(e) ^ing f)tttge gegangen hang f)ang-ft, -t I) aunt pu-ft, -t pu(e) Ijtcb ^tebe ge^anen hew, cut tyeben 5cB-fc -t ^eb(e) l)Ul. pben geljoben heave, lift Ijeif^ett rjet|3-(ef)t, 5 -t etB(e) l)iefe ^te^e ncl)ctf;cit be called fjelfen Stlf-ft, -t Wf |g(f I)ulfe 9 ge^ulfen help 1 See 41, 6. 2 See 41 2 . 3 See 41 3 . 4 Inflected with fein (60, 2). 6 See 40 2 . 6 Or frife-t (40 2 ). 7 Sometimes weak (40, 4). 8 Inflected with fein (60, 2), and generally impersonal, with the dative (61,3). 9 See 68 3 . 10 Intransitive. n Or fjiibe (68 3 ). .1 i.ri: i;. 1 \ DRILL i Pres. Infln. Pres. Indie, a, 3 Sing. 1 Impv. 2 Sing. 1 Past Indie. PMI Subjv. Past Panic. Meaning fcuncit feim-ft, -t fenne fnnntc fennte ncfnnut know 9 flimmen 4 Ilimii: -t flimm(e) flontnt flb'mme geflom< men 6 rlin.h flinticn fltnfl-ft, -t flinfl(e) flang flange jicnmtflcn fitetfen -t htei{(e) fniff fniffe iicfniffen fommen fomm-ft, -t, fomm tarn fame gefommen 6 fbmm-ft, -t fbnncn fann-it, fann 9 MM lonnte fonnte pcfuuut frcifcfjcn frctfdHe)ft,* -t treifa)(e) MM rrifa)e ulien scream fricctjcn trieaVft, -t trieaXe) trod, hd ! o flcfrddjen 6 .<> < /. fitrcn -t fiire for 4 fore* flcfurcn choose (abctt lab-ft, -t lab(e) Inb lube gelaben labcn lab-eft, -t, Iab(e) labeic, labete, U'labcn inviU lab-ft, -i lub lube luff en lab (teg Itefee gelaffe* lafe-t,' -t Mam Inufcit -t lauf(e) lief liefe gefaufen 6 run Icibcn Ictb-eft, -et Ieib(e) lat litte nciittcu suffer Icilicn -t leiIKe) hrli liefp acltcljen Icfcn Ucf-(cf)t, -t M lafe gelefen Itcfldt Hea-ft, -t licfle la fl (a'0e gelegen litflcn -t liifl(e) log lofie gelogcit mcibcit ntetb-cft, -ct meib{e) micb miebe gemiebcn mclfcit mclf-ft, -t, melfe mclftc, melfte, gemelfr, milf-it, -t J molf inblfe gemolfcn milk me {fen miB mat; nlfc gcmeffen measure mif;ltngen 'mtBlinfl-t mif:lan miBlange nu Klit n licit fail mbflcn mag-ft, mag motlitc mbd)te gemod^t may, like mil ft en mufe-t,' ntufe ntnfjtc mitBte $1 emit fa must itclimcii nimm-ft -t nimm iialiitt na'^me genommen take ncnncn nenit-ft, -t nennc naitntc nennte genannt name pfctfctt -t Pfetf(e) vnn Pftf?e flcpftffcn prctfcn pretf(ef)t, -t pretfe 9 price* pricfc fl c Pmf cn praixe 1 See 41, 6. 2 See 41 2 . 8 be acquainted with. 4 Sometimes weak (40, 4). 6 Inflected with fein (60. 2 . 6 See 40 2 . ' / // a lie. 8 Inflected with fettt (60,a); often impersonal, with the dative 161,3). 9 Orj>rei*. THE STRONG AND IRREGULAR VERBS 71 Pres. Infin. Pres. Indie. 2, 3 Sing. 1 Impv. 2 Sing. 2 Past Indie. Past Subjv. Past Partic. Meaning qneflcn quttt-ft, -t qutt( qnoQ qubUe gcqnoUen 3 gush ratcn rat-ft, rat 4 rat(e) riet rtete geraten advise rei&en retb-ft, -t reib(e) rie& riebe geriefien rub reigcn retB-(ef)t, 5 -t retB(e) rig rtffe geriffen tear reiten rett-eft, -et rett(e) ritt rttte geritten 8 ride rennen renn-ft, -t rettne rannte reitttte gerannt 8 run riedjen riedj-ft, -t rie^(e) rod) rbc^e gerot^en smell ring en rtng-ft, -t ring(e) rang range gernngen wrestle* rinnen rtnn-ft, -t rtnn(e) rann ranne geronnen 3 run rnfen ruf-ft, -t ruf(e) rief rtefe gernfcn call anfen fauf-ft, -t fauf(e) faff fbffe gefoffen drink angen faug-fe -t faitg(e) fog fbge gefogen suck djaffen Waff-ft -t f^aff(e) ftfjuf fdjiife gefdjaffen create djaflen fd)aE-ft, -t fdiaE(e) idiaJlie* fc^aHete, gef^attt f sound, i riioli fc^bEe gefdjoflen ring : djeiben fd)eib-eft, -et fc^etb(e) frflieb fditebe gef^ieben part* djeinen frf)etn-ft, -t fdjeitt(e) ft^ien fdjtene gefdjienen shine djelten f(^ilt-ft, f^tlt 4 fdjtlt fd)a(t fdblte 8 gef^olten scold djeren 9 fc^ter-ft, -t fester ft^or f(^bre gefc^oren shear djie&en fdjteb-ft, -t fc^teb(e) fcfioB fc^bbe gefdjofcen shove djieften fd)ieB-(eOt, 6 -t fdjteB(e) [di$fj fdjojfe gefc^offen shoot djhtben fd)tnb-eft, -et fdjutb(e) fdjnnb fdjiinbe gef^nnben flay djlafen f^laf-ft, -t fd)Iaf(e) fr^Uef fdjltefe gef^Iafen sleep djlaflcu fditdg-ft, -t Wlag(e) frying fc^iuge gefdjtagen strike djleidjen fd)teid>ft, -t fd)Ietd)(e) fd)Ud) fdjlic^e gefdjlidjen 3 creep djleifen fd)letf-ft, -t fc^leif(e) ft^tiff WKffc . gefdjliffen whet djlicffen fdjlteHef)t, 6 -t fd)lteB(e) W^fi fd)lbffe gef^Ioffen shut djlingen fd)Iing-ft, -t fd)ttng(e) f^Iang fdjlange gefj^tnngen sling djntet^en fdjmetB-(ef)t, 5 -t fc^metfe(e) ft^mig fc^mtfie geft^miffen smite 'djmel^en fd)tml3-(ef)t, 5 -t fdjmilj frfjmoij fdjmbtae gefdjnurt= Sen 3 melt 'djnanfcen 9 f^naub-ft, -t fd)naub(e) fdjitob fd^nbbe gefi^noBen snort djneiben fdjtteib-eft, -et fd)iteib(e) fc^nitt fd^nttte gefi^nitten cut djran&cn 9 fdjraub-ft, -t fd)rattb(e) fdjrob fc^rbbe gefr^roben screw 1 See 41, 6. 2 See 41 2 . 3 Inflected with fcin (60, 2). 4 See 41 3 . 5 See 40 2 . 6 Or wring. 7 divide; depart (inflected with fein f 60, 2). 8 See 68 3 . 9 Sometimes weak (40, 4). 72 .1 i. !: i:\IAN DRILL BOOK Pres. Infin. Pres. Indie. a, 3 Sing. 1 Impv. a Sing.' Past Indie. Past Subjv. Past Partic. djrcibcn djrcicu rijrcitcn dnuiircii "dpuciflcit \iiiucllcn ripiu.il men dpuhtbcu icllieib-ft, idm-il-cft, fdjtou: KtiU'u. i-ft, fdjjui:. ;im-ft, )d)tt)inb-ft, rijuiurcn elicit cut citbcn iitiicit intcit tit it en ii?cit ollcit pctcn piititcit prcrijcu priciicn 'prtitflcu 'tcrijcit *tCl)Clt tc^Icn ^tctgcn tcrben 'ttcbcu ;b ( e) idimier HMribN id,ricb friirie idpuur HMi idjriee f^mbrc idjiotU J4pl id)bUc iciiiDimiiHc , fd)ntamm )d)tt)ing-ft, -t f^wang f$rt>br-ft, itcl)-it f iciib-cft, inu>iX ii n it-it, foii-ft, iLH-t-it, iPinn-ft, [pring-ft, noD-ft, fttc^-ft, fttrb-ft, iti ob-it, -t -t -ct -ct -t -t -t -t foil -t -t -t o .t -t -t -t -t -t -t fci fenbc fieb(e) ftnf(c) ftnn(e) fpei iPtnn(e) ipriefe(c) ipring(e) ftcfKe) itie^l itcig(e) ittrb ftieb(e) fall mar ianbte fott fang fanf iaitu m follie ipnitu fpratl, iprui; fprang ftanb ftarb ftob fdimdnbe fdjtodnge ic^toure fal^e ttmre ienbete ibtte idnge iiinfc idnnc* ioUtc ipicc ipbnne 6 ipradic iprbije iprdngc itanbe" ftb^le 12 ittcgc ftobe gcfdjricbcit iliiriiriccn itrUi cry .in'duuorcn t', ti* men 8 flCfdpPUH ben 8 gefdpuoren flcfcljcii flcwcfen 8 gcfaiibt Holm r/////.x/t H0tHj swear see be send seethe xi nk speak Ocfprimgen 8 spring flcftodjen prick gcftanbcn ncitoljlcn gefdcgen 8 gcftorben 8 gcftobcn 8 ncimtgen rtc in it fen 8 gcfonnen flcfcjfcn gcfpicen gefponnen gefprot^cn steal scatter 4 I See 41, 6. 2 See 41 2 . 4 Intransitive. 6 See 6 8 Sometimes weak (40, 4). II Or ftiinbe (68 s ). u Or 8 Inflected with fcin (60, 2). . 6 Or fdjnior. 7 Exclamatory, ftefte ! look I 9 Or fonne (08 8 ). 10 See (40 2 ). THE STRONG AND IRREGULAR VERBS 73 Pres. Infill. Pres. Indie. 2, 3 Sing. 1 Impv. 2 Sing. 2 Past Indie. Past Subjv. Past Partic. Meaning fttttfCtt ftittf-ft, -t fttnt(e) ftanf ftciitfe gefhutfen stink fttfcett fti5;-(ef)t, 8 -t ftog(c) fticg ftiefee geftugcu push ftretdjen ftreidHt, -t [trei^i(e) ftric^ ftrtd^e geftri^ctt stroke (treiten ftreit-eft, -et ftrett(e) ftritt ftrittc gcftvittcit strive tragcn trafl-fi, -t trag(e) trug triige gctragen carry treffett tfiff-ft triff traf trafe getroffcn hit tret&en tretfi-ft tretB(Q triefi trtebe getricDen drive trcten trttt-ft, trttt 4 trttt trat trate getreten 5 step triefen 6 trief-ft, trtef(e) truff trbffe getroffcn drip trinlctt trtnf-ft, trtnl(e) tranf tranlc getruttfen drink triigen triig-ft, triig(e) tog trbge getrugen deceive tun tit-ft, -t tu(e) tat tate gctan do &erbcr= t>erbtrb-ft, -t berbirb toerbarfc berbiirBe 7 ucrborBcn spoil Ben 6 tjerbrie= berbrteB-(ef)t, 3 -t berbrieB(e) tierbro^ Uerbroffe tierbroffctt vex f^Ctt toergeffen bergifj-eft, 8 -t tiergiji uerga^ bergSiie tjergcffcu forget tierficren Derlter-ft, -t t)erlier(e) tjeriur berlbre toerlorctt lose ttatfjfen tt)dd)Hef)t, 8 -t toadjfe 9 tuuri)^ toitc^fe gctna^fctt 5 grow ttwgen 6 toacj-jt, -t toag(e) mug tobgc gcnjogcn weigh ttwfdjen tDafc^-(e)ft, 3 -t Ir)afdj(e) tuufd) toufdje gettjafrfjcn wash ttjeben 6 toeB-ft, -t toeb(c) tuob lobBc gcttjobcn weave ttjctcfjctt toetdj-ft, -t tt)etdj(e) nridj ttridjc getwdjcn 5 yield tucifcu tt)etf-(ef)t, 3 -t toctw tute^ totefe gcttJtcfcn show toeuben toenb-eft, -et toenbe tuaubtc tcenbete gettjanbt turn ttJerOcu luirb-ft, -t ttJtrB umrb luiirbe 7 gctuorbcu sue toerbeit joir-ft, toirb tuerbe ttJitrbe 11 luurbe gettjorbcn 5 become toerfett toirf-ft, -t trnrf tuarf toiirfe 7 gemorfen throw ttricgett toieg-ft, -t toteg(e) mog tooge gemogcn weigh tUtll be It tomb-eft, -et totnbe ttianb todnbe gcnjunbcn wind tmffcn toet^-t, toet^ totffe ttJltgtC toii^te gettiu^t know iuoKcit tottt-ft, tola tootte oolite toottte gettjuiit will 5eU)cn SeUj-fc -t 3eU)(e) 5te^ ote^e gegieljen accuse 5teljett atcWt, -t ate^(c) 5"9 3oge gc$ogcn draw Sttringcit jtoing-ft, -t 3ftJtng(c) Sltiattg 3todnge gcstuimgcn force 1 See 41, 6. 2 See41 2 . 3 See40 2 . 4 See41 3 . 5 Inflected with feitt (60, 2). 6 Sometimes weak (40, 4). 7 See 68 3 . 8 Or bergtfe-t (40 2 ). 9 Or mac!). 10 Or iDetfe. n Or marb 74 A GERMAN Dim. I. HOOK Separable and Inseparable Verbs (56 t 67) A verb is called separable wlu-n it is compounded with a sep- arable prefix. Tin- important separable prefixes are ob, off; an, inif, "/'-' aiiv, "//. bci r f>y (near); ba (bar before roweifl), there; 1 tamm', therefrom; tin (not in), into; empor', ><)>; cut flc'flcu, again /a*J, ot?r; wen, J&. ttJteberat^faitgctt fmg ttrieber ait x ltiiebefatt / gcfattgctt begin again iJertrautc an x an x tiertrattt trust !Cf. "looko x ver," "overlook 7 "; "go un x der," "undergo 7 ." 2 Except in ttrieberfn/leit, imeber^uFtc, ttrieberfyDlt 7 , repeat. 3 In "compound nouns and adjectives, these inseparable prefixes are accented except in words in which the prefix is followed by more than one syllable: as, ber Um'ftohb (from utttfte^en), circumstance; ber 2Bi x = bcvftmtcf) (from ttribertyrcd^en), contradiction; but 'Me Umge / bmtg (from ^!), surroundings. 4 In compounds with ttU$, the participle without gc is preferable. 76 .1 ',/ /; W.l.V niill.L The Inseparable Prefixes (74,4,5) I be-, be-, round, over, then much or completely, generally making an in- transitive verb transitive: tlim used in forming verbs from other parts of speech, with the idea of providing with (putting round) : as, 1. benfeii r think: bcbcn'fcn, think about, meditate on. 2. bcv Tidier, wrrtint: i>n ^cbicn'tc, >>ody servant (one that serves round you). : frthrcn, befall ren, / ravel over, frequent; etit befall' ' reuer &cfl, /// gm nted road. 4. fallen, /a// :,befanen, befall (fall round). ". faiifltn, catch: Want'tn, shut in (catch round);*bic 8efaiia/cnl>eit, prejudice (shut-in- ness), embarraxment. 0. finbcn, .//>//. *bc$n"bcn, find, Judge (find the surroundings of); tote bcfinbcn 3ie ftdi ? how are yout 7. ficrfcn, >/ "/. ^bcfkefeit, po( ocer, fain, defile. 1 8. giegen, pour.-^egie^fWr sprinkle, water (pour round). 9. gretfetl, seize .-Abegrei fin, rrehend (seize all round), under- stand; ber ^egriff, notion, idea. 10. ftalten, hoil . bchnl'icn, A-eep (hold tight), retain. 11. fcniicii, know: bcfcit iicn, raue to be known* confess; t8 tft bc^ fnnnt', // i* well known, everybody knows. 1-. fleiben, dress: bcfici'Dcii, adorn (dress all round). 13. fommcn, come .^cfom 'men, come by, get. 14. leibcn, suffer: bclct'btgen, cause to suffer* offend, injure. 15. lefen, read: ein bclc fcitcr 3Hann, a well-read man. 16. ncfjmcn, ///,-' bench 'men, tttftj away (take completely), deport, carry on, conduct, &enat>e;ba3'8encf| / men, behavior. 17. fefcen, see: bcfe^ett, examine (look at all round). 18. fi^en, sti:^befi^ / Cll r occupy (sit round or over), possess. 19. fprcdjen, *i>eak : bcfprerff^n, talk about, speak of, discuss. 20. ftctgcn, rise, climb up: bcftct'ijcn, <-limb, ascend, mount (a horse).' 21. fudjcn, seek: bcfu'djcn, r/sf (seek round for, seek out). 22. trhifcn, drink: bctrinFcn, get drunk (drink much). 23. flcijug, dM'jeiit: ftt^ befld^igcn, be dilirjent. -* frct,/ree: bcfrci'cn, set free. L' ft^ulbig, guilty: bcfrfiuFbigen, accuse. 8 a Cf. "bedaub." "besiege" (i round), "besmoke." 3 A verb meaning cause to is called a causative. Cf. cittfrfuirbigen (77, i). THE INSEPARABLE PREFIXES 26. bie ($afie, gift : Bega'fcen, endow (bestow a gift or gifts on). 27. ber 28trt, host, landlord : fcettrir'tett, entertain. Cttt-, over against, denoting correspondence to, opposition to, transition i from one state to another, removal from, as being opposed to (cf . tier-, 80, 3, and ^er-, 81, i) : l as, 1. ba3 2Swt, word: bte ^Ittt'ttwrt, answer? 2. fpredjen, speak: etttfpredj'ett, answer (speak over against), answer to, correspond to. 3. fdjfa'fett, sleep: eittfrfjfo'fett, fall asleep. 4. fciitbett, bind : itttibin'fan r unbind, release. 5. berfett, cover: CtttbeeFen, discover (take the cover away), 3 reveal; ^ bte (Smtbetf'wtg, discovery. 6. eljtett, honor: eittelj'ren, dishonor* (take honor from). 7. erfcen, inherit: enter'&ett, disinherit 3 (take inheritance from). 8. fatten, fold: entfaFtett, unfold. 9. feffeln, chain: entfeffeln, unchain. 10. fite^en, flee: tntftie'fyn, flee aw ay, escape by flight. 11. gefjett, go: etttge x ^en f go away, escape. 12. Ijetltg, holy : eut^e^Hgen, desecrate (take holiness from). 13. bte raft, power, energy: etttfraf^eit, debilitate, enervate (take power from). 14. faben, load: eittfc^ben, unload. 15. reifjen, tear: entrei^ett, tear away.* 16. fagen, say: .entf^gen, disclaim (put claim from you), renounce; Me Qhttfi^gttttg, renunciation. 17. fdjulbig, guilty: etttf^uFbigen^/ree/rom guilt, excuse. 6 18. fe^en, set: entfe^en, displace, be beside yourself, be terrified; t\\i* fei? x ttrf) f terrible, frightful. 19. ftefyett, stand: entfte / ^en r stand forth, arise. 20. bie 3iffc r r cipher : ettt5if x f ettt, decipher. 1 cut- = ant- in ^lit^ttiort, and emp- in empfang / en f receive (take in ex- change, accept), em^fe^len, recommend, present (offer in exchange), em^fitt / bett f perceive, experience (find in exchange). 2 answer = Anglo-Saxon "and-swaru," swearing over against, reply to a charge, reply; cf. "antartic," "antidote," "antipodes." 3 Cf. "disarm," "disband," "discern." 4 Cf. ^emt^ett, tear to pieces (81, i). 5 Cf . fcefdjuFbigen, accuse (= Latin ad, to, causa, cause, charge). 6 excuse from Latin ex, ow o/, causa, cause, charge. A GERMAN DRILL BOOK er-, from inxide out, through and through, getting the meaning down, etc. from the verb compounded with it (cf . mr-, 80, i) : at, 1. bcttcln, tn'y : crbft'tfhi, get by begging (beg out of). 2. blcid)Cit, ' " : crblci'riini. paU \\ hitni through . 3. faffrcn, go: erfafj'rcn, go through, experience; 1 bic (vrfnli rung, ex- perience. 4. ftnbcn, find: crfni'bcit, .'//<,t. inrent; bcr Chrfw'ber, inventor. 6. folflttt, follow : erf ol'ge, /o/Jou out of, result from. 6. frimn, be cold: erfrte'rtn, get cold through, freeze to death. 7. gcben, give: erge'ben, give up, resign mu lien, devoted, obt bie (frflc'bcnlKit, nbmi**ion, devotion. 8. gtegcn, pmtr: ergie^cii, pour out. 0. fjafttn, hold: crljaTtcn, keep tin (hold through). 10. fciutcn, A-notr: crfcn'ncn, know thoroughly, understand. 11. Icbcn, lire: crlc'bcn, /ire through, live to see. 12. offmr i | inn, make kno> 13. fd|tefecn r xhoot : erfrtiic i;r Ae 6rain* out, Aoot to death. 14. frfjopfcn, (ircnr: crfri)bp'fcn, oem. 1 experience from Latin experior, gro through. 2 exhaust from Latin ex, out o/, haurio, drain. 8 educate from Latin educo, iead out, draw out. 4 The past participle (40 4, 5) has gc- to denote that the action or the is completed: as, mad)cn f make, gcmac^t^ made, finished. 6 flC- is obsolete in English except in a few words: as, "y-clept," "e-nough" (Anglo-Saxon "ge-noh," 44 ge-nog/' German ,,ge-nu^ f " , haiul-i-work" (Old English " hand-ge-wci THE INSEPARABLE PREFIXES 79 4. fatten, fall: gefaFlett, please (fall in with; cf. mifffaneit, 79, i); bet? (SkfaFledt), pleasure; gefaFftg, pleasing. 5. ber Sliigel, wm#: bag (^efUt'gel, birds, fowls, poultry. 6. folgett, follow : bag ef0Fge, train, retinue, attendants. 7. fragett, asfc (a question): bag Qkfra'ge, cross-questioning. 8. fufjlcu, feel: bag GkfiiljF, sense of feeling, feeling. 9. bag ^etttt, /iorne: bag Gfeljetm'ttt^, secret, mystery (close at home). 10. Jjiirett, ftear: geljo'rett, belong to (be all ears for, as a slave). 11. langett, reach: gettttg'eit, succeed (reach completion; cf. miff= linden, 79, i). 12. (tegett, #e: bie @c(e / gen^Ctt f opportunity (lying-together-hood, lying at your command; cf. bie ^crlc / genftcit f 80,2). 13. malcn, paint: ba etttS( / bc f painting. 14. nefcn, 1 restore: gcnc^ett, 6e restored to health, be recovered. 15. nie^Ctt, 1 take part in: gettie^Ctt, have the use of, enjoy. 16. rebCtt f faZA:: ba3 crc / bc f muc/i talking, gossip (cf. fprerfjeit). 17. f^te(Ctt f p^: ber GJef^ie 7 ^ playmate; bie (^efjne'ttu, girl playmate. 18. fpredjen, speak: ba^ ^Jcf^rS^ / f conversation (cf. rcbctt). 19. fte^Ctt f stand: gefte^Ctt, s^a^d 6y, confess, admit. 20. ber Stern, star : ba ^cftirn 7 ,. constellation. 2 21. ttiiffcn f know: bag (iJettriffett, conscience (knowing with yourself). 8 22. U)of)nctt f Wve: gettJO^tten, get accustomed to, get used to (live with) ; bie (^etooljtt'Ijeit, custom; geltiB^tt / li(^ f customary, usual. t^- r mis-, dis-, amiss, wrong (75, i, 75 4 ): as, 1. Mlttgen f approve of: mi^Btfitgcn, disapprove of. 2. fcraudjen, use: mi^firau^cn, misuse* 3. faUtn r fall: mifaFlcn f ^sp^ease(fall amiss; cf. gefaFlen, 78,2); bag SJJH^faCett, displeasure; mi^fdttig, displeasing, disagreeable. 4. bie gfarfce, co^or: bie SfttfKjforfee, /a/se co^or. 5. gonnen f grant: mi^gtfn^eit, envy, begrudge. 6. Iangen f reac/i : mi^(ing / ett f /ai^, be unsuccessful (fail to reach ; cf . geHng^tt, 78,2). 7. ratCtt r advise : mi^ra^cn, go wrong, be a failure (misadvised ; cf . toewrtett, 80,3). 8. trouctt, trust: mi^traucn, distrust. 9. toerfte^en, understand: mt^tJcrfte^cit, misunderstand. 1 Obsolete. 2 constellation from Latin con, with, together, stella, star. 3 conscience from Latin con, ivith, together, scio, know (cf. "science"). 4 misuse from Latin minus, tess, utor, ^se. 80 .1 ',/ /M/.l \ IHULL HOOK mi-, un-, in-, not: as, 1. ivv Tauf, thanks: bcr Un'banf, thanklessness, ingratitude. J. frcuublirt), ///int: btc Ur'iadic, cause (from which the fact arises). 2. bcr Sprung, spring, bound: bcr llr'f prang, origin, source (spring out of); nrfprung'ltd), origin 3. bad Xetl, due share (part due you), due: boo lit ml, judgment, sen- tence, opinion (part dealt out to you); 1 itr'tnlcu, j lge, decide. 4. alt, o/d: ur'alt, very old, primeral.* 6. bi^cn ten, signify, mean: bic Ur'bcbcutunfl, original meaning. 6. ber (Strip, CAri^M/n llr rtiniint ;te Christian*. Her-, /ortA, atoay, (/one, thoroughly, often with the idea of risk, disad- vantage, or loss, sometimes making an intransitive verb transitive (cf. ge-, 78,a): as, 1. alt, "//: ucral'tcit, grow old, become antiquated. 2. bin'bcu, Mud: Dcrbin'bcn, Mml till gone or out of sight); Ucrbtub'lirt), Bilging. 3. braud)tn f use: Dcrbrnii rticn, use up, spend, waste (use till gone). 4. brcrtKit, ucrbrcrti'cn, ' i-reak forth); bad Cerbrcdi'cu, ^crtircrti cr, 5. folgen, foliar : ucrful ncn, / iirtd, downwards allcrtiinfio^ />// '/// //jean* -f a II mill) lid], >tradually kam(yitbc f nf the end, after n'itar, in the beginning of January auf'uiimo, >rards ri), instantly r, asunder au^cn f outside :jnad) aujfcn r out- wardly; uou aujicn, /rom with- out ; brau^cn (= borau'^cn), out- Ida bci'nnljc, faft f almost bcfun'bcr^ especially -V bitflicr^ now Htdfj, on/y, merely ba r bort f Mere V-bam^bcn, near it bartn 7 , therein \fcurd)aud', throughout, absolutely ii, just : c^cnfatt^, likewise ctnmal', a ftme, //// ctiMiiaf, once:^onf cin'mal, all at once c in ft, once, one time, some day: meanwhile, for a cnblirt), at last erf* r first, only, not the first place ict'iua, perhaps fcrn r wcit r /ar , rtrtainly t^e / gcntoartig r at present gcra x bc, straight gcftcrn, yesterday: geftcrn morflcn, yesterday mor ;<;//'/ : ncftcrn abcub, lastniaht; tio^gcftern, day before yesterday gctti^ x r certainly ), usually , frequently , r/ See Aere, 107 , tn-day: l)ClltC morgCH, fA? mornhia: Ijcutc nadi^ttttag, ////'.s petite nor acftt Xogcn, ADVERBS 83 a week ago to-day; tyeute itfce* ad)t age, this day week; Ijeute itfcer trier^eljtt age, ^s day fortnight tyier, /iere Jjitt. See 7*ere, 112 Ijiltten, behind immer, ever, always: twf imnter f f iir imttter, forever tmtett, within, inside: $0tt tttttCtt, from within ;j$wnn'ntn, brimtett, inside ja, yes: jattwfjF, 2/es indeed *je, jemal3, ever , a all events jeijt, now : Don je$ an, hereafter !aum f scarely ^ liinfttg r in bie ^^funft, for the future not long ago, recently : tior , shortly ago l, sometimes mostly at noon: nac^^ittag^, in the afternoon f to- morrow morning ; mfltgcn to-morrow night; day after to-morrow afterwards naturally, of course netllidj, newly, recently nie, niema(^ r never : nit^t tncl)r f no more nowhere /ei: no ena, once more; noc^ tttdjt, noi 2/et; noc^ ttie, never before Itwt, now? : toon ttlttt r backwards t f already, surely : f djon gut, all right ), hardly feljr, very*%n feljr, 00 much feften, seldom even | x , gleidj, directly, at once tfottft, otherwise f^ater, Jater: ftwteftenS, at the latest ftiiubltdj, hourly tdgU(^ f da^y [ / r everywhere U^t x f generally 4mfonft / f /or nothing, in vain UtttCtt, below, down stairs . I Utttcrnjcg^ 7 , on ^e way ! f in vain presumably, I dare say triefletcfjt 7 , perhaps by, past in front ier, pas, grone ! f forwards actually dj, probably ttiatttt? when? ttio? where f iemltdj f rather an end y chance jum e^ftenmal, /or the first time put fe^tetttttal, /or ^/ie Zasi ime 5ufam / mcn f together ;n f ai #mes 84 A 9SRMA \ /;/;//,/. nnOK PREPOSITIONS Prepositions with the Genitive trolj, in p/< account of (by way of), ^ langtf, a/onp. 84,5 of ten following the genitive. 84,9 2 an'ftart, ftatt, instead o/(in stead of): as, Y l cr a, i no. anftatt (or port) meiner fort, he went away in my stead. 2. anftatt u>r ftatt \u fpredjen, instead of speaking. 3 biea'feii'*', on this side of; jeVfettf*), on that (or the other) side of: as, 1. er tuoljut bicofcit be* A luffed, he lives on this side of the river. A '2. jrnfcit be* itteeretf, on the other side of the sea. 4 ftal'ben, Ijarber, in behalf of , following the genitive: as, ^ 1. er fliiii] mctuctljnlbcii fort, he went away on my account. 1 v~ clirntljalber u>r ber (vt)re Ijalben, /or honor's sake. 5 langt?, along, somi'tiincs with the dative: as, l lumi; bcc- llferd (or bens Ufer), along the shore. 6 troto, tn spite of, sometimes with the dative: as, i troii be* WegcnS (or bent tHegcn;, tn aptte of the rain. 7 urn . . . nnllen, for the sake of: as, 1. gel) nnr urn OJotteo wtllcn fort, only go away for Heaven's sake! '2. cr ging inn nnfertiuiUen fort, he went away for our sake.* g nmfy'renb, during (within the period of): as, 1. er ging nmfyrenb ber Wartjt fort, he went away during the night. 9 mcgcn, on account of (by way of), often following the genitive : as, 1. megen bed better* blieb er, on account of the weather he stayed. 2. er ging meinetwcflcn fort, he went away on my account.* . 1 These forms are properly adverbs or adverbial phrases, and the geni- tive is dependent on them, as on nouns. Observe the following, also: au'fjcrlwlb, outside (outer half of); iif ucrtmlb, inside ; o'berf)alb, above ; un'terftalb, below. , by virtue (force) of. ft, ucrmit'tclft, by means of; " tiermittelft &v, /,-;// '//jr-xx H". -y5ufol / ge, in consequence of; if after the noun, the dative is used. , also, with all the personal pronouns : meaner-, bet'nct-, fci'nct-, t-, un'fcrt-, cit'rct-, i^rct-, S^ret- (80, x). PREPOSITIONS 85 Prepositions with the Dative (2, 2, 2 2 , 2 3 ) 3, out of. 85,2 , 1 outside, beside, besides. 85,3 fret, at, near, by. 85,4 etttge'gett, face to face, against, op- posed to, generally following the dative. 86, i lowing the dative. 86, 2 mit, with. 86,3 uarf), toward, to, after, sometimes following the dative. 2 86, 4 fett, 1 since. 86,5 tomt, from, of, by. 87, i fcer, opposite, generally fol- $u, to, at. 2 87,2 attS, ow of: as, 2 1. au3 bent 3immer, out of the room; an bem ^>aufe, o^ of the house. 2. au3 $ol$ gemadjt, made ow o/ wood. 3. a3 tttdjt3 ttrirb ttid)t3, out of nothing comes nothing. 4. au3 bem 23riefe feljett (or erf aljtett), to see (or learn) from the letter. 5. ttw3 fflfl att3 tttir foetbett? what shall become of me? 6. ttimm ba3 23ud) unb tte3 barau3, Zafce ^e &oofc and read from it. B aufjcr, outside, beside, besides: as, 3 1. auffcr 6c^ttlbett f au^cr ^Jefa^r, oit^ of debt, out of danger. 2. btt fcift ait^er btt f ?/oit are beside yourself. 3. au^er tttt3 ift ttiemanb ^icr r besides us nobody is here. fcei, at, near, by, never used to express agency (cf . turn, 87, i) : as, 4 1. fcei fcinem Onfel f ai his uncle" 1 s. 2. er ft^liift fcei Utt^ f 7ie sleeps at our house. 3. fcet bet SHrrfje, near the church. 4. bic <3d)lad)t Bet 2et^tg r ^7ie battle of Leipzig. and fett are properly adverbs, not being compounded with verbs. Some other adverbs, also, are used as propositions : as, Burnett ac^t agen, within a week ber^alurgemSl', according to nature ttiirfift ott banfe id) Mr, next to God I thank you nefif fetner grait, Max H. along with his wife ift ntir gttttii'ber, it is repugnant to me, I hate it 2 With verbs expressing motion, ttarfj or nadj , 511 means simply toward, while u generally implies arrival at: as, id) gelje nat^ bet: Stabt, I am going to town ; er gtttg gtir <3tabt f he went to town. 3 When not referring to a person, the dative or the accusative of a pronoun with a preposition is generally expressed by combining the preposition with the demonstrative ba- (bar- before vowels) or the rela- tive too- (tuor- before vowels), or by using some other adverb : as, ba3 att3 f uj0rait3(= att3 bem) er lam f the house from which he came; Jjier ift rnein 3unmer; gel) J)tttein f here is my room; go in. .\<. / I;M.\ v mill. i. BOOR '>. id) naljm il)it bet bcr .ftanb, / /* Aim 6y tAe Aand. 7. ftc nniiutc ilut bri fciucm Wamcn, *he called him by his name. 8. bci btcfcm fBettir, EMi weather; bci IjcUcm Xagc, in broad day- light. '.'. bcim \MiritcIjcn, iyatjrcn, (?ffcn, teAUe drewinp, travelling, dining. 10. babci fnl) cr nitrti an, > he looked at me. 1 cntgc'gcn, /are to face, aaufe f a letter from home. 3. twt 3 c tt 3 W 3 e ftf /rom time to time. 4. turn jc^t au f from now on, henceforth. 5. cut $inb toon $ef}n Saljren, a c7iiZd o/ ten years. 6. S)er liihuij turn ^ranlreidj, t7ie fcingr o/ France. 7. ttw3 nJcif^t btt batUHt? w?7iat do you know about it? 1 8. er fprad) iuw SBfamen, 7*e spofce of flowers. 2 9. Jylorentia njtrb uon mir gelieBt, Florence is loved by me. gtt : to (of persons and often of things, except the names of towns or of 2 countries; cf. itfld), 86,4; and with the infinitive), at (of place or of time): 8 as, 1. fie geljt 511 ityrem 23ruber r sfte is groino; to her brother's. 2. er fam $ur . burrti bno jinnee Jnlir, tf "'"gh the whole year. 9 4. cr (ri)irftc inir bico bttrd) .War!, Ae aent me (Al through Charles. burd) nrufjc \Hnftrcnfllinflcn, &v great exertions. rm* Mattel, moburdi co iljm fldang, Me meana by which he succeeded* ffir, for (= In rietr of, toward, with the same root as nor, Latin pr6, be- fore, in behalf of) : as, 1. fiir Hidi nriirUc irt) co tint, for you I should do it. ^. fiir fctc ^ctt bcr 'Jiut, /. //e time of need, for a rainy day. ^_3. fiir ben Zui> ift fciu >f nntt gcmadifcn, against death there isno remedy. 4. fttoansig 3)iarf fiir cincn ,^ut r twenty marks for a hat. 6. fie tyteU iftn fiir cincn iyrcunb, ^c toofc him for a friend. t>. co mar nut fiir mid), it too* well for me. 7. e$ war cin QHiirf fiir iljit, it tccw a piece of luck for him. 8. btcfc Xiir ift fiir bid] gcfdjloffcit, tit is door is closed to you. 9. an iinb fiir fid), m and for itself. 10. &>ort fiir ii^ort, vordfor word; Tag fiir Xag, day after day. 11. tuofiir ift bao gut? w^at i tAat good for f* ^12. wofiir ^altcn Sic midj? what do you take me for f* 1 Properly an adverb (cf . 86 1 ). 2 Before the definite article, bid must be accompanied by another preposition. 8 As an adverb, burd) stands after the accusative : as, bad ganse 3aljr burd) ( ,or fyinburdj), t^e whole year through. 4 See 85 8 . PREPOSITIONS 89 gegeu, toward, against, literally or figuratively (cf. twber, 89,4): as, 1. gegeu Sttorbett, toward the north ; l gegeu Me Stabt p, toward the town. 2. gegett ben Strom, against the stream; gegeu ben geittb, against the enemy. 3. cin ^eUmtttel gegeu ^ojjffdjmer^eu, a remedy for headache. 4. gcgctt bctt 9tat feiuer $reuttbe, against the advice of his friends. 5. freuublid) (or wtfreuublirf)) gegeu bid), friendly (or unfriendly) to you. 2 6. gegeu 5lfceub, toward evening ; gegeu fituf (Uljr), about five (o'clock). 7. tote em Xropfeu Staffer gegen ba3 9)ieer, as a drop of water to the sea. 8. -jelju gegeu etu3, e^ to one. 9. nw3 ^aft b bagegen? what have you against it? 3 fll)tte r without (not having) : as, 1. oljtte ($elb, without money; uljtte p f^re(^)Ctt f without speaking. 2. ofjue S5orbeteitttttg f without preparation, extempore. 3. ofytte ba^ id) e^ tott^te r without my knowing it. Uttt f round (going toward an object, 4 with the idea of getting it) : 5 as, 1. um belt 23cwm (Ijcnutt), round (about) the tree* 2. er fctttet um 23rot f he asks for bread. 3. fjrielen um r to play for ; ftreiten nut, to contend for, quarrel about. 4. um bte 233elt tttc^t ! not for the world! 5. um jebeu ^rci3, at any cost. 6. id) fcitte 8ie um SJer^ei^ung, I beg your (beg you for) pardon. 7. um foeldje 3 C ^ fftngt ^^ ^uu^ert au? w?/ien does the concert begin? 8. um eiuige JBiit^er ^u !aufeu f to buy a few books. 5 ttriber, against, contrary to, generally figuratively (cf . ijegett, 89, i) : as, 1. ttriber Otedjt UUb SBifligfeit, contrary to right and reason. 2. bie (^nittbe fitt UUb tutber f the reasons pro and con. 3. iwber beu Strom fdjtuimmett, to swim against the stream. 1 Or gett 9^orbeu f toward the north. So, also, gett n (upon), up at, up to. 01, i lliiiter, fn/.in'l. 92,i in, -X into. 02,2 ncbcn, &e*ta"e, by. 92,3 itluT, adore, over, beyond. 92,4. miter, / /*T, 6etot0, among. 98 t i *0r, before, in front o/, /rom (be- cause of). 03, a jtuifeijen, between. 93,3 an, on (betide), at, 6y, touching or vitally connected with (cf . auf, 91, i) : as, 1 . ;yran!f nrt am Wain, FranAr/ort Ofi tAe Afain. i fiiit nut lijrfie, Ae *it at tAe taWe (dative). :i. cr icut it rti an iu-n Itirf), he seats himself, at the table (accusative), 4. fie ftcrftc cincn Winfl an ben Jyinflcr, *he put a ring on her finger. 5. an brr Inr, at the door; aw Jtnfttr, at tAe tctndoio. 6. ber ^unb licflt an btr ftettc, tAe ao^ Hc chained up (fastened to chain). 7. an bcr .ftanb fitljrcn, to lead by (taking hold of) the hand. 8. $ruicjjor an bcr Umucrfuat, profe**or at tAe unfoerrfty. 1 '.'. cr liciit nm lobe, Ae /ie* at the point of death. 10. fcinc 3rt)iilb an i(m y no guilt in (touching) him. 11. id) Icttic an Aiupffrtuiirr^CB, / am suffering with headache.* 12. or fdiricb an mid), he was writing to me (thoughts in touch with). 18. ftc bcnft nn bid), *Ae t ft inks of you.* 14. Dcrfaiifc bao ^fcrb an mid) r ,s // the horse to me.* bu fyaft cincn /"yrcnnb an tl>m r you have a friend^ in (by sticking to) him. filcibcr an bic t'uft bringcn r to air clothes. 17. bcr 3d)iicc frijmil;t an bcr 3onnc r snow melts in the sun. 18. flcljcn 3ic an bcr s l?oft oorbci ? do you go by the post office f 19. an bcm lane, mo cr ftarb, on (connected with) the day that he died. \/20. an bic ljunbcrt 'J)iarf f close to a hundred marks. \/21. bic Wciljc iff an bir or bn bift bra) r tt is your turn. 22. id) fcljc an bcr ^anbfdjrift, I see by (looking at) the handwriting. 23. id) toeift, tuoran 3tc bcnfcn, / know what you are thinking of.* 1 Cf. "on the board of directors," **on a newspaper." 2 Cf. "work on the feelings" ; also the following: At. z arm an (D.) r poor in v erin'nern an (A.), remind of glaubcn an (A.), believe in . fran! an (D.), ick with lajjm an (D.), lame in rcirf) an (D.), rich in ftcrbcn an (D.), die of an (D.), despair of If the meaning is clear, the simple dative is used: as, ncrfaufe mir bcin f*rt>f e " me y ur horse. 4 See 86 8 . PREPOSITIONS 91 anf, on (upon), up at, up to, the accusative often denoting the object, the I limit, or the manner of action or of thought: 1 as, 1. fi^t cr an Dber anf bem ifdje ? does he sit at or on the table? 2. er faft aw Xifrfje, after je<# fe# cr fid) baranf (= auf ifjn; 85 3 ), he was sitting at the table, but now he seats himself on it. 3. er fear auf bent Sftarfte, he was at the market. 1 4. er ging anf ben $iarft, he went to the market. 1 5. idj ftnbiere anf ber Unitterfttat, / am studying at the university. 1 6. Bring biefen SBrief anf bie $uft f take this letter to the post office. \j 7. anf (rben (or anf ber (rbe), on earth (or on the earth). 8. anf ber Strafe, in the street; anf bem ofe, in the courtyard. 9. anf meinent Dimmer, up in my room; anf bem Sanbe, in the country. 2 10. id) $ielje anf ba3 Sanb, I am going to move to the country. 2 ^ 11. er madjte fidj anf ben 2Seg (or anf bie 9ieife), he set out. 12, anf einem 5lnge felinb, blind in one eye (growth on the eye). V 13. SBriefe anf SBriefe f letters on letters. 14. anf fceiben ^Beiten, on both sides. t ' 15. anf S^r^ cfunb^cit, to your health (object). 16. *ftot anf ben ^>nnb f proud of the dog (object). 17. Biife (or sornig) anf "midj, angry (or enraged] at me (object). 18. pre (or I)0rdje) anf i^n r listen (or hearken) to him (object). 19. id) antniortete anf ben S5rief f I answered the letter (object). 20. fie ttwrten anf mid), they are waiting for me (object). 21. ein SHertel anf ^ttiei, a quarter past one (toward two; limit). 22. er fam anf bie SJftinnte, he came to the minute (limit). 23. anf einige Xage, for a few days (limit). 24. anf 8ieberfeJjen f till we meet again, au revoir (limit). 25. anf -eaten 23ttrf, at a glance (limit). 26. anf jeben gatf, anf alle $Me, at all events (limit). 27. anf biefe $Beife f in this way (manner). ^-28. anf einma( f all at once; anf bentfd), in German (manner). 29. anf3 Befte f in the best way (manner). 30. anf nnb aB r up and down. 1 As a means of safety, towns -were anciently built on hills, with the market and the public buildings in the centre, on the higher ground; and so in speaking of public places, anf is used (cf. "up town," "up at college"): as, anf bem $afle, at the ball i anf ber $ieffe, at the fair anf ber $oft, at the post office anf bem SBaljnfjuf, at the station anf bem Ofatljan^, at the town hall anf bem Sdjloffe r at the castle 2 The country generally looks higher than where you stand. A GERMAN inill.L BOOK behind: as, 1. bcr 3tul)l ift tiintcr ber I in, v is behind the door. 2. ftellc ben 3tnlil Iiiiitcr bic I in. 'he chair behind the door. 2 ill, in. info: as, 1. id) tunr in bcr 3d)iilc >i bcr ttirdjc , / was at school (or at chu 2. id) nhifl in Me 3d)iile (or Me &ird)e), / tcent to school (or to church). 3. cr jiclU in* Ilicntcr, A /.< .-ry he forgot everything. 9. id) Ijabc mid) in ben punier ncfdjntttcn, I cut my finger (I cut myself into my finger). 3 ncben, />y, beside, near: as, 1. fie fnf;en neben gluten, they were sitting beside you. -' fie fenten fid) ncben 3ic, they seated themselves beside you. 4 fiber, above, over, beyond, the accusative implying previous motion to- ward: as, 1. cr fint iibcr Ucu ^iirijcrn, Ar ;ts poring over his books. J er reift u'bcrm v J)Jccrc r he is travelling beyond (on the other side of) 3. er reift iibcr* s DJccr, A <> tract-lHn./ across (passing over) the sea. H 4. bic Inincn ftrumtcn ihr iibcr bic ^nnflcn, the tears were streaming n (over) her cheeks.* N 5. ir rcifcn iibcr >omburg r we are going by way of Hamburg. \,0. ba* rjdlt iibcr alle*. tAat beat* everything. 7. iibcr nrtit lajic, &U < t the following: erf rent' iibcr, rejoiced at crrb'tcit iibcr r blush at crfdjroct'cn iibcr, terrified at crftnunt' iibcr, surprised at frol) iibcr, ylad V f (adjclu iibcr, smile at nturrcn iibcr r murmur at frtjcncn iibcr r jest at fid) frcuett iiber f rejoice at fid) tuunbcrn iibcr, PREPOSITIONS 93 nnter, under, below, among: as, 1. er fi^t unterm $annte, he is sitting under the tree. 2. fc^c bid) unter ben SBaunt, sit down under the tree. 3. fie ttUJfjnen tttttcr mtr, they live under (or below] me. \j4. er tft nnter bir, he is beneath (inferior to) you. 5. ttrir bienen unter bent Jlihtige, we serve under the king. 6. id) Ijatte Ijnnbert $lann nnter mir f I had a hundred men under me. "]/N -*7. unter bier 5lnrjen, between ourselves (under four eyes). 8. nnter ber (Sflnne, under the sun ; nnter ber (Srbe, under the earth. J 9. fie tft unter bent 9amen $, fcefannt, s/ie is known by the name K. 10. nnter ber Skbingitncj, baft, on the condition that. 11. nnter atten S^enfdjen, among all men; nnter often ieren, among all animals; nnter bicfen ^tnbern f among these children. 12. nnter bent 1(X b 9W (= getjutett btefe^ 9Jlonat^) f wnder da^e o/ ^/ie ^en^A ms^. (= instant). 13. nnter brei 9Jionaten f under (in less than) /iree months. 14. ber S3annt f niornnter ic^ fi^e r ^Ae ^ree under which I am sitting. 1 Uor f before, in front of, from (because of) : as, 1. er fpieft tJOrm anfe, he is playing in front of the house. 2. er fling &or3 an3 f 7*e wen in front of the house. 3. fie ftanb tiorm ^onige, she stood before the king. 4. fie flief)en burnt Jeinbe, they flee before (from before) the enemy. \5. id) fnrcfjtete nti^ tJor i^m f I was afraid of (before) him. 6. uujtiur fitrd)ten Sic firf) ? what are you afraid of (before) ? x 7. er ftarfc tn?r 5t(ter f tior ^>nnger r he died from old age, from hunger. { 8. fitter bor (^efa^r, safe from danger. 9. er l)at leine 2ld)tnnjj bur bent (5$efe^ f he has no respect for the law. 10. fie Ijat 5(n(jft tour S^tten, s/ie is afraid of you. 11. an bent age tior 2BeiI)nad)ten f on ^e day before Christmas. 12. tJur einem ^a^te, a year ago; tior Utelen S^Cttf many years ago. 13. tJor fnr5em f a little while ago ; tior acftt agen f a ^eefc a^o. xj 14. id) fprad) tior mic^ I)in, / was talking away to myself. 15. Dor cittern, fcur atten 2)ingen f 6e/*ore aZ/ else. 5ttrifd)ett, between: as, 1. er fiijt 5ttiifrf|en mir nnb il)r f he sits between me and her. 2 2. fe^e bid) ^ttrifrfjen midf tutb fie f sit down between me and her. 2 3. tt)ifdjen ^ente nnb nturgen, betiveen now (to-day) and to-morrow. 1 See 85 3 . 2 As in English, the second or the third person is put before the iirst, and the second before the third, except for emphasis. 1)1 A GERMAN DRILL BOOK Prepositional Idioms accuse of, bcfrfinl'bigcn wit h .. advise a person a thing, rotcn with D. of person and A. of thing be afraid of, firt) fiirditcn &or (i>.) agreeable ' . mi iKiicljm with i>. aid a person in, hclfcn i>.) bti (n.) angry at a person, bo*fc anf (A.) or mtt(n.); a thing, b3fe fiber (A.) answer a person, ant'roortrn ' n.); a thing, ant'niortcn anf (A.) appoint, make, madjen jn D. be ashamed of, firt) fdjamen with o. or fiber (A.) ask or beg for, bitten urn (A.) i nil] en imd) (D.) astonished at . crftnnnt' iibcr \ attentive to, auf 'mcrffam auf (A.) become, turn /<>, rocrbcn ju (D.) become of, rocrbcn and (D.) beg for, bitten nm \ //i, ajaubrii an (A.) belong *o,gclju rcn \sith i.orjn(D.) 6id, command, bcfcf)'lcu (D.) blame for, tabcln iuca.cn (o.); be to , fdjulfc fcin an (D.) 6/iiid to, blinb gcgen (A.) blinb Dor (D.) 6ou> to, fid) ucrbcn 'iicn tunr (D.) busy at, bcfrtiiif tint mit i. care or provide for. forget! fur (A.) change to, ocrroan'beln in (A.) yourself. to, fid) Dcrwan'bcln in (A.) [(D.) compare to or totM, perglei'djcn in it conceal from, ocrbcr'ncn tior (D.) confide in, ucrtrau x cn with D. or anf (A.) conscious of, betmtftf with G. consist in, befte / ^en in (D.) of, bcfte^cn and (D.) cruel t<>, flrnnfam nrflftt ( A .) ifm,n. Dcrtci'bincn flcncn (A.) despair of, tocnwci'fcln an (D.) die of, ftcrbcn an i> dtoa<;reea6{efo,nn / nflenet|m wit h i>. engaged in, befrijiif 'tint mit (D.) to, Hcrlobt mit(D.) enraplurt i /'. cnt;iirft' nber (A.) envious of, ei'fcriiiditifl nnf (A.) exhausted with, crfdjupft 7 oon (D.) .''>il to, freu NNit famous for, bernfjntt' wcfien(o.) fatigued with, crmu'bet burn^ (A.) or Don (n.) fear, fid) fiirditcn &or (D.) flee from, flictjcn oor (D.) /oUoio,fol!i [(A.) be fond of a thing, fefcr gern fabcn forbid a person, ocrbic'tcn (D.) forgetful of, nn'cingcbcnf \\\\\\ ft, forgive me for that, Dcrgc'ben 6ie mir (D.) bod (A.) 11 uor (D.) fret at, fid) h'rgern fiber (A.) u cHiiMiri) flcgcn (A.) frightened at, crfa^rorfcn iibcr (A.) or nor (D.) glad of, frot fiber (A.); be , fid) frenen fiber (A.); 6e glad at the thought of, fid) freuen anf (A.) good for a person, gut fftr (A.) to a person, gut gcgen (A.) to eat, gut sum Cfffen greedy for, begie^ig nac^ (D.) grieve at, fid) gramcn iibcr (A.) for, fi^ gramcn urn (A.) yuard against, fid) Ijiitcn Dor (D.) guilty of, fdjulbtg with o. or an (D.) harsh to, ftrcng gegen (A.) or mit (D.) help a person in, ftelfen (D.) bet (D.) PREPOSITIONAL IDIOMS 95 hope for, Ijoffen auf (A.) impolite to, un'ljb'flid) gegen (A.) indifferent to, gleidj'giiftig gegen (A.) inhuman to, graufam gegen (A.) innocent of, un'frfjulbig an (D.) introduce to, Dor'fteflen with D. jealous of, neibtfdj auf (A.) kind to, gittig gegen (A.) knock at, ffo^fen an (A.) known by, fcefaunt' toegen (G.) lame in, totym an CD.) laugh at, ladjen itfcer (A.) listen to, p'ljiiren with D. live by or on, fid) emalj'rett turn (D.) Tiue with, tooljnett &ei (D.) look for, fttdjen with A. mad wi/i, tott Hot (D.) magnanimous to, grojj'mittig gcgcn (A.) raafce, etec, madjen $it (D.) raafce o/, mad) en au3 (D.) raafce up for, replace, erf C^ / Ctt with A. raeeZ, begeg / nett (D.) or treffen (A.) mindful of, eiu'gebenf with G. mourn for, ttaucttt ttttt (A.) noted for, fceriUjmt 7 tticgcn (G.) obey, be obedient to, gdjm/djen (D.) observant of, au^merffam auf (A.) be offended at, fid) argent iibcr (A.) pale with, tileid) tior (A.) pardon for, tter^ei^ett (D.) with A. please, gefaFfett (D.); be pleased with, crfreu^ fcin iibcr (A.) point at or to, scigctt auf (A.) polite to, pfftdj gcgcn (A.) poor in, arm an (D.) profit by, use, feemtl^ett with A. prolific in, frudjtfmr an (D.) protect against, &efd)ittj x ett gegctt(A.) from, ftef^ii^ / en nor (D.) proud of, ftols auf (A.) quarrel about, ftreitcu um (A.) rejoice at, fi^ frcuctt itbcr (A.) at the thought of, fid) frCttCtt auf (A.) remember, fir^ crh^ueru an (A.) revenge on, ra'djcu an (D.) rich in, reid) an (D.) be in the right, redjt Ijafcen rude to, u^^ofli^ gcgen (A.) safe from, fic^cr Dur (D.) seek after or for, fudjen nadj (D.) seized with, ergriffen Don (D.) severe on, ftreng gcgen (A.) or mit (D.) send for a person, fommen toff en (A.) a thing, Ijolen (affen (A.) sick with (bodily), franf an or toon (D.) ; (mentally), franf toor (D.) I am sorry for him, er tut mir leib speak to of, f^redfen mit (D.) toon (D.) stare at, an x ftarren with A. struck by, fcetroffen itber (A.) 7 succeed, e3 gelingt mir suffer with, leiben an (D.) sure of, fidjer with G. thank, banfett (D.) thankful to, banffcar gegen (A.) think of, benfen an (A.) tired from, miibe Don (D.) of, miibe with G. or A. trouble about, fidj Befiimmern um (A.) true to, tren with D. trust in or to, tiertratt / ett with D. or auf (A.) undress, fid) au^ieljen used to, gefob'ljnt 7 an (A.) wait for, ttwrten auf (A.) want, have need of, braudjen (A.) warn against or of, ttwnteu tour (D.) wearied with, ermiFbet burt^ (A.) or Uon (D.) wet with, na^ turn (D.) 96 A (;KKMA.\ IHHLL HOOK THE ORDER OF WORDS 1 I. Tin- normal order: coordinating conjunction, subject with lim- iting words, parenthetical adverb, verb, objects (the person before the thing), predicate adjective or participle, infinitive: as, 1. bcr flcinc iyriu aber Ijat if)m (or bent flnabcn) etncn Slpfel gcgcben, lift i- >wever, gave him (or the boy) an apple. 2. wnb fclbft nitrt), or fogar) bie efd)idjtr Don fllabbin mar mir u>r bcm Jhiaben) 90113 nen, and even the story of Aladdin was quite new to me (or to the boy). 8. crgabil|miorbcm$*naben)e&? whogave him (or theboy) money f l 4. rocffcn $ut ift auf bcm Itfrtic ? whose hat is on the tablet 1 2 If the two objects are pronouns (or refer to persons), the accusative generally precedes the dative : as, 1. er ttirb eS bit (or cr wirb bir'd) nnr leiljen, he will only lend it to you. 2. fit gab bad Jtiiib fctucr Gutter, she gave the child to its mother. 3 Adverbs are arranged in the order of time, place, manner; an adverb of degree stands before the word it limits: as, 1. er gab mir (or bent Jtnaben geftcrn auf ber ctrafte glcid) ciiicu flpfcl, he immediately gave me (or the boy) an apple yesterday in the tttreet. 2. er ging gcftcrn and bent Garten feljr frfjneH fort r a /e went very quickly yesterday out of the garden. 3. e ftng gcftern urn jeljn ltt)r an, 2 fcljr fdjwcr ^u rcgncn, it began yt day at ten o'clock to rain very heavily. 4 nirtit stands after a direct object, before a preposition or an adverb of place or of manner, or before an emphatic word : 8 as, 1. id) gab ifym bad $ud) nidjt, / did not give him the book. 2. fie ift mrt)t mit ttjm gegangen f *he did not go with him. 3. fie ftnb nid)t fjier, they are not here. 4. er gab bad $ufl) ntdjt mir, 8 er gab ed bir, he gave the book to you, not to me. 1 For questions not introduced by interrogative pronouns, see 97, x. 2 In the normal or the inverted order (97, i), the separable prefixes are put at the end of the clause, and are accented (74, i) ; in the transposed order, they are accented, but not separated from the verb (97, 2). 8 Any word becomes emphatic by being put at or toward the end of the sentence. THE ORDER OF WORDS . , *fl II. The inverted order: the subject stands after the verb: I 1. In interrogative or in exclamatory sentences: as, 1. l)at er ttjm (or bent $nafcen) ba3 23ud) gegefcen? did he give him (or the boy) the book f 2. gab tljttt 1 bie Sdjtoefter ba3 25udj? did his sister give him the book? 3. tuamt geljett ttJtr nad) aitfe ? when are we going home ? 4. ttia^ ^at er itidjt getan? what has he not done? 5. nrie ^at e$ geregnet! how it has rained! 2. In imperative sentences : as, 1. fefen @ie ba3 S3ut^ nit^t f do not read the book. 2. &let& bu 2 511 ^paufe, you stay at home. 3. In conditional sentences without toenn (103, 8) : as, 1. ttwre fie mtr ^ier! if she were only here! 2. Ijatte er bid) geftern gefmtben f if he had found you yesterday. 4. When any word except a coordinating conjunction precedes the sub- ject: as, 1. Ijter Ijat er mttfj gefmtbett r it was here he found me. 2. geftern fal) id) iljn im arten, yesterday I saw him in the garden. 3. ba3 9Jleffer tierlor it^ im $arfe r the knife I lost in the park. 4. a(3 er priicrlam, fal) er mtJ^ f when he returned, he saw me. 5. bud) fam er in3 au$ f yet he came into the housed II. The transposed order (used after subordinating conjunctions, 101,1): the verb is put at the end of the clause: as, 1. id) toetft, ba^ er ba SJleffer gefunben Ijat, I know that he has found the knife. 2. ba fattb idj ba JBut^ r tuotiott id) ^^nett gef^rieBen (^aBe) r 4 there I found the book of which I wrote you. 3. Ijier ift ber SBaum, ttujntnter id) geftern eingef^lafen (btn) f 4 here is the tree I slept under yesterday. 4. ttett er bett Beg ni^t ptte ftuben fomteit, because he could not have found the way (62, 2). 1 A pronoun of one syllable often precedes the subject. 2 Unless emphatic, btt is omitted. 3 When bodj f jebodj, eitbltd), etc. are followed by a pause, the normal order is used (96, i) : as, bod), er fam tttg ^>au3, still, he came into the house. 4 In subordinate clauses, the tense auxiliary is often omitted (60, 1,2). 98 A GERMAN DRILL BOOK CONDITIONAL SENTENCES Present or Past Simple Conditions 1. ttcnn ftc Ijicrljcr fommt, I . fommffitiierhcr, \ <'>' f """ " C ' if (or whenever, 103, 8) she comes here, the sings. tf (or whenever, 103,8) she came here, she sang. 8. ttciinfir Dicrljcr fam, 1 (fo)2fflnfl f|f fnm'fielitcrtier, I A GERMAN It HILL BOOK f IDIOMS about: gegett (89, i), mm (89,3). above: fiber (92,4). aero**: fiber (92, 4): as, 1. Ae stepped across the street, cr trot iibcr bie 3tra$e. 2. come across (over here), fomm Ijcriibcr see here, 107). 8. go across (over there), gefj Ijiniibcr t. although: obglcirff 7 , obfc^on^ obwo!)r f wcnn . . . auc^j (103, a). among : nttter (93, i). any: , ettt (3,i), tr'genb cin f ir'^cnb wcl^c: as, 1. have you (any) bread f ijaft bu $rot ? 2. Aave you any ^ood school? Ijabcn 3ic cine gutc 3t^u(c? 3. Aaoe you (any) pood schools f ftabcn 3ic (trgcnb wcldjo gutc St^ulcn? anybody: ii^gcnb eitter, ir x gcnb jc^onb, jc^crmonn (87,2,3): as, 1. is anybody here? ift trgcnb ctncr I|tcr? 2. Ae i* anybody's (everybody 's)/rtend, er ift jebermaiittS JJreunb. anywhere: somewhere, ir / gcnbtoo. around: nut (89, 3). as: aid (101,2), ba (102,2): as, I. as a soldier, aid 3olbat; as a doctor, aid ftrst. v 2. a* he was sick, he did not go, ba cr franf war, gtng cr IDIOMS 105 as ... as : ffl . * al3, f a . ime : as, 1. as rait/i (quantity) as possible, fa bid a(3 ttttigtttfj, 2. not so good (quality) as you, ttidjt fa gut lute btt, as/ar as: Bi3 (88,2). as if: a(3 oB, a(3 toetttt, al (101, 3). as Zono: as: folatta/(e). at: an (90,2), auf (91, x), Bet (85,4), in (92,2), ttarf) (86,4), itBer (92,4), urn (89,3), S(87,2): as, 1. at t/ie ta&Ze, am Xifdje; at the window, am grenfte?* 2. professor at, student at, the University of Berlin, ^rofeffor ait, Stttbettt attf r ber Uniuerfttat $u Berlin* 3. at t/ie door, an bcr Xiir ; at home, 511 $aufc* 4. a ^e market, auf bem SJlarfte ; a^ ^7ie station, auf bcm SBaljnljof 5. at the post office, auf bcr ^5oft, 6. at' Cologne, ttt (or ju) ^iiln; at the cathedral, im ^)0ttt 7. at our house, Bet utt3; at Mr. S.'s, Bei ^errn @. 8. at breakfast, dinner, supper, Beim gru^ftittf, s }Jlittag^effett f 3lBenbeffen 9. tftet/ are at dinner, fie ft^ett Bei Xtfc^e, 10. at noon, 511 $littag ; at night, in ber -Wadjt 11. at church, in ber irdje; at school, in ber 6(fjttle. 12. at t/ze opera, ill ber D^er; at t/ie theatre, im Xljeater, 13. t/ie dog sprang at him, ber ^pttttb fpratttj ttat^ i^ttt 14. I was surprised at his answer, id) ttMttberte mir^ itBer feiite 3ltttttmrt 15. at ten o'clock, ttttt ^tt U^r. 16. at this price, $ biefem ^reife* 17. we saw the boy come in at the door, toir faljett bett ^ttaBett $ttr Xitr because : toeil (103, 7). because of: toegett (84, 9). before: conjunction, BetJOr x f e x lje (101,4); preposition, Dor (93,2); ad- verb, tiorljer 7 : as, 1. it happened before (earlier), e gefdjafj burner* 2. the evening before, am $Bettb Uor^er. behind: fjhtter (92, i). below : adverb, l)ertttt / ter (see here, 107), ^itttttt x ter (see there, 112), tttttett ; preposition, ttttter (93, i) : as, 1. Zet us go below (down), laffett Sie tttt^ ^ittttttterge^ett. 2. below, in the valley, tttttett im Xale* beside: att (90,2), att^er (85,3), Bei (86,4), weBett (92,3). beyond: jeVfeitg (84,3), iiBer (92,4). both: Beibe3(35,3). 106 A GERMAN DHII / HOOK but: aber (100, i>, fonbcrn (100,6 . nlo, auger (86,3): an, 1. Ae eate nothing but meat, cr ifjt ntrtjio al: ^Icifdp. 2. nobody is Aere out me, auf;cr ntir ift tttcntaitb liter. 6y : an (00, a), bei (86,4), bnrdj (88,3 . inbcm' <102, 5 ), wit (86,3), ad> (88,4), ncUcn '-'-', 3), fiber (02, 4), aon (87, i), $ (87, a) : as, 1. by (at) the window, am Jycnftcr ; ty (at) Me tafcie, am Xtftfjc. 2. /ie took the child by the hand, er natjm ba* Jttnb an (or bci bcr $anb. 5. do you paw by the post office t fldjft bit an bcr *J?oft uorbci ? 4. to call by name, bcim Penmen nrnncn; 6y (near A////, bci ilint. 6. she learned it by practice, ftc l)nt co burd) Ubnno fldcrnt. 6. 6y hunger anb unnndit. 0. it came by post, co ift nut ^cr ^oft pcfommcn. 10. / came by rail, id) bin mit bcr (fifcnbnlm n,c!ommcn. 11. by the clock-, nnrf] bcr Ut|r; by my watch, nad) mcincr Uljr. 12. a tree stands by the house, tin 0anm ftcljt ncbcn bcm .$aufc. 13. he went by iei>;/:/, cr ift nbcr l'cii>;iii !Kin!lcn. 14. pursued by the soldiers, Don ben 3olbatcu ucrfolflt. v 15. he sprang in by (at) the windr Ijtnbnrcft). 2. during the night, ttaf)rcu!> bcr ^ad)t. each, every, everybody: jeber (l,a, 37, i), jc'bcrmantt (37, a). either ... or: cnt'mcber . . . obcr (100,5). enough: getitlg / (36, 5). everything: aUe(34,i). few: e x mge(39,3). fewer: we^tger (39, 4). for : auf (91, i), bcnn (conjunction, 100, 3), ffir (88, 4), wad) (86, 4), felt (86, 5), um (89,3), toor (93, a), an (87, a), the accusative: as, 1. he will go to Germany for three years, er getyt auf brci 3a!)re nar^ t 2. he will help you, for he has money, er nrirb bir Ijelfcn, bcnn cr IDIOMS 107 3. I buy the horse for you, id) faufc ba3 $ferb fitr birfj* ^ 4. J Zafce Am /or (consider him) a friend, id) f)a(te iljtt fitr cittCtt 5. it is well for you, t$ ift gttt fiir bid), 6. to send for a doctor, ttadj eittettt $r$te fdjirfett; to send for a carriage, ttadj eutettt SBagett fdjirfett (cf. send for, 95). 7. he has been dead for twenty years, er ift ^ttwitjiij $a1jre (or feit 5ttWtt= tg ^aljrett) tot* 8. they ask for bread, fie fcittett ttttt S3rot 9. he loves her for her money, er liefct fie ttttt ftjr ( 10. he sprang up for joy, er fprattg fcor fyrettbe attf, 11. we bought a ham for dinner, nrir lattftett eittett djittf ett gttttt effetu 12. a present for Christmas, eitt ($efdjettl $tt ! 13. we lived therefor years, ttrir fyafiett ba $aljre (lattg) \ for the sake of: ttttt * ,, ttritfett (84, 7). from: att (90,2), a3 (85,2), gegett (89, i), ttadj (86,4), turn (87, i), tior (93,2), the dative of the person from whom: as, 1. she suffers from headache, fie leibet att ^Ojjffdjttter^etU 2. he is from the city, from the country, er ift aw3 ber tabt, bom Sanbe* 3. the rain falls from (out of) the clouds, from the leaves, ber O^egett faflt att3 bett SBolfett, uott beit ^(attcrtt* 4. to shelter from the enemy, from the storm, gegett bett ^feittb, gegett bett Stttrttt fdjit^etu 5. from your dress, you are poor, beittettt ^leibe tta(^ Mft btt arttt* 6. how far am I from Bonn? toie Wett Ijab r ic^ tiott ^ier nat^ SBotut? 7. she was silent from fright, toor ^ttr^t fc^tnieg fie 8. they died from hunger, fie fittb fcor ttttger geftorBett* 9. she took the apple from him, fie Ijat Ujttt bett 3l^fe( gcttottttttett* here: Ijer (the opposite of fyitt; see there, 112), a separable prefix or suffix implying motion toward the speaker or the writer, in his real or his assumed position ; Ijier : as, 1. come up here, (fotttttt) Ijerattf ; come down here, (lotttttt) Jjerttttter, 2. come in, Ijereitt ; come out, Ijeratt^. 3. he was coming over here, er fattt Jjerit&er* 4. where do you come from? tuoljer fottttttft btt? (or tuu fottttttft btt !^er?) 5. how long ago was it? tflie (attge ift e! f)er?/how long is it from then till now?) 6. it was many years ago, e3 ift Uiele 3a^re Ijer* 7. hither and thither, Ijitt ttttb !^er (thither and hither). 8. they are not here, fie fittb ttidjt fjier. 108 A GERM AX in: ILL BOOK however: aber (100, i), bod) (97), jebooV (97), te . . . and] (103,9): as, 1. he was, however, poor, cr wnr abcr //./// / fttrn in three days, in brei Xaqcii fommc id) ^uriirf. rj. xAe is in a house in the village, fte ift in cincm vnuie tin Turfc. 13. in my opinion, he is right, mciitcr s ])Jcimtitfl itad) l)at cr rcdjt. 14. you were not in, @te warcn nidjt 511 vnufc. in any way : ir'nci^iuic. in behalf of : Ijalbcn, tyalber (84, 4 ), wegen (84, 9). in ingr, tnbcm' with a verb (102,5). iny, the infinitive, or a clause with aid (101, a), bettor', e'fje (101,4), or na^bem'dO^y): as, 1. I saw him dancing, id) foft i^n tmr,cn. 2. before departing (before you depart), bcoor 3tc abrcifcn. 3. after eating, he went away, nadjbcm cr gegeffen ftartc, ging er fort. in no way : anf feine itfcifc, fct'itcc-njci]^. inside: brinncn, 3 ^cretn 7 (see here, 107), (ineht 7 (see there, 112). 1. inside, it is warm, brinnen ift c& warm. in spite of: rrofc (84,6). instead of: an'ftatt, ftart(84,a). into: in (92, a). a See 103 1 . 2 That is, not in town; cf. ttiir ttwrcn im fianbe, we were in the i-mintr;/. that is, not abroad. 3 brtltncu = IDIOMS 109 kind, what kind of: ttw3 fiir eitt (33 5 ). less: toe'itiger (39,4). like: afjitlidj, al (101, 2), gent Ijafceit, gent with a verb, gleidj, toie (103, 9) : as, 1. that is just like him, ba3 fieljt Ujttt aJjitlidj, v 2. it is like (as heavy as, denoting quantity) lead, e ift fo fdjtoer ttl 3. it is like (as cold as, denoting quality) ice, t ift fo fait tote 4. I like bread, id) Ijafce SBrflt gertt ; I am fond of bread, id) Ijafce feljr gent, 5. &e likes to eat, er if?t gent; he is fond of eating, er ifft fetyr germ 6. they like meat much more than bread, fie Ijabcit ^leiff^ fcief Uelber 1 al) SBrot 7. he is fonder of sleep than of work, er fdjlaft tiiel Kefcer 1 a( er arfieitet* 8. he likes to read best of all, er (ieft am liefoften, 1 9. he went away like a soldier, eittem Solbaten gleidj ging er fort (or er ging fprt mie ein eraf: met 7 rtrt (38,3). since: conjunction, ba <102,a), fettbem' (103,3); preposition, fett (86,5). so '= therefore al'fo never means u also Nirum', fo: as, 1. Mere is, therefore, no more hopef etf ift alfo Itint .^offnung mclir ? 2. /or Mat reason / *hall remain, barum nicrbt id) blcibcn. 3. 00 Jet u0 90, fo lafftn 3it un* gtt)tn. o (= thus) : f o : as, 1. it is no longer so, e$ ift nidjt mcljr fo. 2. 3fr. 00 and 00, $err fo unb fo. 3. 00 good a girl, tin fo (or fo tin gutto SHabdjcn. 4. 00 many year*, fo niandjco Jatjr. 00 ... as, 00 ... Mat: fo . . . baft (102,4). 00 long as, as long as: folang'e (103,5). some, ti'nigcr (36,3), tin paar (38,6,, ctwao (36,4), we^rere (38,3), wtlc^tr (39, a). somebody, anybody: jttttattb (37,3). something, anything: trwa^ (36,4). sometime: cimunl, of the future or of the past: as, 1. / shall meet him sometime, id) wtrbt if)m tinmal btgtgntn. 2. once on a time lived two brothers, ed Itbtcu ctitmal .^luct i^riibtr. sometimes: ti'nigcmalc, mandj'mal: as, 1. sometimes he went to church, einigtmalt ging tr in bit &ird)t* 2. he went to town sometimes, tr ging mandjmal .^ur 3tabt. sucA: f olc^tr (32, 3). than: alo UM.2 . that : conjunction, bamit r (102, 3), bag (102, 4) ; pronoun, btr (32, 1,3); ad- jective or pronoun, jttttr (1,2, 32, i). Me ... Me: jt . . . btfto (or urn fo), jt . . . jt (102,6, 102*). then : al x fo (see o = therefore), ba, ba'maid, bann, btnn (= pray ; 100 2 ) : as, 1. from that time on, Don ba an. 2. at that time he was poor, bainak? war tr arm. 3. Men he came back, bann ift tr suriirfgcfommcn. Mere : ba, bort ; Ijin, the opposite of (|tr (see here, 107), a separable pre- fix or suffix implying motion from the speaker or the writer, in his real or his assumed position : as, IDIOMS 1. there are your rooms, burt finb 3tyre gimmer* 2. go up there, (gety) tyinanf ; go down there, (gety) tyinab* 3. go in, (gety) tyinein ; go out, (gel)) tyinan3* 4. he was going across (over there), er ging tyinitber* 5. they went down stairs, fie gingen bie re^e tyinnnter, 6. where are you going? fciotyin geljft bn? (or ttJO geljft bn tyin?) there is, there were, etc. : e ift, etc. (32 5 ) ; e3 gibt, there is, there are (literally, it gives, that is, nature gives'), denoting the existence of per- sons or of things in natural surroundings : as, 1. are there animals in this forest? gibt e3 Xiere in biefem 2Ba(be? 2. there are lions in Africa, in 9lfrifa gibt e3 Sb'toen, 3. there were flowers here, e3 gab SBlnmen Ijier (a native place). 4. no prettier garden exists, e3 gibt feinen fttyiweren (Garten* 5. there will be fish to-day, tyente gibt t$ SW e ( a natural event). 6. how many kinds of trees are there here ? ttrie tiiele SSawne gibt e3 tyier ? therefore: see so (= therefore), 112. this: biefer (1,2, 32, i). through: bnrtty(88,3). till: bi3 (88,2). to: the dative, 1 an (90,2), anf (91, i), bi3 (88,2), gegen (89, i), in (92,2), natty (86,4), tttn . . . a (89 5 ), an (87, 2) : as, 1. she said to me that she had money, fie fagte tttir f ba| fie GJelb i 2. give me (that is, to me) the book, gib mir ba3 23ndj, 3. he gave her the letter to Elizabeth, er gab iljr ben SBrief an < 4. sell me this, tier f anf en (Sic mir bie^ (or bie^ an mitty)* 1 5. write me a letter, fctyreibe mir einen S3rief (or einen 23rief an mi^)* 1 6. a letter to Mr. Hoffman, ein 23rief an ^errn ^uffmann* 1 7. to the table, an ben ifdj ; to the window, an$ $enfter, 8. to the post office, anf bie ^Soft; to the castle, auf ba^ Stty(o^ 9. to the country, anf3 fianb ; to my room, anf mein Dimmer* 10. how far is it to Hamburg? wie lange banert e^ bi^ ^ambnrg? 11. clear up to the university, bi anf bie Unitierfttat 2 12. from Sunday to Friday, tion Smtntag bi^ greitag* 13. from one to seven, tion ein3 bi3 ficben* 14. friendly to my brother, frennblitty gegen meinen 23rnber 15. he went to a house in the country, er ging in ein an3 anf bent anbe* 16. to church, in bie (or anr) irctye ; to school, in bie (or anr) djnle, 17. to the church, natty ber $irctye ; to the schoolhouse, nacl) ber ( 1 The indirect object is expressed by the dative unless an or quired for the sake of clearness. 2 See 88 2 . A GERM AX I Hi ILL BOOK 18. to town, nod) ber (or jur, 85 2 ) 3rnM. 19. he returned to Heidelberg, er ging not!) .cibclberg jurucf. 20. she is going to her / fie flcljt u iijrcr Xante. 21. end Charles to me, fd)irfe toarl -,11 niir or an mid), 113 1 ). 22. Ae went to buy a horse, er ging, urn cin ^fcrb ju fanfcn. 23. he wanted to buy a horse, { er "^ ei " * fcr f l1 "'." fnufcn - ' ler ttolltc etn s rerl faiucn. 24. to 170 to dinner, &tt Jifrtjc gcfocn ; to go to bed, $u Jtfctt gcljeii. -i 26. tfti <* pood to drin*, bird if* nut jum Irtnfcu. ' toward : af ...*, gegen (89, i), nod) (86, 4), no* . . . $n (86), g (87, a) : as, 1. / went up to (toward; him, id) fling anf it)n ,^u. 2. toward the south, flca.cn 3iibcn (or nod) 3flben j). 3. friendly toward yon, frcnnblid) flCflcn bid). 4. it i* toward nine (o'c/ocfc), ed ift flCflCW netm (Ul)r . 5. toward town, nod) bcr 3tabt (nod) bcr Stobt ,)n r or ber 3tobt ^n). ti. he has a liking for reading, cr t)at I'uft ,^um l*cfcn. 4. under : tjintcr (- 6eMnd, 92, i), nnter (93, i): as, 1. the sun is under a cloud, Me 3 mine ift hiiiter cincr 2$olfc. 2. the ship has gone under, bod Sdjij? ift untcrflCflanflcn. 3. the world will go under, bie clt nrirb nntcrflcljcn. 4. the sun sets at five o'clock, bie 3uuiie nclit urn fiiuf Ulir ituter. 6. tnere is nothing new under the sun, t& flcfdjidir niriiro N Ji cuco uiitcr bcr 3oiutc. until: bid (88, a, 88): as, 1. unttZ ei(/^t o'clock, bid o$t Ut)r. j. he waited yesterday until I had arrived, er nmrtcte flcftcrn, bid id) onflcfommcn iunr. up: onf (91, i), ftcronf (see here, 107), fytnouf' (see t/iere, 112): as, 1. he went up and down, er flinfl auf unb ab. 2. the sun is coming up (rising), bic 3onnc gc^t auf. 3. / do not get up early, id) ftcI)C iiidit friil) auf. 4. come up Aere, (fomm) ^crouf ; go up there, (gel)) ftinauf . 5. you were coming up the street, 3tc famcn bic 3tragc Ijcrauf. up stairs: bie Xreppc ftcrouf 7 (see here, 107) or Jjinottf (see Mere, 112), obcn: as, 1. he lives up stairs, cr roofjnt obcn. to; bid (88, a), bid on r bio auf, bid jn (S8 2 ): as, 1. up to the present, bid jefct ; up to to-day, bid Ijettte. 2. up to the shore, bid and Ufcr. 3. up to this day, bid auf ben I)cutigcn lag. 4. from beginning to end, toon ftnfang bid $u (nbe. IDIOMS 115 well: adjective, gefuub', gut; adverb, nun, foofjl, toofjtott': as, 1. he looks well, er fieljt gefuub au3, 2. all's well that ends well, (ube gut, afle3 gut 3. it is well for you that he has not gone, e3 ift gut fitr bid) ba$ er uirf)t gegaugcu ift, 4. how are you ? tone gefjt t Styneu ? I am well, e geljt ntir gut 5. well, what do you want? nun (or ttwljlan), ttw3 ttmu'en Sic? 6. sleep well! fdjlafcn Sie tool)!! 1. farewell! lefce tturfjl! w/ien: a(3 (101,2), ttjeuu (103,8). 1. when he came into the house, dW er itt au^ laut, 2. whenever he came into the house, niciut cr iu^ ^>au^ fdttt* when? ttiauu?: as, 1. ty/ien is Tie going to town? ttwtttt gc^t Ct uat^ bcr tabt? 2. they asked when he was going to town, fie frogteu, ttwmt cr uar^ bet @tabt gittge, where: tt)0 f ttHJ^er 7 (see here, 107), uu^itt 7 (see there, 112): as, 1. where is your sister? too ift bciuc Sdjtoefter? 2. I asked where your sister was, id) fragtc f tt)0 bciuc St^nieftcr mar, 3. where do they come from? toflljer fommeu ftc ? (or tt>U lomtUCU fie et ?) 4. where is he going? tooljut gefjt er? (or ttjo ge^t er ^iu?) 5. they ask where he is going, fie frageu, ttwljitt er ge^e whether, if: dB (103, i). which: bet (33, i), toeldjer (1,2, 33, i). which?: toelcfyer? (1,2,33,1,3). w/i^e: ttia^reub (84,8). who : ber (33, 1,3), toeldjer (33, i). who?: foer? (33,4,5). whoever: nier (33, 1-3). with: accusative absolute, att (90,2), fcei (85,4), iu (92,2), mit (86,3), tiUtt (87, i), tour (93, 2) : as, 1. he went out hat in hand, bett ut iu ber ^aub giug er au^, 2. I am suffering with toothache, id) leibe an S^ttfrfjwersen. 3. does he live with you? uiflljut er 6ei ^wen? 4. I have no money with me, id) Ijafce fein ($elb Bei mir* 5. go with them, geljett 6ie utit iljnen* 6. he came with all haste, er ift in afler (SUe gelommen, 7. with his eyes on the ground, mit ben $ugen auf bem SBuben* 8. he was overcome with drowsiness, er uwr tium Sdjlaf iifiermannt 9. I was beside myself with joy, idj mar aufter ntir tior without: o^ue (89, 2). IK; <;/:/; .w.i.v DRILL /;oo/i GRIMM'S LAW Most European languages are related, or cognate, for they have the same origin. Our ancestors, coming from Asia, spread over Europe. The climate changed the people and their language. The law govern- ing the changes of the consonants called mutes was discovered by the great philologist Jacob Grimm. To find the English cognate of a German mute, use the figures be- low. Begin with the mute, and follow the arrow to the next It ti P-mutcs a T-mutes * K-mutes * ph b th d Ch g P {JgJ become. b ( double 1 P-mutes b {Sib } f fk*v Y f ( frlfen 1 u P (help \sUep J t / lat \ I 2"r J d ( deed 1 \ door J T-mutes - d f banfen \ u : J th f tAan* ^ t death J f SSaffer ^ 6 u J teaser 1 8 1 5^n J t \ten J k \>ede / 1 r 6rid(/c 1 \ hedge ] K-mutes - 1 ( gcftern \ I J y ( yesterday "\ 7 \day j ch f bredjcn 1 <<>loyy. crbit'ten, yet by entreaty. 78, x. bcrfcn, bcrftc, gcbcrft, rover: as, bic 1>CCfc, covt-riny. rtiliny ; Me lijdi'bctfc, /./' bntf Xod) r roo/; bic Tadj'rtniic, yut- ab'bcrfcn, take the rover off. [ter. ouf'bcrfen, take the cover up, lay bic {jfftr'bittc, bod Wclict , r& anlriny, prayer; j, i>rayerbook. bare; bic 9luf^crfuiiiL < jrposure. cntbcff x cn r d<*corer; bie ffntbcrf wng, dicocery. 77, i. ocrbccfen, coer away, conceal; ba$ ^crbceT, t/ecA-. 80,3. bcnfcn r bad)tc r gcbadjt, think: as, bcr ^0ttf r thank* (thinking of); banfbor, thankful; Me Xanf'iuu fcit, thankfulness, [/ratitude. batfXcufnial, reminder, monun bad tl^bcnfcn, remembrance (think- ing on); bie Sln'bart|t r derotion, prayer. rtuo^cnfcn, think out, contrive. bebcnrcn, ///re through, pierce, penetrate. burdjbrtnfl'cu, pervade; burdjbrin^ gcnb f ptercingr, intense. hardship. brangcn f crowd, hurry, press; bcr X ranger, oppressor. bcbrang'cn, pre hard, oppress; bcr Scbrang^r, oppressor; bie 9ebran0'md f oppression. 76, i. , crowd out. 80,3. 1 bctcn is a frequentative verb, formed from the participle gcbcrcn. Cf . Latin curso, fceep running, from curro, rwn. 2 monument from Latin moneo, remind. 8 excogitate from Latin ex, out of, cogitd, think. WORD GROUPS 119 brurfeu, brurfte, gebrttcft, press, print: 1 as, ber 'Srurf, pressure, print ; bi ferei', printing office; ber bruef, expression; bet (gitt impression; ber racy (of books). pi- eigen, own, proper: 2 as, bie (H'genfdjaft, property, quality (own-ness) ; bag (gi'gettfdjaft^ tourt, adjective (quality word). ber (Sii'gettfttttt, willfulness (own- mindedness) ; ei'gettfittttig, willful. eitt, one: as, afleitt', all by yourself, alone.* eitt'fadj, single, plain. ettt'falttg, simple, silly (one fold); bie (Sittfalt, simplicity. Cttt'fiinmg, uniform (of one form). bie (Stttfjett, oneness, unity. 5 ein'ig, united; toem'ttigen, unite. fatten, fief, gef aflen, fall : as, ber Satt, fall, case. 1 auf x falttett r strike, astonish (fall on); mtffaflettb, remarkable. n, befall, attack. 76, i. , applaud (fall in with); ber S3ctfatt f applause. leit^^a^, likewise. tt, occur to (fall in upon) ; ber ($mfafl f tfcZea. gcfaFlen, please (agree with); gc= fai x % pleasing. 78,2. bntcfen, press. au^ / briitfen f press out, express. fcebriu^en, oppress. 76, i. UttterbriicFen, suppress; bie Untcr= , proper, properly. (S^getttum, property; ber gctttiimcr, owner; own, peculiar;' 3 bie (igetttihtt /s ltd)fcit f peculiarity. one Wme, once; eittmaF, at some time or other, once. ein^am, lonely;* bie (gi ZoneZmess. citt^ijnig, monotonous^ tin'$tln f single. eitt^ig, only. displease ; ntifj'f iiJlig r displeasing. 79, i. aM on, attack; ber , attac*. ber Utt x fa!ff f accident. ^/aZ? away, decay. 7 80, 3. t0r/faflett r /aM before, happen ; ber incident. /a^ ^o pieces. 81, i. a^ ^o; ber Bitfft dent ;** 5tt x faJItg f accidental. 1 press from Latin premo, press. 2 -proper from Latin proprius, own. 3 peculiar from Latin peculiaris, of your flock; cf. "pecuniary." 4 alone, lonely from Old English al (aZZ), one (one), all by yourself. 5 unity from Latin unus, one. 6 monotonous = of one tone (Greek). 7 case, decay, accident from Latin cado,/a^. L20 A GERMA.\ DRILL fatten, fnftcte, grfalirt,/ofci: as, ciii'faltifl, simple, silly. cittfnl ten, "Id, develop ; bie Chrt f!, unfolding. 77. i. fangen, ftng, grfangeit, / /<: as, ber Wefang'ene, captive; bie dk fniij] cit licit, an'fangen, bey in (take hold of); ber Sln'fang, beginning ; ber fc'' fnmier, beginner; ber ttn'fang* burtntabe, initial letter ; an'fttMg*, at Me beginning. fUe&en, flofi, gefloffen, ./low : as, fttefcciib, >!//>/. /;, Alicf; punier, ' /omnjr paper. bcv ^lufj, Hcer (flower). utcl Miitiji, mantfold, various. Ml f.lltCH, fnld tojoldup. jwei'falrig, twofold, double. befong'en, hold tight; befaitfl'cu, prejudiced, embarrassed (held tight) ; bie fcefang'enljett, preju- dice, embarrassment. 76,x. empfang'en, receive (77 1 ); ber row away. 80,3. 4 folgen, folgte, gefolgt, witli n., follow: as, bic ^ulcic, ' "/ixeguence. 1 forgeubernieife, as follows. fol'iienlo^, without consequence. folglid), consequently. folgfam, obedient, obsequious. erfol'flcu, follow from, result; ber (vrfolg', result. 78, i. 5 frcmb, Grange, foreign: as, frcmb^rrig, heterogeneous, angeness. JJrem'benbudj, Aofei register; ber Srenfbenfulircr^'/^id bcnftube, grues^ chamber. C&efol'ge, ' r * n renuc. 78, a. nodi'folgen, follow after, succeed; ber ^a^ x folger r successor. oerf orgcn, pursue, persecute (follow to the end) ; ber Serforgcr, per- secutor; bie Serforgttng, perse- cution. 80,3. ber ^rembling, stranger, foreigner. frcmb'ffirfjrig, aping foreign man- ners. ba gfrembttiort, foreign word ; ba 8remb / worterbu(^ r dictionary of foreign words. 1 influence from Latin in, into, flu6, flow. * superfluous from Latin super, orer, fluo, flow. 8 consequence from Latin cum, with, sequor, follow. WORD GROUPS 121 bet Sfrettttb, friend : as, bie greunbitt, friend, sweetheart. fmutbltcfy, friendly; bie ^rewtb'Iid): f Ctt, friendliness. frettttbl03, friendless. gefcett, gab, gegefcett, give: as, ba e&eit, giving. btit&tfaVf giver; bieC^e'fceritt, giver. bie afce, o/iA. a&'gefcen, hand over, give up. aufgefcett, give up, set (as a task), abandon; bie ^ttfgafce, giving up, task, lesson. au^'ge&ett, g^e out, pay ; ber 5tu^ x = gefcer, dispenser. fid) fcege'fcett, oetafce yourself; t fce= gegen, toward, against, opposite: bie ^e / genb f country. 1 ber (Sfe^Cttftattb, object. 2 ba^ ^c x gCtttcU r contrary (opposite part). Me c / genttiart f presence (waiting opposite). ber 6^ / ner f opponent. gdjett, ging, gcgangen, sro: as, ber / gel)cn f #o through; burt^ / gc= J)eitb r passing through, piercing. ; frcunb / = f friendly ; bie gtCttttb^ f (^aftUc^fett f friendly disposition, amicableness. gifct ftc^, i happens; bie 25cgc /s I6en^eit f event. crge x ben f g'ive entirely, submit; ev* ge / bctt f devoted; ba 2/^e/d, product; bie submission. 78, i. ttmgc / fien f surround (give round); bie Utttge / 6ling f surroundings. ticrge / Ben f ^i??e away, forgive; bie ^erge^iutg, gift, forgiveness. as, fiegeg^tcn, with D., meei, oppose (go toward or against). bage''geit f on ^e contrary. etttgc / gcn f over against; cntge / gctt= gefyen, with D., ^o ^o meet. cntgeg x tten f reply (put over against) ; bie ^tttgeg / ttung f reply. Ctttgc / ^ctt f get away, escape. 77, i. crge x !)cn f come out, happen. 78, i. Derge^en, go away, transgress;* ba $erge / Jjett f transgression ; bie S5ergattg / cn()cit f the past. 80,3. ^gefjett, ^o to; ber 30igf P- proach; 5U / gangU(^ f approach- able. 1 country from Latin contra, opposite. 2 object from Latin ob, be- fore, iacio, throw. 3 exit from Latin ex, out of, eo, go. 4 transgress from Latin trans- gredior, step across. 122 A GERMAN Dill LI. HOOK grabcn, grub, gcgrabcn, dig: as, bad rab, grave; bad Oka'bccbuu fel, darkness of the grave; bic (^rabfdjrift, epitaph. bcr Wrnbeii, >litch. bev Wrabcr, digger; bcr lo'tciijirn bcr, gravedigger. rube, pit, mine; bic OtaTbcn arbcir, worfrinp in a mine. greifeu, griff, gcgriffen, r/raap, aeize au'grcifcn, aei*e on; bcr ttngriff, attack. bcgrci'fcn, grasp, understand; bcr comprenenaion, idea ; ty, comprehensible. flritliclit, cudgel your brains over (work like a digger); crgrii' beltt, puzzle out. 78, i. n u -; a ni lu-it, ';/ out, diainter; bic 8K#'grabung, diainterment. bcgrn'bcn, bury (cover with earth) ; bad Btflrlb'Ktt, burial. 70, . ncrgra'bcn, /uc/eintAefirround. 80,3 an, ocrgrci'fcn, aeize wrongly, offend. ttor'grctfcn, aeize beforehand, an- ate. 1 Su'grcifcn, lay hold. 3 fjabcn, f^attc, gc^abt, have: as, ^anb r l)abcti, have in hand, manage. toorauo'ljabcii, have in ttor'fjabcn, nave 6e/ore you, intend. , tce to do. \\, Ijtelt, getialten, hold: as, r, fena&Je, a dura&fe; bie .^nlt barfcit, durability. bie ialtung, nttitmh. behavior. bcftartcn, keep (hold tight). 76, i. cin'lialtcn, hold in, check, keep. cr^artcn, uphold, maintain, sup- rt 78,i. fcft'ljattcn, holdfast, cling. 5 bic $anb, nand: as, Ijaubclu, Aave in hand, trade; bcr ^>anbcl, business; ber ^anblcr, dealer; bio ,onb / tt>cr!cr r mechanic. arfcr^onb, a// kinds of. betyat^bcln, handle; bic lung, handling^ treatment. bcr 1 anticipate from Latin ante, before, capid, tafce. 2 tenable from Latin teneo, //. 9 sustain from Latin sub, under, teneo, Ao/J. * manuscript from Latin manus, Aand, scribo, write. WORD GROUPS 123 Ijattgett, ljutg, geljattgen, hang (intransitive): as, bet , declivity. afe'Ijattgett, hang from, depend; ber 5t&fjattg, sfope ; ; bie Wfyattgtgfeit, dependence. ber fjattgett, f appendix. , hang before; ber f curtain. (transitive). ba aut, head : as, ber ^duptttttg, chief. Me ^aupt'fadje, cMe/ /* fadj'ttdj, cftie/, chiefly. bie ^aupt'ftabt, capital. prett, prte, geljijrt, ftear: as, auf'ljiJrett, cease (listen to), stop; tlttaufljifr'lidj, unceasing. edjti'mt, hear, grant. 78, i. gep'rett, with D., belong to; gcp /= rig, belonging to. 78,2. feljten, feljrte f gele^rt f turn: as, belc^ren, convert; bie conversion. eu^fe^rcn, turn in; bie Cmt^el resort. Me ^ettttfefjr, return home. bie 3ftitrffef)r f return (turn back). ttltt / fel)ren f wrn round, overturn; !, assert (put first); Me ng, assertion. 76, i. Cttt^au^ x tCtt f behead. 77, i. , chiefly. , obedient (hearing); ber fattt, obedience. 78,2. I)orrf)en f Zisen ; ber ori^er f listener, eavesdropper. geljoi/djett, with D., obey. 78,2. version ; bie Um / !c^ritttg f turning over ; um / gcfe^tt r turned over. t, pervert, frequent; ticr= ^ perverted, upside down; ber $erfeljr / , association. 80,3. tt>ie / bcr!e^rctt f recur (return); Me recurrence. bie tlm'feljr, turning back, con- fommett, lam, gelflmmen, come: as, it, come from; ber yHW- !0mmling, descendant; bie 3t6 /= Ittttft, birth. an'fommett, arrive; ber 5tn / liintin= Iittg f newcomer; bie 3ltt x lttnft f arrival. ntt^futtttttCtt, come up, come into use. au^ / fommett f come out, make ends meet; ba ^U^fommett, living; bie gluS'ftutft, information. ci^f ommctt f co?ne in ; ba itt / lDitt= mett f income; bie (Sitt^imf te r 1 bie Jper/fttttft, 6iri/i, parentage. 5ttriitf x fe^rcn f turn back, return. fitnf / tt^ f coming, future. , come after, follow; bie Stfad^fommettdjaft, posterity. uBcrcitt / Iomtttcn f ^tttett, go to ruin, degenerate ; bie Skrfom^ettljett, depravity. 80, 3 . Uoflfoit^men, complete; Me S5off= |pttt / mett^Ctt r completeness. ttriflfun^men, welcome. SU^ommen, come o; bie 3ufunft f coming, future; ^fiittfttg, /w- Li4 A GERMAN DRILL BOOK Inbcn, lub, getaben, load; ask: 1 as, bic t'nbc, chest, case (s thing for holding) ; bie Sdjnb'labc, '/rawer (fdjicbcit, l'ii bung, loading. bcla'bcn, load. 70. i ctH'lnbctt, load in; a IMH' Inbuiifl, leading; i*. entla'bCIl, niilnml. 77, X. Inftcn, be a burden; bic aft, bur- 1 a ft bar, a6le to bear dens; (afttg, burdensome; fcc -"I/; bic annoyance. bclnft'en, burden; bie burden. 76, i. cutlaft'en, un&urden. 77, i. gelaffen, r aim (giving up entirely) ; bicCHelaf'fenficit, "*. 78, a. nadj'Inm-H, Te behind, let go; iiadrififfig, careless; bic Had) 7 * I iih" illicit, carelessness. ucrlaf 'fen, forsake (leave by going from) ; fidj oerloffen anf, depend on (abandon yourself to); $*' tKrldfjig, to be depended on. 80,3. uerlcB'en, injure (leave alone); bie $erle$'ung, injury; le^t, lost (most left alone). (cibcn, litt, nclitten, suffer; Icitcn, Icitctc, geleitet, lead; as, ifciben, suffering; bie l'ci'bcu= mit'Iciben, Buffer with, sympathize; ba$ ^iir'leib, ba SJit'leibcn, sympathy, compassion; 6 mit'Iei* big, sympathetic, compassionate. Icttcn, lead; ber Setter, leader; bie L'citcr, ladder; ber SJeir'faben, leading line, text-book; bie I'ci tung, direction. ab'leiten, lead off , derive ; abletter, lightning rod. laffcn, Itcij, gelaffen, fef, leave: a laffig, lazy (letting things go); bie V,n untcit, /azines*. ab'laffcn, feate ojf ; unablaf 'fig, "- A a.sMM/. nii'lnffen, fef r/o mi; bcr 9lnla| y caue (letting go on), occasion ; ueran'la jfcn, cauee (make go on), occasion; bic ^crnn'lnfjttg r cau*e, occasion. crliif'fett, let go forth, proclaim ; bcr j 7 , release, proclamation ; bic f 'fuug, release, publication. parfonafe; Ici'bcnfdjaft^loo, passionate. baS etb r sorrow; Icibcr, un/ortu- nately ; bclct'biflcn, offend; bie , offence; mtlctb'lirf), crlct'bcn, endure (suffer through). T-.i. 1 Originally, there were two verbs, spelled almost alike, one meaning load, the other meaning osfc. 2 In ber 3ffn / ftcrlabcn, shutter (window board), and ber ftnuf'labcn, shop, store (trading board), 1'abcn is from a root meaning ooard. 8 Iciben =/are, go, then fare badly, suffer; leitcn = niafce go, lead. 4 passion from Latin patior, suffer. 6 sympathy (from Greek) and compassion (from Latin) = suffer with. WORD GROUPS 125 mt'lettett, guide (lead to), train; bie Sltt'leitttltg, training. Beglet'tett (for begelei'ten), accom- pany (lead round with) ; ber S3e= gfei'ter, companion. Hegett, fag, gelegen, bie Sage, situation. ba3 Sager, bed, camp; Befa'gent, besiege; ber SBel^gerer, besieger; bie SBefa'genutg, siegre. afe'gelegett, fo/ino: ojf, distant, re- mote; bie Wgelegettljeit, dis- tance, remoteness. eitt'leiteit, lead in, introduce; bie Cfmt'leitmtg, introduction. gelei'teit, escort (lead with); bd r escort, safe-conduct; ber (Skleit^'fcrief, passport. ; legen, legte, gelegt, lay (make lie) : as, bie ^tt'gelegettfjeit, concern (lying next you), bie (SJete^ettljeit, opportunity (lying together). 78, 2. t>erle / gett, lying apart, scattered, perplexed; bie SBerle^ettljeit, per- plexity. 80,3- nterfett, merfte, gcmcrlt f mark, notice: as, merfBar, merflir^, perceptible. merFttiutbig, noteworthy ; ttJiirbigleit, remarkableness. an'merf en f mark, note ; bie fung r note. mogett, ntor^te, gemo^t, may, be bie SDfaufjt, power ; marfjttg, power- ful; fi^ Bemari^^tgett, tafce pos- session o/; bie ^UFtttfldjt, omni- potence; bie D^tttat^t, weak- ness ; oljn'madjtig, powerless ; bie superiority ; bie oiuer. ber $hit, /iear, spirit: as, bie 5ttt / ntut f charm (next to your heart); att'ttUlttg, charming. bie ^>e / mut f humility; be / miittg f humble; be^iittgen, humiliate. ba (^ctttitt 7 , feelings; gemiit^id), kind (full of feelings); bie e= miit^i^fett, sociability. 78,2. ber ^otyntttt, pri(?e (high spirit), in- solence; I)0d) / muttg, insolent. mutig, spirited, courageous. spiritless; bie 3)lttt / Ioftg= aufmerfew, marfc, put down ; an^- merffam, attentive; bie Slufmerf* famleit, attention. Bettter x fett, observe (note much); bie SBemet/fttttg, remark. 76, i. as, bie ^Jlagb, maid (able one); ba3 miigltrf), possible; miigltdjft, most possible; bie ^ijg 7 ^^^^, possi- bility. tjettttii / gett, have power; ba %$w* mii / gett f means, fortune. hit, dejection. ber U x 5crmut f haughtiness; ii'fiet* tttiittg, haughty. nermit / ten f suppose, guess ; &enmtt /5 (it^| f likely, probable; bte$ermu /s tuttg, supposition, presumption. bie ^Bef^mut, sadness; ttie^miitig, sad. ^mutett, require, demand (have to your liking) ; bie ^^INtttttttg, de- mand. 126 A GERMAN DRILL BOOK i nad), toward, after; nafje, uhljcr, am ntidjften, near: as, bnnnrt)', thereupon (after that). bcmimd)', accordingly. bcr Wadibnr, netyrtaor; 1 bie Had)': barfdjaft, ndan&orflood. nartjbcm', a/ter that, when. naaVgeben, give in to; nadj'flicbifl, yielding. nadjfjer', afterwards. bcr Wnrtucil, >li*adtantaye (after part). bciiin'lie, almost, nearly (near by). Me Wftlpe, nearneu; fid) nat)ern r ap- proach. , / ' time, by and by. , next, first qf all. itcljmcn, iinlim, flniommcii. ab'netjmen, decrease (take off). an'netjmett, receive (take beside you); an'genefim, agreeable. nut ncljmeit, take up, receive. attl'nefymen, ouf, except;* bie c, '.rception. teirnetjmeit, /afce part in; toil ucruclj'incii, perceive, under*/ bie ^ernunft x f understanding, reason ; uerniiiif'tig, reasonable; oernunft'lod, unreaona6/e. uur uchrn, no6ie,din^uwAed (taken 3 raten, ricr, geratcn, ber 9tat, counsel; bad townhall. erra'tcu, out, solve. *1S,i. before others). ju'ncbmcn, increase (take to); bad SH iteljmeu, increase. i, advise, counsel: as, , tools, furniture. 78, a. betray (advise badly); ber Sertttf, treason; ber 8er* ro'ter, traitor; uerro'ierifoX treacherous. 80, 3. puz- Mc OJcmcin'bcrnt, Common council gcra'ten, come upon, get into. 78, 2. ber $or'rat f atore (counsel before- hand), provision . s rcd)t f right, just ; rtd)ten f moJke right, raise, erect: as, ber Mtrffter, judge. auf'red)t r upright, erect. bad geredjt', ju*t (made right); bie redj'rigfett, justice, lorongr. rii^ttg r riciht, correct; bie !eit f correctness; a <, honest. ' t judgment, court. j, direction. benaoYridjrigen, inform, advise. beridj'ten, report; ber Serir^^, re- port, minutes. ciu'rtdjren, put right, regulate; btc | f arrangement. fcufrcr^t, perpendicular. ^bar, -6or = S5auer f peasant, 6oor. 2 except from Latin ex, out, capio, take. * provision from Latin pro, before, vided, see; cf. "provi- dent," "prudent." WORD GROUPS 127 wttettidj'ten, instruct, teach; ber ttn'tettidjt, instruction. n, raafce read?/ (put right) ; bie Su'tidjtttttg, preparation. fdjeiben, fdjieb, gefdjieben, separate, part, divide: as, ofc'fdjeiben, part, depart; ber $&'= fd)ieb, departure, dismissal. fcefrfjei'ben, allot (put in parts), in- form, order; ber SBefdjeib', an- swer, information ; fcefdjei'ben, modest (as allotted); 1 bie 23e= fc^ei x ben^eit f modesty. entfrfjeFben, decide; 2 bie ntf^ct 72 bnng f decision; cntfc^te^cn, de- termined ; bie ^ntf ^ic^cn^cit, de- termination. 77,i. nntetf djei'ben, distinguish (separate from each other); ber tttt / ter= fdjieb, difference; unierfdjie'ben, distinct. tJcraB^icbcn, dismiss. 8 80,3. tierft^ic / bctt r different (put apart), 80,3. piece o/ wood (part). ber (5djettel f crown of the head. fdjettent, ?>e wrecked (split to pieces), be thwarted. fdjte&ett, fd)0& r 0efc^o6ctt f shove, push: as, ber Sdjttfc, s/iove, pus/i ; bag f ar^ f bie StffuFlabe, drawer ; Sr^ttb^cttftc^ sas/i; ber fatten, wheelbarrow. Utt / tetfrf|iel6cn r push under, substi- tute; bie ttn^etfdjiefcnng, substi- tution, forging. n f deto^ (push away) ; bie SBetfrfjte^nng, delay. 80,3. bie Sdjanfel f shovel. r gcft^lagcn, s^fce: as, ber @r^lag f stroke, blow ; frfj(agcnb f striking, convincing; ber 'k, castle. bcr Srt?lH'X "*d, conclusion; ber 3rt)liificl, key. mi-:- fdilicfccii, hut out, exclude; a no iriilicfjlidj, exclusive. n, close, resolve; 1 resolution. 76, i . fdjrcibcn, fdjricb, flcfdiriebcn, write bcr 3rt)rctbcr, writer, clerk-. bic 3d|rift, /',-,/ itad)'ftcf)cn, be inferior to. u be n't i -licit, overcome, endure. bcr Um'ftanb, circumstance. fid) uittcrftc'fyen, undertake. Dcrftc'fjcn, underhand (make stand apart from other things); bcr ftcllcit, ftclltc, flcftcllt, rut, place: Me 3tclic r place, situation; bie rtclluiifl, situation; bie eftnlt , ./i.'/ '/re (put together, 7.v on'ftcllcn, arrange; bic Slnftn: : ucrnit'ftaltcii, arrange. n, exhibit ; bic autf'ftcUmig, 'ttl)tcn, pay m installments. bie Qitt5aJ)l, singular (one number) ; Me SJlefjrsaljl, plural. 5af)len, pay (by counting out jteljett, sag, g^ogen, draw, pull: as, ber 3 u 0r train, feature (line of the money); 2 Bc^a^lctt, sei^e (pay completely), pay for. 76, i . fyfett, count; auf^aljlett, count up, enumerate ; er^alj 7 (cn f recount (count through), narrate; 2 bie ate, sfory. 78, i. face); bie ^ttflfafy &er Sitft$ttg f current of air ; ber Stifld, bridle; ^, unbridled. n, draw? o^; bet 5lb5itg, n, draio on, dress; ber 5ln= g, clothes. n f draw up; ber 9luf$ttg f aci (of a play; drawing up of curtain). au^teJjCtt, draw out, undress, move out; ber 5ttt3ug, moving. fce^ie^en, draw over, refer; ber SBe^ug 7 , reference. eitt^teljett, draw in, move in; ber ($tttttg f entrance. tt, educate; 3 bi education. 78, i. ber ir&erateljer, overcoat. distort (pull out of shape), spo^L 80,3. . , de^ay (pull aside). 80,3. , draw before, prefer ; ber ^Bor^ug, preference ; toQt$u$'l\tf) f preferable. bie Sttdjt, breeding, training ; $fy ten, Zrain; pr^^igcn, discipline^ bie SwytfjJWtg, discipline. ^ogetttb, hesitating (pulling). 5tttfen f ^w^c/i, (draw quickly); ber gtttf, twitch; Ctttptf / cn f ^rans- por^ (snatch a person out of himself); ba ttt^ii^Ctt, rap- ture ; cnt^iirf / cnb f enchanting ; , enraptured. 77, i, 80, 3. 1 inhabit from Latin in, in, habito, dwell. 2 Cf. "toll," "tale," "tell." 8 educate from Latin educo, draw cw. 134 A GERMAN hi: ILL HOOK Important Scientific Words Ab'stossung, die, repulsion An'ziehung, die, attraction Aus'dehnung, die, extension Bestand'teil, der, constituent part Be we is 7 , der, proof Bezie'hung, die, relation Blei, das, lead Bo'genlicht, das, arc-light Brechung, die, refraction Brennstoff, der,/uef Dampf, der, vapor, steam Dampf 'machine, die, steam engine Dichte, die, density Draht, der, wire Drei'eck, das, triangle Durch'messer, der, diameter Durch'schnitt, der, cross section Ebene, die, plane Eisen, das, iron Elastizitat', die, elasticity Entwick'lung, die, development Erkla'rung, die, explanation Erschei'nung, die, phenomenon Erstar'ren, das, freezing Erwar'mung, die, heating Fa'higkeit, die, capacity Fernrohr, das, telescope Feuch'tigkeit, die, moisture Fliehkraft, die, centrifugal force fliichtig, volatile Gefass', das, vessel Gefrier'punkt, der, freezing point Geschwin'digkeit, die, velocity Gesetz', das, law Gewicht', das, weight Gleich / gewicht, das, equilibrium Gletscher, der, oJacier Grad, der, degree Grosse, die, magnitude Harte, die, hardness Hebel, der, lever Holz'kohle, die, charcoal Koh'lensaure, die, carbonic acid Koh'lenstoff, der, carbon Kreide, die, chalk Leitcr, der, conductor Losung, die, solution Merkur 7 , der, mercury Messing, das, 6ra* Molekiir, das, molecule Nicht'leiter, der, nonconductor (Xberflache, die, surface Pulvcr, daa, powder Raum'inhalt, der, volume, content* Rohr, das, tube Salpe'tersaure, die, nitric acid Salz'sAure, die, hydrochloric acid Saa'erstoff, der, oxygen Schale, die, scale Schwefel, der, sulphur Schwe'fclsaure, die, sulphuric acid Schwerkraft, die,/orce of gravity Schwerpunkt, der, centre' of gravity senkrecht, vertical Sie'depunkt, der, boiling point Spannkraft, die, elasticity Spannung, die, tension Stein'kohle, die, coal Stickstoff , der, nitrogen Taupunkt, der, dew-point Teil^arkeit, die, divisibility Tragheit, die, inertia Veran'derung, die, change Verdich x tung, die, condensation Verdun r stung, die, evaporation Vergros'serungsglas, das, microscope Verhalt'nis, das, relation, ratio Vorgang, der, process Was^erstoff, der, hydrogen Zinn, das, tin MATERIALS FOB TRANSLATION 135 MATERIALS FOR TRANSLATION AT SIGHT 1. Are these children the sons of my friend? 2. Where were I the ladies and the gentlemen ? 3. The man with the white hat is an old general. 4. Henry will write a longer letter than his older brother. 5. All those whom I have loved, and with whom I have lived, have died. 6. You did not like to do it. 7. The gates of the town, which are now closed, will be opened to-morrow. 8. When I arrived yesterday, it was quite dark. 1. The largest men are not always the strongest. 2. Lay this 2 pen beside the books which you will find on my table. 3. He has fallen and broken his arm. 4. Which of these books is yours? 5. Has your book been found? 6. If I had seen him, I should have asked him for it. 7. When he arrived at home, he was not able to find his father. 8. Whose house is that in the midst of the village? 9. Do not forget to take your dog with you. 1. It was the largest wolf that I had ever seen. 2. A large dog 3 lies before his father's house. 3. If he had gone home earlier, he would not have seen my brother. 4. We have beautiful trees, but the trees in the great forest are the most beautiful. 5. If he had not fallen into the water, he would not have become ill. 6. The letter which you have in your hand is from my sister, who is now in Ger- many. 7. His coat and mine will be carried to the tailor. 8. Have you copied the letters? 1. The larger of these two little children is my brother's oldest 4 son. 2. Whose child was it we saw at school with you yesterday? 3. They were sitting beside me, but later they arose and seated themselves at the window. 4. We bought our knives of the same merchant, but my brother's is better than mine. 5. When her father returned from town, she had gone out. 6. I am not going to town to-day because I am afraid it will rain. 7. If I had seen him, I should have told him* that you were not coming. 8. Have you found the cane which was given you by your teacher? 9. In whose room did you find it? 1:; ' ; A GERMAN mill. I. BOOK 1 1. Win n rviiin- came, he went home. 2. We found the "little hM>k nu tli- tahl.- att.-r he had gone to town. .".. < >ur Lranh-n i- lanr-T tli:iu th. irs, and his is as large as ours. 4. I went to tin m, and gave him her j.r. -ttv ki. That tall old man is my fat! h.-M friend. 6. They know you, but they do not know your sons. 7. Have you the knife that your sister gave you? No, I have lost it. 8. Whose book was it you were reading from this morning? 2 1 That poor peasant, of whom we were speaking, has become my ml. -'. You must tell me the story of his three industrious sons. 3. His oldest son was seen in th.- village, hut we were not able to find him. I. Whose house is that before which the beggar stands? 5. I was sick and could not com-, hut I hope that I shall be able to come the next time. 6. Louise, you have had that book in your hand the whole morning. Why are you always reading? Do you not know that we have much to do to-day? 7. But. mv dear aunt, this is really one of the most interesting works that I ever ivad. It was written h\ a t 'n. nl of mim-. It pleases me very much; you can see everything as clearly as if you were really there. 3 1. We were at home yesterday when he came back from town. 2. While he was doing this, she came to the door. 3. I know that you knew it last night. 4. When the sun goes down, it becomes dark. :>. I low do you do, Fred? When did you arrive? 6. I have just arrived on the express from Paris. I left Paris this morning. At a quarter of five I start for Berlin. 7. I was not able to come earlier because I had no money with me. 4 1. Do you know that old man in the black coat? 2. That is the man who lives in the big house at the other end of the village. 3. I have told you everything that I know. 4. If you come again to- morrow evening, you will surely find me at home. 5. I came home early, found your letter on my table, read it through, wrote a short answer, and then went to bed. 6. Poor Lehmann! He had just come to town. As he had nothing else to do, he took a walk. He had not gone far when he met an officer, who asked him where he lived. He was unable to answer, because he had forgotten the name of his hotel. So they locked him up. MATERIALS FOR TRANSLATION 137 1. When I went into the house, I saw a little boy lying in bed. i 2. He looked at me and said, "Tell me a good story if you know one." 3. I answered that I had just read some fairy tales, and would repeat one of them to him. 4. I asked him if he could eat anything, and offered him an apple. 5. He bit the apple, but had no appetite, and could not eat it. 6. If I could have taken him out of his little room to a better house in the country, he would have felt better at once. 7. He longed continually to see the green fields, and hear the birds sing. 8. As the days grew longer, he became stronger, and could get up and go to the window. 9. Finally, when the warm days came, he was able to go out and play with the other boys. 1. What does he call her? 2. I don't know. 3. Don't you 2 know her? 4. No, but I know that he knows her. 5. I thought so; for he brought her some flowers. 6. Yes, I think he became acquainted with her yesterday. 7. What do you think of him? 8. I haven't thought much about him, but I think he is now doing his best. 1. He has not been able to come. 2. Have you heard him say 3 that? 3. He should have said it. 4. Don't you like to read? 5. Yes, but I had rather go out. 6. When did you send for him? 7. We have already sent word to them. 8. They are said to be poor. 1. Many years ago, a young man lived with his wife in a forest. 4 2. These good people had a pretty little child, which they loved dearly. 3. One day the child went into the forest, but could not return home, for it had lost its way. 4. A good old man, however, found the child, took it by the hand, and led it home. 1. In my sister's little garden were tall trees, in which the birds 5 sang the whole day. 2. There were also many pretty flowers. 3. When evening came, the birds and the flowers closed their eyes and fell asleep. 4. My sister often sat on a bench under the trees, and read from the book which our father had given her. 5. The summer has gone, and the autumn is here ; but my sister is ill, and goes no more into the garden. 138 A GERM A* I >lill. I. BOOK 1 A good father was once walking in a garden with his little son. In tlii- '_r:ml.'!i were most beautiful fruits and flowers. "Our hearts," said the father, "are gardens, and the Lord God is the gardener." u Why does the gardener cut the trees with his sharp knife?" asked th. IM.V 1 hat tli, y may bear better fruit," answered the father. 5 2 A few years ago, a beggar met a poor youth in the street, and said to him, "Please give me some money." u I have none," replied the lad, "but if you go to the large house that stands at the corner of this street, the rich man who lives in it will perhaps help you ; for he gives a great deal of money to the poor." The beggar went and 10 knocked on the door. A servant opened it, and asked what he wanted. II- did uu contented?" asked the rich man. "Yes, quite contented," an- he other. "Then what do you want with my house?" 5 2 Long ago, there lived in a great city a man who was called Kail. Hi- brother, Fritz by name, was a peasant. Fritz had a garden, in which were the most beautiful fruit trees. One day in spring, Karl went out to see his brother and his fruit trees. "My dear brother," said the farmer to Karl. - I will give you a young tree, the best that 10 I hav<-, which shall bear fruit for you and your children." The tree, however, bore no fruit. Karl then sent for hi* brother, and said, " See, my brother, it is now the fifth year, and my tree bears nothing but leaves." "Of course," answered the gardener; "for here it never sees the sun, and has only the cold winds." is 3 A few years ago, there lived in the old city W , on the sea, a rich merchant, who had ships, and bought and sold many things. He had a beautiful house. Everything in it was beautiful, the floors, the walls, the windows, the chairs, the books, and the pictures. His wife and his children were happy, and he had many 20 friends. The merchant is a poor man now, for the great ships have been lost at sea, and his fine house has been taken from him. His wife and his children are dead, and those who were once his friends have forsaken him. ^ 4 Once upon a time, there lived in a little village two children. One of these children was a boy, whose name was Reinhardt; the other, a pretty little rirl, was called Elizabeth. One day when they were playing together in the garden, Elizabeth wished that she had a summerhouse. Reinhardt always did everything that she wished; so and so with a few nails and a hammer he quickly built a little house. Then they sat together in it the whole afternoon, while Reinhardt told her what he would do when he became a man. 5 A you tli once met a man who several years before had been his her, and told him how poor he was. " II<>w many of my school- 35 MATERIALS FOB TRANSLATION 141 mates are rich and happy," he said, "but I have nothing at all. "Are you really so poor?" asked the master. "-You seem to me to have a fine body, large arms, strong hands, good ears, and sharp eyes. Would you rather be king than have these? "Certainly 5 not," answered the young man. "Then do not say that you are poor, when you have such riches." One evening a poor old horse was lying on the ground. He tried I to get up, but could not, because he had worked so hard all day long. At last he said to a dog that stood near him, "Our master seems to 10 think we do not suffer, because we can not speak." "Yes," said the dog, "I love my master, and would rather follow him all day into the woods than stay at home by the fire, or play with other dogs; but he often beats me, and does not give me enough to eat." is One day, an old man was sitting before the door of his little house, 2 in the country. It was a beautiful autumn day. The sun was shining, and the air was warm. The wind blew softly through the trees, from which rich, golden fruits were falling. A youth, who was sitting near, asked the old man why he was so contented. "My son," he 20 answered, "contentment, like every good thing, is a gift that comes from above. See these trees, the fruits of which I now enjoy. These trees I planted when I was young." The beautiful horse of a young peasant was stolen during the 3 night. When the man went to town to buy another, he was sur- 25 prised to see his own horse in the market. "This horse is mine," he said; "it was stolen three days ago." "Ko," said the man who had the horse," "it is mine. I have had it for a year." "Well," said the peasant, as he laid his hands on the horse's eyes, "in which eye is he blind?" "In the right," replied the other. "You are a 30 thief, and have lied," cried the peasant, "for he is not blind at all." The people who stood round laughed, and the young man took the horse, and went home. Long years ago, a dog and a rooster became friends, and began to 4 travel together. One evening, they could not reach a house, and 142 GERMAN DRILL BOOK must stay in the forest all niirht. Tin- rooster flew on a tree, and the dog crept into a tree that lay on the ground. Early th< n< \t morning, a fox came by, and saw the rooster on the tree. "Good morning, dear cousin," he said; "I haven't set>n you for a Ion- tim . Are you not hunim ' 1 1 you will come home with me, you shall have s plenty to eat. Will you come?" "Yes, indeed!" answered the rooster, " if you will take my friend along, who is sleeping in that tree. Please call him 1 The poor young man had to go through a great forest. In the midst of it. he saw an old man, who was cutting wood. "Good even- 10 ing," he said to him. "Good evening," said the old man. "You have a fine ham under your arm. \\h, rv did you get it?" There- upon the poor young man told him about it. - It is lucky for you," said the old man, "that you have met me. You can become the richest man on earth if you will take that ham into the land of the 15 dwarfs, and sell it to them. The entrance to that land is under tl.i- tree. Dwarfs like ham very much, but rarely get it. ]>ut you must not sell it for money. Sell it for the old handmill that stands behind the door 2 The battle (bie 6d)tad)t) lasted (foment) all day, but when evening came, the victory (bcr <8ieg) of the Christian ctjriftlid)) army (ba8 $eer) was sure and the Turks (bcr 2iirfe) had fled. They were pursued (toerfolgen) by the Polish (polnifdj) cavalry (Me SReiterei) for two hours, but the tired (mube) troops (bie Xruppen) finally had to turn back. On the morning after this great victory, King Sobieski entered (etnjieljen) 25 [into] Vienna. As the heat (bie $i$e) was great and the king was tired on account of the fatigues (bie fcnftrengung) of the previous (toorfcrgeljenb) day, he sat down upon a stone to rest a little before he entered the city. Afterwards the name of the king was cut (fymen) into the stone, and it remained there as a lasting (bauemb) memorial (ba3 $enhnal) of that noteworthy (benfnmrbtg) day. 3 But when Macbeth saw that a part of the words of the old women had been fulfilled (erfiillen), he began to think that he could also make himself king (use 311 with definite article before king). Now Macbeth had a wife, a very ambitious (efjrgei$ig), wicked woman; and when she 36 discovered (entbeden) her husband's desire, she encouraged (ertnutigen) MATERIALS FOR TRANSLATION 143 him in his wicked purpose (bie 2lbjtd)t) and tried (berjudjen) to persuade (iibergeitgen) him that the only way (ba3 SCRittel) to obtain (gettnnnen) the crown (bie rone) was to kill the good old king Duncan. Once upon a time there was a youth (ber Qiincjling), named Peter. I 5 He had two elder brothers, who were very unkind to him, and there- fore he often wished that he had never been born. One day, when he was walking in a forest, he met (treffen) an old woman, who asked him why he was so sad. He told her of his unkind brothers; and she advised him to go away and to try (berfudjen) his fortune (ba liicf) 10 in another place. "I will tell you what you must do," she said; "for I love you, and I am sure (uberjeugt) you will not forget me when you are rich and great." Peter said that he would not; and the old woman continued (fortfcifyren) : "I will show you a tree under which a great treasure (ber <5d)a|3) is hidden (tierbergen)." 15 A silly (a(bern) young shepherd (rirt) had several times alarmed 2 (a(arntieren) the peasants in his neighborhood (bie 91ad)barjdiaft) by cry- ing out that a wolf was carrying off one of his lambs (ba Samm). When then the men in the fields came running up (Ijerbet) , he laughed at (mtiSiadjefl) them and said it was only a joke (ber cfyerg). But one 20 day a wolf actually (nrirlltdj) broke into his fold (bie iirbe) ; and now the boy was punished (beftrafen) for his folly (bie Xorfjeit), for the men who heard his cries for help (ber ^ilferuf) paid (gave) no attention (bie SBeadjtung) to them. Thus it is always: He who lies (liigen) once, is not believed (him one does not believe) even when he speaks the 25 truth (bie SBafyrfjeit). A wealthy Arabian (arabifdj) merchant was walking in one of the 3 streets of Bagdad. He seemed to be very proud of (cmf) his gorgeous (prddjtig) dress (ba leib), which was studded (befefct) all over with costly (loftbar) jewels (ber Gbelftein). He was stared at (cmftarren) by all so whom he met, but particularly (befonberS) by a poorly- (fdjtedjt=) clad old dervish (3)erttrifd)), who finally bowed (fid) fcerbeugett) low before him and thanked him repeatedly (tt)ieberf)o(t) for his jewels. The merchant was surprised (iiberrafdjt) and remarked that he had never given him any jewels. "True," replied the dervish, "but you have given me 35 the pleasure of seeing them, and that is the only advantage (ber you yourself derive (have) from them. The only difference 144 A GERMAN mi ILL BOOK (tar Unterfct)icb) between us is that you have the trouble (bie HRftfje) of wearing and kefpinir tin-in: and tin* tronhl.- I do not desire." 1 When Dnisiis, the younir.-r hnih. r .f th,- , -mpt-i-or Tihrrins, on (bet) his l;i -Mil* O f , in Qerman in the Kiln- ,ttc tribe), there appeared befon him suddenly a Teutonic (ger 5 mnnifcl) priestess flkijtn in . who. with uplift. d < auffcben) hands, warn d him that her gods would nt p.-rmit him t> advamv iDomirfeii and that his own end was near. Seized (crgrcifen) with superstitious (abfrgiaul DniMi- tunn-d back (umfolmMi : hut 'ven (nod|) be- fore he could leave [the] German -oil .\r SJobcn), he was thn>\Mi i< (oblperfcn) from his horse, and suffered (crlcibcn injnri.-s (bie $< hnnl. An old lion lay in front of his den (bie $>itt)te), and was near to death. Many of the animals whose king he had been for is years were standing round him: there one could see the fox, the wolf, the bear, the ox, the horse, the ass, and many others. As long as the lion had been strong, they had all feared him; but since he was now almost dead, they knew that he could harm (fdxiben, dative) them no longer, and so they frit thrms< -ives safe (firfjcr). Some of at tin- holder ivniK'iKii' animals even (fogor) went up to nuf . . . $u) the dyinir king and taunted (Uerjpotten) him, and several kic k< d id)(agen) or hit him. 3 A big dog one day broke his leg. His master sent for (fjolen laffen) one of his friends who was a physician (bcr &r$t) and who succeeded 25 (I succeeded in finding him=*e3 gelanq mtr iiw \\\ finbcn) in curing (furicren) the dog. In a few weeks the faithful (treu) animal was well again, and ran about as before (5111) or). Two or three months later, when the doctor had almost forgotten the affair IMC WeiMnolite . lu- heard a dog bark (bellen) a long time under 30 his window. Opening it finally, to drive him away (meg jagen > , In- saw that it was his old patient (ber ^attcnfi and whom do yen think he had brought with him? Another dog with a broken leg. Wt'll, Leo," said the doctor, for that was the big dog's ami " you are not only shrewder (f lug) but also more grateful (ban! bar) than as most of my patients; only a few of them bring me new ones." MATERIALS FOE TRANSLATION 145 MATERIALS FOR TRANSLATION AT SIGHT In translating at sight, observe the following directions: 1. Read the German (aloud, if possible) three or four times. Never stop till you reach a period, for the principal verb may stand there. Do not get discouraged if you do not understand much at the first reading. Keep trying. 2. Separate compound words into their parts. 3. Guess the meaning of new words according to the context. Omit nothing. 4. Read the German once more. 5. Write your translation as nearly in the German order as sense will allow (see Preface, page iv). @m armer SKann ftofynte in enter iitte. (r fjatte nur ein toe^ nig trof) unb ^roei tiitjle. $)a trof) ftmr fein 95ett. (ine $lbenb3 mar er feljr mitbe unb tegte fid) frill) nieber. 23alb jd)tief er ein. 11m SRttternadjt frrcu^eti fttoei iebe in bie iitte ein, um ettna 5 $n fteljlett. (3 tear feljr finfter nnb fie fatten fein Sidjt. 2)afjer toaren fie gejttJitngen mit ben ^cinben Idng ben SBanben 5n fudjen, nm etma ju finben. @iner t)on i^nenjuarf einen Stu^I nieber. SDa erciufd) mecfte ben armen SRann auf. r falj bie 2)iebe, merfte i^re 9tbfta|t nnb fagte : ,,S^ r feib gtoe Soren. 3^r Ijofft 10 ^ier ettua be^ 9ladE)t 511 finben, unb id) finbe ^ier md^t am Sage." t)on fieben S^^ r ^ U)ar fefjr tDo^ner be ^)orfe belDunberten i^n unb fpradjen t)tet t>on i^m. SDer ^Jfarrer be X>orfe ^orte don bent Snaben unb tt)unfd)te i^n p fe^en. ine Jage begegnete er feinem SSater auf ber tra^e unb 15 fagte ^u ifynt : ,,^d^ ^abe t)iel bon 3^ tem o^ne ge^ort unb toiinfdje i^n ^u fe^en. S3ringen ie iljn bod) ntorgen p tnir." S)en ben Sag brad)te ber SKann ben Snaben jum ^?farrer. ^)er ^ fagte ^unt Snaben: , f age mir, ntein Sinb, mo ott ift f unb id) gebe bir einen 2lpfet." S)er ^nabe anttDortete f^nett: ,,agen ie mir, 20 tt)o ott nid)t ift r unb id) gebe ^fynzn jtDei A GERMAN DRILL BOOK ben Mcberlanbcn roar cine blutige 2d)ladn gclicicrt roorbcn. D(cn)d)en roarcn auf bem Sd)lad)tfelbc gcbliebcn. Gin irlan bifdjcr Cffijicr roar fdtjroer oerronnbet unb lag auf bcr Grbc. s .K'idn unn't lum it)in lag cin gemcincr 2ole-at. lio'cr roar and) fdfjrocr ocrronnbet nnb battc grof;e 2d)incr5cn. 1al)cr fd)ric cr febv ;cr crtrng cv cine ;{ct lang ; abcr cnblid^ rourbc cr unroilliei nnb fagte: M SBad madden 2ie ba fur cinen VannV 3ie glauben roo^l gar, Sic allein finb bier tot gcfdfjoffen roorbcn ." Gin ^?farrcr prcbigtc fcfjr f^led^t. 3)ic ficute fdfjliefcn oft in ftirc^c cin. 91 bcr cr roar rcid), Icbtc gut unb lub oft cinigc 10 grcunbc \n Jifd)c cin. Gincn 2onntag battc cr cinen Arcnnb bci { i fid^, unb cin guteo iVJittagvcffcn rourbc aufgctragcn. s .Kad) bem Gffcn ' fagte er $u feinem Srcunbc : ,,?\e$t fonyjicii fie mit mir in bic Mird)c nnb bin-en 2ie mid) prcbigen." , r v janni 2ie mid) bod) fn'cr," fagte fein Jvreunb. ..^dbJQiin au^ t)icr rcd)t gut fd&lafcn." 15 bem Jorc ftaub ciu ^au^, barm roo^ntcn ^mci I'cnte, bic batten uur cin fiiub, ciu gau^ flcincd s J)Jdbc^cn. S)a^ nanntcn ftc olbto$tcrd)cn. Gincd 3D?orgcu^ gc^t bie Gutter friil) in bic Mitd)c r 2Kitd^ 511 ^olcu; ba ftcigt bad itinb and bcm 93ett unb ftcllt fid^ in bie $autiir. Gd tt)ar cin unmbcrfd)oncr 2ommcrmorgcn, unb 20 line ba fitnb in ber .\>auotur ftcbt, bcnft c? : rr $icQcid^t rcguct c* morgcu ; ba ift'd bcffcr, bu gc^ft bcutc fpajicrcn." SBte'S fo bcnft, gc^t'd aud^ fcijon; lanft bintero ^)au^ in ben arten unb Don bcm artcn an ben Strom. Xa ftebt bie Crntc mit ihrcn ^ungcn, allc gotbgelb, unb Iduft olbtod)terrf)cn cntgegen, a( menu fie e frcffcn uun'lte. olbt5(J)tcr(^en fiir, olbtod)terd)cn ! 3^ ^ttc bid^ gar ntd)t erf aunt. 93ic gcbt c* bir bcnnV ^>ic gebt c^ benn bcinem ^)crrn SSatcr unb bcincr Jvrau Gutter V Tao in rcd^t fd^on, ba bu un* bcfudjft. 2)a6 ift cine grofec G^re fiir un." 30 ^sn ctncni Jorfe mo^ntcn jroei ^eute, bie beibe bcnfelben 9lamcn fatten, iknbc bicftcn Mlaiiv, abcr bcr cine bcfaft Dicr MATERIALS FOR TRANSLATION 147 unb ber anbre nut ein ein^igeg. 9Kcm nannte ben, ber bier ^Pferbe Ijatte, ben groften Slang, unb ben, ber nur ein einjigeS $Pferb fjatte, ben Heinen Slang. S)ie gan^e 28od)e ijinburd) mn^te ber Heine Slang fiir ben grofsen Slang arbeiten nnb iljm fein 5 ein^igeg $J5ferb leifyen ; bann Ijalf ber grofse Slang il)m ftrieber mit feinen bier ^5ferben aug, aber nnr einmat toocfyentlicl), nnb bag ftmr beg onntagg. nffa! ft)ie gtiidlidj toar nnn ber Heine Slang! 2lffe fiinf ^ferbe toaren ja nnn jo gut tt)ie fein an bem einen Jage. )ie onne fdE)ien ^errliii) unb atte lotfen im Sird)^ 10 tnrme lanteten, bie Sente gingen mit bem efangbttcfye nnterm 5lrme $ur Sirdje ; fie fa^en ben Heinen Slaug, ber mit fiinf ^5fer- ben pfliigte ; aber ber ttmr fo bergniigt, baf$ er immer tnieber rief : ,,D aHe meine 5|3ferbe!" @g war eimnal ein Soniggfo^n; niemanb ^atte fo biele f^one is Siicfyer tr)ie er ; atteg, mag in biefer SBelt gef(^el)en mar, bon jebem SSolle unb jebem Sanbe, fonnte er barin .lefen; aber mo ber (Garten beg ^3arabiefeg ju finben fei, babon,ftanb._!ein SSort barin; unb ber, gerabe ber mar eg, tooran er am metften bg^Jfi*. eine ro^mntter ^atte i^m er^a^It, atg er nod^ f(ein tDar, aber an= 20 fangen fottte, in bie @d)ule ju^e^en^ ba jeb.e Slume in bem ten biefeg ^Sarabiefeg ber fii^efte Sncfyeh ' tDcire ; auf ber einen Stume ftanbe ef(^i(^te, auf ber anbern (Seograp^ie ; man braucfye nur Su^en ^u effen, fo fonne man feine Seftion; je me^r man effe^ um fo me!)r @efi^i(i)te unb eograpljie lerne man. 2)ag 25 glaubte er bamalg. 2tber f(^on, alg er ein gro^erer Snabe ttmrbe, me^r Ier^t| unb Hiiger ttmrb,_begriff er tDO^I, ba eine gan anbre errlid)!eft in bem arten beg ^3arabiefeg fein mitffe. Sn S^ina, iDei^t bu tDo^I, ift ber Saifer ein Kljinefe, unb aKe, 2 bie er um fid) fjat, finb au(i) K^inefen. g ift nun biele $al)re so ^er, aber eben begfjalb ift eg ber SRii^e toert, bie ef^i^te ^u ^oren, e^e fie bergeffen tuirb. S)eg Saiferg @d^Io tuar bag prddE)ttgfte in ber SBelt, gan$ unb gar bon feinem ^?orettan, fe^r 148 A GJHtJMA I HULL HOOK foftbar. 3 IN (Barton fa 1) man bie nninoerbanten 5Mnmcn, unb an bie pradniajten roarcn 2ilbera,lorfcn gcbunbcn, bio flangen, bamit man nid)t iiorboigoljou mbdjtc, obne bie tinmen ,yi bomorfon. Unb ber (Barton entredte fid) fo roeit, bajj bcr farmer fclbft bad Cinbe baDon nid)t fannte. ing man immor rocitcr, fo fain man s in ben berrlid)ftcn 3Balb mit fyofycn Caiimcn unb tiofon 2een. S)er SBalb ging gerabo binunter bi* $um SRecrc, bad blau unb tief roar; grofje Sdfciffe lonnten bid unter bie droeigc bor Canine bin fegcln, unb in Meien roobnto oinc 9tad)tigaH, bio fo Ijorrlic^ fang, baft fclbft ber anno J\ifd)er, ber bod) in'ol anbrcd ju tun Ijattc, 10 ftillbiclt unb bord)tc, rocnn cr bed 9{a4td audgcfa^ren roar, um bad 8fifcl)net aud.ynoenen, unb bann bic 9{a^tigaQ fjortc. M x Jld), tine ift bad fdf)dn!" fagtc cr. 1 liine altlidK grau fafe am gcuer nnb roarf ein Stud ^0(5 nad) bem anbcrn hincin. ,,Womm nur na'ljcr!" fagtc fie; jefte bic^ and ^ener, bamit bcino Mleiber trocfcn rocrbon." w ^)ier jie^t e0 feljr!" fagto ber ^rin,^ unb fctyte ftd^ auf ben guBbobcn niobor. w Dad roirb nod) fd)led)tor rocrbcn, rocuii meine 2obno nad) ^paufe fom= men!" crroibcrtc bie Jvrau. ,,Iu bift bier in ber ^o^le bcr SBinbe; meine So' hue finb bie in'er ^inbc ber SSclt; fannft bu bad Der* ftebenV" M 2So finb beine ofjne? 11 fragte bcr ^Jrin$. ,,$a, es ift fdiroer $u antroortcn, rocnn man bumm gefragt roirb," fagte bie /Jvrau. ,,^Jioino 2bbne fpiclon JcbcrbaH mit bcu SBoIfen bort oben." Unb babci ^eigte fte in bie olje. M 9lber ba ^aben roir ben einen!" Gd roar ber SWorbroinb, bor mit cincr cifigcn fialte 25 ^ercintrat; grofjc .oagclforncr ^u'pften auf bem gugbobcn ()in f unb Sd)ncef(ocfen ftogen um^er; lange Gtd^apfen l)ingen i^m am Sartc; unb ein Jpagetforn nac^ bem anbern glitt if)m doit bem Sragen ber ^ade ^eruntcr. 2 {v* tear ein Better ^erbfttag. 2)runtcn im Jalc fatten bie 93aume fc^ou gclbe flatter, boi into brobcn rourbcn jotu crft bic ftirfd^en reif. .Jd) fling Don bcr Sd^ule ^eim, fjatte meincn Sd^ulfacf urn- MATERIALS FOR TRANSLATION 149 Ijangen unb fang fo bor mid) l)in. >a fjorte id) Ijintcr mir etftm3, id) fa!) mid) urn, imb ba !am em ttmnberfcfyoner 28agen bafjer. Sroben fa em SKann unb Ijatte eine olbatenmuije auf bent Sopfe. $d) ftanb [till, ber SSagen lam naljer, ber SKcmn Ijatte 5 grime 2lugen, aber nein, ba ttmr nnr eine griine Grille. 3d) ftanb fM, tt)ie toenn id) gar nid)t meljr bom ^Sla^e lonnte. 28of)in ttritt ber? )er SSeg fii^rt ja nitr 511 nn. a 5pferb f ber SBagen unb ber 3JJann famen tmmer na^er. 3Kit einem Sprung toar ber 2Kann t)om @i^e Ijerunter, er ^atte ^ol)e f gldn= 10 5enbe tiefet an. rr Somm f Sinb," fagte er, ,,id) fal)re bi(^ nad) bent ^ofe beine SSater^." 3d) lonnte fein 2Bort ^erau^bringen. r na^m mid) um ben Seib unb ^ob mi(^ tnie einen SSatt auf ben fd^onen SSagen, fprang tt)ieber ^inauf unb fort ging' note ge^ flogen. 15 S)er StRann fragte mid), true alt tc^ fet, t(^ antluortete: tc^ ge^ r i tn 3)rei5ef)nte. f ,S)u bift no^ !Iein f " fagte er, unb meine anb faffenb: , f 3)einen gtngern nac^ tuirft bu aber nod) grofj, lannft fo gro tt)erben, tt)ie betn SSater." ^)iefe ^J?rop^e5ei^ung, unb fie ift tDa^r getuorben, f)at mid^ fe^r gefreut, benn id) bin gar nid^t 20 gern fo Itein getDefen. 3^ fragte tfjn, marum er eine grime Grille auf ^abe, unb al er mir erflarte, ba er fd^Iimme 5lugen ^abe, er^a^Ite id) tf)m, ic^ ^atte aud^ fd^Iimme ^tugen ge^abt, aber fei baburd) ge^eilt tDorben, ba id^ ein frifcf)getegte Si, folang e nod) ttwrm ift, auf bie Slugen legen mu^te. w a merbe id) aud) 25 tun. 3d) banle Mr," fagte ber SKann. $d) ^atte aHe SIngft ber^ loren unb mid) bon ^er^en gefreut, bafs id^ and) fd^on einen 9Ken- f(l)en ^eilen lonnte. 9(l tt)ir ben 33erg ^inauffuljren, muf$te id) bent SKann meine @d)utt)efte ^eigen; er lobte mify, bafc id^ fo fd)on fd^reiben lonne, id^ fagte, Sopfred)nen lonne ic!) nodf) beffer. r so fteltte mir nun 5lufgaben, id^ brad)te fie aHe ^erau, unb er fagte: ,,S)u bift ja gan gef^idt, unb ^itbfi^ bift bu aud)." $a, td^ luar bod) nod) ein tnb, aber e gibt nid)t d^timmere, ate 1 > {) A GERMAN DRILL BO<>h cincm fiinbc fo ctroaS ju fagcn. Tic 2d)lana.c im parable* hat goroifi and) 311 bcr Crim a,ciaa.t : ,,C wic idu'n, roie uwnbcrfd)on bin bu!" 1 3" cincr fleiiien 2tabt, nicfjt roctt Don bcm Crtc, mo id) roofpitc. lebte cinmal ciu jungcr SRann, bcr immcr ungliirflid) war. a 5 befdf)lo& cr, in bio iiu-itc SBclt $u geben. ,,2dUcdmT faun'* nim - mcr HH'rbcn." ba^tc cr: ,,uidlcid)t wirb'v &cfl ftcdte ba^ hn all join Mdb in bio Jautc unb manbcrte jum lor tjinauS. SSor bent Jor anf bcr ftcincrncn 3}ritdc blicb cr nod) cinmal ftclKii. Cr fa^ in$ SBaffcr l)inab unb cd rourbc i^m gar trau 10 rig um$ ^pcr^. S^ toar ifjm faft, a(^ rocnn c cin Uurcdit unirc, Me 2tabt, in bcr cr fo longc gclcbt, ju Dcrloffcn. Unb iucllcid)t battc cr nod^ Inngc fo gcftanbcn, menu il)in nic^t p!5fr* lid) bcr SBinb ben .\Sitt uom Mmn'c gcwcht nnb in ben Sl"6 ge= tDorfcn battc. Ta cninuttc cr ano icincn Jraumen, abcr bcr $ut is war }d)on nntcr bcr ^riicfc jortgcfd)roommen nnb tanjtc auf bcr nnbcrn 2citc mitten im 2trom: unb jcbc^mal, menu il)ii cine SScIIc ljod)()ob, fd^ien cr jurucf^urufcn: ,,xHbicn! id) rcifc, blcibc bu \n -vain'c, wcnn bu mittft!". So mad)te cr fid^ bcnn oljnc auf ben SScg. 20 2 s JJad)bcm cr mebrcrc SBod^cn geroanbert roar, o()nc 5u miff en roofyin, fam cr cincd lagc^ an cincn rounbcrDoIlcn grofecn artcn. 3[n bcr 3)tittc bc^ artcn^ fafy man untcr ben Sdumcn ein ftatt= ltdicy Sd^lofe. Tic ulbcrncn Tad)cr blitucn in ber onne unb t)on ben lurmen rocljten buntc Banner. Snblid^ fanb cr einen 25 grofeen offenftcf)enben Jorrocg, Don bent cine (ange fdjattige 5lllee gerabe auf bag Sd)lo& fii^rte. 3m arten felbft mar atte ftitt; fein SKcnfd) lieu fid) fcbcn obcr ^orcn. s Jlm Jo re l)tng cine 2afcl. ,,?lba!" bad^te er f ,,roie gemo^nlid^! roenn man an einem red^t fdjonen arten Dorbci!ommt r mo bie Jorc offen fte^en, bann 30 fjangt immcr cine Jafel baneben, morauf fte^t f ba bcr Gintritt berboten ift. 11 Gr fa^ jebod^, bafc er fid^ bie^mat tdufd^tc, benn MATERIALS FOR TRANSLATION cwf ber Zafct ftanb ntdjtg al: ,,ier barf nid)t getoeint toerben!" $)arauf trat er in ben Garten ein. ,,28arum fcerftecfft bu bid)?" rief fie. ,,9Bittft bu mir $8ofe tun ober fiircfyteft bu bid!) fcor mir?" 3) a trat er 5ttternb 5 fjinter bent Sufd) Berber. ,,u tuft mir nid)t!" fagte fie lacfyenb. ,,Somnt f)er, fee bid) ein ftenig $u mir; meine efpielinnen finb atte fortgelaufen unb fjaben mid) attein gelaffen. S)u lannft mir etttmS red)t ^itbf(^e er^a^ten, aber etn?a ^um ad)en f ^orft bu? Stber bu fteljft ja fo traurig au! 28a fe^It bir benn? SSenn 10 bu fein fo ftnftere efid)t madjteft, mareft bu toirllid) ein ganj ^iibf(i)er Snabe." ,,28enn bu e ^aben tt)tttft f " anttDortete er, ,,tt)iH id^ mi<^ tDO^I einen Sugenblicf ^u bir fe^en. 9lber tDer bift bu benn? 3>d() Vbe ja nod^ nie ettrm fo @d^6ne gefel)en tt)ie bid)!" ,,3d() bin bie ^rin^effin lud^linb unb bie ift meine 15 $ater arten." f ,28a mad^ft bu benn f)ier fo attein?" ,,$d) fiittere meine olbfifdje." ,,Unb toenn bu bamit fertig bift." M S)ann lommen meine efpielinnen niieber unb bann tad)en tt)ir unb fingen unb tauten." ff ^ r tt)a bu fiir ein gliic!ti^e Seben fiiljrft! Unb ba gef)t fo atte Sage!" ,,Sa f atte Sage! 9?un fage 20 aber aud^ einmal, tuer bu bift unb ftne bu ^ei^t." ,,5I($ f atter- fdljonfte ^rin^efftn, ify bin ber atterungtudltd)fte SKenfd^ unter ber onne." S)er SSogel fagte: ^Stttmm jum anl ben 9^ing. ift ein 2 SBunfd)ring. SSenn bu ifjn am Singer umbre^ft unb babei einen 25 SSunfd) aufprid)ft f bann ftrirb er erfiittt tDerben. 5Iber e ift nur ein ein^iger SSunf^ im ^Ringe. Sarum iiberfege bir too^I, tt)a bu ttwttfdjeft." er junge SKann na^m ben $Ring, ftedte i^n an ben ginger unb begab fid) auf ben Jpeimtoeg. 51I e 9Ibenb mar, lam er in eine (Stabt; ba ftanb ber otbf^mieb im Saben so unb fjatte biele loftlidje D^inge. a ^eigte iljm ber junge 9Kann feinen SRing unb er^a^tte i^m, ba er mefjr lt)ert fei ate atte SRinge jufammen, bie Jener fjatte. S)er olbfd^mieb tub ben jun^ nooh gen Wtiiin fin, iiber N Juid)t bei il)in \it blcibcn, into fagtc: ,,trinen :l'iann, u>ie bid), im .panic ;>n babcn, bringt Wiicf; bleibc bei mil " tfr bciuirtctc il)n auf* fd)onftc nno al or nad)t$ fd)ticf, 509 cr il)m unbcmcrft bcu Wing uom Singer unb ftecftc ibm ftatt i 1 cinen gan^ gtctd^cn gcroof)ulid)en Oltng an. r, 1 Vim nadiftcii SDJorgcn fonntc c^ bcr olbfdjmicb faum crumrtcn, baft bcr S)aucr fortginge. @r mccfto ilw fd)on in bcr fnihficu SKorflnntiuibc intb fprad^: ,,^11 baft nod) cincn uu-itcn ^>o^ nor bir. li'o ift bcffcr, incnn bu bi^ friit) aufmac^ft. 44 2obalb bcr jungc ^Jiann fort mar, ging cr in kin Dimmer, fd)lofe bic Jur i binicr fid) ,yi, ftcfltc fid) mitten in ba* ;5immcr, brcbtc ben "h'in^ urn nnb ricf: MX x \d) will glcid) bitnbcrttanfcnb Jalcr babcn." Manm liattc cr bic^ au^gcfprod^cn, fo fing c^ an, Jalcr ju rcgncn, nub bic Jalcr id)liia,cn il)in anf $topf r @(^u(tern unb 9lrmc. ij-r fiiui nn \n idircicn unb luolltc \\i\- Jiir ipringcn, bod) chc cr fie er* u rcid)cn fonntc, fid cr $u Sobcn. Mbcr bad Jalcrrcgncn nabm fcin (i'ltbc inib balb brad^ bic Xicle $ufammen, unb bcr olb- fd)iuicb mit bcm clbc (titrate in ben ticfcn Slcttcr. 5)arauf Tcgnctc cv inuner lucitcr, bio ^ic .VMtnoerttanfeni) Doll tuarcu, unb Sitlcftt tag bcr olbjd)micb tot im Seller unb auf i^m bas uiclc 20 db. 2 Vim folgcnbcn SWorgcn ging bcr gclc^rte 2Rann au, urn Saffec 311 trinfen unb ^citungcn ju lefen. ,,3Ba ift ba?" fagtc cr f a( cr in ben (Sonncnfd)etn fam, ,,\$ ^abc ja fcincn Scfyatten mc^r! o in cr al)o ivirfltd) gcftcrn Slbenb fortgcgangcn unb nicf)t ^u- ritcf^efommcn: ba* ift rcd)t unangcncbm!" Xao drgcrtc i()n; abcr nid^t fo fcfjr, mcil ber fatten fort mar, fonbcrn rocil cr mnfuc, baft c cine efd^id^te gcbe Don ctncm 9Kannc ol)itc Sd^attcn; bicfe fanntcn ja aQe Scute ba^cim, unb fame nun ber gelefjrte 9Kann nad^ ^aufc unb cr^iljltc fcinc cic^cnc Okfd)td^tc f fo miirbe man i^n w aib3lad)cn. Gr n)oDte bal)cr nid^t baDon fpredjen. xHm Vlbcnb ging cr tuicbcr auf fcincn Salfon ^inau. $a Sid^t ^atte er MATERIALS FOR TRANSLATION 153 Ijinter fid) gefe|t, benn er ttmftte, ba bet fatten imtner feinen )errn ^unt @d)irme Ijaften tmll; after er fonnte if)n nid)t I)erau= ftringen. r mad)te fid) llein, er mad)te fid) grofj; after e lam lein fatten ftrieber. mar after bie $z\t gelommen, ba oni $ur @d)ute rnu^te. @3 !am iljn fefjr ^art an, toon feiner 3Kutter tDeg^uge^en unb fo lange t)on i^r fort^uftleiften. Ser meite 28eg na(^ bem S)orf ^inunter unb lt)teber l^erauf foftete f^on t)iet 3^t; fo ba ben gan5en Jag Sont nnn faft nie mefjr mit feiner SRntter 5nfammen 10 tt)ar f nnr nod) am $lftenb. @r fam tmmer fo f(^nett na(^ >anfe, ba^ fie e faft nid)t ftegreifen fonnte, benn er frente fid) fd)on ben gan^en Sag baranf, it)ieber batjeim ju fein. 9Kit ben @d)nl^ jnngen berlor er leine 3 e ^t f fonbern lief gleid) t>on i^nen toeg f f oft alb bie @d)nle ^n nbe ftmr. @r tDar immer gan allein nur 15 mit ber ftiff arfteitenben SJJntter gettiefen, nnb fo Ijatte er leine grenbe baran, tDenn bie Snften fteim |>erau3treten au bem c^ul^anfe ein gro;e efd)rei er^often, einer bem anbern nad)* liefen, proftierten, meld^er ber tarlere fei r nnb einanber 511 Soben tDarfen. Cft riefcn if)m biefe Uampfer u: ,,Somm unb 20 mad)' mit!" Unb ft)enn er bann babontief, riefen fie tfjm nad^: ^Su ftift ein feiger SBufte!" 5lfter er fjorte e nid^t lange, benn er lief au aHen Srdften, urn ttneber ba^eim ftet ber Gutter ^u fein. ^atte er in ber @d)ute ein neueg Sntereffe: er l^atte auf 2 25 tteifsen Sarten fi^one iere aftgeftilbet gefe^en, bie bie Sinber ber ofteren Iaffen na^^eii^neten. @d)nel( proftierte er ba aud^ mit feinem 93leiftift, unb ba^eim fuf)r er bann fort, bie iere mieber unb mieber u ^eidjnen, fo lange er nod^ ein @titcfd)en papier ^atte. ^)ann fd)nitt er bie Siere au unb toolfte fie auf ben ifd> so ftellen, after ba ging nid)t. 2) a lam er plo^Iid) auf ben e=^ banlen, bafs, tuenn fie t)on ot^ ftmren, fie gett)i fte^en lonnten. r fing an, mit feinem Sfteffer an einem ^ol^ftiid^en 154 A QBRM \\ hlill. I. HOOK bio cin s Jcib nnb Dier Seine baumrcn ; a bcr \\\ cincm uub bcni Mopic baranf rcid)tc bad $0(5 nid)t, cr mnntc cin anbrco 2nuf ncbntcn nnb lion xHnfana, an bcrcd)ncn, luic hod) c$ )Vin unb U)0 ber ftopf filwn miiffc. 2o fdjniv-tc bcr Joni immcr ^u, bio cr ctumo urn* cin Jicr \nrcd)ta,cbrad)t battc nnb co nun 5 init grower 3^cubc bcr SKuttcr $cigen fonni u\n fclir or* front nnb fagte: ,,^n unrft CKiuift cinmat cin .^o(^nit\lcr nnb cin rcd^t gutcr." S?on bcr &it on f^autc lont aUc 2tiicfd)cn ^olj, bic auf fcincn SBcg famcn, baranf an r ob fie gut ,ytm liniocn unircn, unb fanb cr ba^, fo pacttc cr lie fd^ncH cin, )o 10 bafe cr mand)mat aHc Jafd^cn DoHcr ^ot^fincfc hciinbrad^tc unb bine in jcbcr frcicn Winntc micbcr ju f^ni^cn anfing. 1 JpanS n?ar in fcincm fiinftcn Csaftr cin flcincr, plumper 3unge. ij-r iah any blaiuiraucn ^lugcn froljlic^ in bic 2Sclt, fcinc DJafc l)attc bio jcftt nod) nidno 0'lMraftcrinn'd)cx> ; icin s .Uhmb Dcrfprad),' w I'clir grofe ^u rocrbcn, unb l)ic(t fcin Scrfprcc^cn. XaS gclbc aar bc^ 3>wngcn franfclte fid) natiirlic^ unb mar ba3 ^ubfc^cftc an tl)in. (j:r hattc cincn fcbr iintcn Wagcn, wic aHc bic Scute, bie Did >>nna,cr in ibrcm Vcbcn Icibcn follcn: cr unirbc mit bcm grofetcn Stiicf d^roar^brot unb bcm boHften Suppentcttcr faft 20 nod) iciditcr nnb fd)ncllcr fcrtig, al3 mit bcm 5193G. 9?on ben bcibcn ^cibcrn, bcr SJiuttcr unb bcr Jante, murbe cr natiirlid^ fcbr Der^ogcn unb al^ Mronprin$, clb unb SScltrounbcr bc^anbctt, fo ba e ein liicf roar, al cr in bic (Bdjule ge^cn mnntc. an fe^te ben guft auf bie unterfte tufe ber Seitcr, bie an 25 bent Saume ber grfenntni^ teljnt; bic 9lrmcnfd^ute tat ftd^ Dor ibm auf, nnb ber SrfjiiUcfrrcr Dcrfprad^ an ber Jiir, ba ba Slinb roeber Don iljm felbft, noc^ Don ben fjunbertfedjjtg d^uljungcn tot* gefd^Iagen lucrbcn foHc. 2 ^n bent d^ul^aufe fa&en re^t bie 3Kab^en r imU bie Snabcn. 30 3mif(i)en biefen betbcn ^lOtcilungen lief cin ang Don ber iir ju bcm ^nlte be Se^rer^, unb in biefem ange ging bicfer auf unb MATERIALS FOE TRANSLATION 155 ab. 9?ad)bem jan ein paar Sage in ber @d()ute toar, $eigte er fid) ntdjt beffer ate jeber anbre S5u6e unb nafjm nad) beften Sraf^ ten teil an aHen Seiben unb greuben feiner Sameraben. 3)ie greunbe unb geinbe unter ben Snaben toaren fcfynell au^gefunben. 5 Site ed^ter 3 ;un 9 e Ijfttte er in biefer Seben^eit fiir ba toeibtidje efdjled)t auf ben SSanlen jur 9ed)ten be (Sanies? !eine Siebe. SSon rttterltdjen efitfjleti fanb fid) anfangg in feiner SBruft !eine pur. 3)odf) foffte bie Qtit lommen, too er eine Heine SKtt* fc^iilerin nid^t toeinen feen lonnte. giir je^t ftedte er bie anbe 10 in bie jofentafcl)en, fprei5te bie 93eine Don einanber, ftettte fid^ feft auf bie gii^e unb fu^te, fidfj fo Diet ate moglid) Don ber ab^ folnten errfdE)aft ber SSeiber ^u eman^ipieren. 9Zeben bem Saben too^nte eine Srau, bie fid) burdE) eine Dbft= bube Dor ber Siir ber d)ule er^ielt. @ie ^atte eine Softer Don 15 ungefa^r ad^t 3 a ^ ren f un ^ ^ a ^ Heine 3Kab^en Ijatte eine Sa^e. ^)ie Heine op^ie toar ^)anfen erfte Siebe. 3 uer ft tourbe er natiirlid^ burdE) ba Dbft unb bie ^5feffer!u(^en ju ber 93ube ge= gogen; bann burdf) bie Sa|e; ber Heinen op^ie gab er feine Slufmerffamfeit jule^t. an toar }e^t in bem Sitter, too man ftill 20 tiegt unb ben SSinb in ben ^Slattern fjort, bie SBotfen in ber Suft fd)toimmen fie^t unb nad^ ben fernen 95ergen ^inuberfd^aut; too man tauft, um bie tette ju finben, too ber Stegenbogen auf ber 6rbe fte^t. Qn SSatb unb getb fii^rte an bie Heine optjie. Grnft^aft toie in ber ^ot^bube Dor ber d)ute fafs ba Heine 25 2Kcib(i)en am 9tanbe be 2Batbe. 3^re SCugen toaren fiir aKe toeit geoffnet; aber fie fpra^ fettner ate anbre Sinber, unb toa fte fagte, toar Diet toeifer, ate anbrer Sinber 2Borte. ie ^ad^- barn fd^iittetten oft ben opf iiber fie unb nannten fie attHug; attein ba toar fie nid)t. S^re eban!en iiber ben onnenfd^ein, so iiber bie toeifse unb iiber bie rofige SBotfe, iiber ben ftiffen btauen immet, toaren ed^te ^inbergebanfen. @ie ftarb in bem SBinter an einer SinberfranHjeit, bie arme Heine opfjie. 1 '' A <,I:I;M.\ v MKU HOOK ;bt erfticg ftcwZ cine v^itc 2 tine auf bcr Scitcr be8 SBiffcnS iinD trot in Die inner .;rgcrfd)ulc nil. Ja* war cm undjtigcr 2d)ritt Doriiuirt*. vim biclt babci cine feincr )M)mifteit unb Idnajtcn :)icben, bic aber bod) uu-nigcr 23irfung anf ben s Jieffcn maduc, al ba ^>aar ncuor Zticfcl, uunnit cr ilin In ]d)ciiftc. li'v uuircii bic crficn, morauf .Onit^ trat; cr bntte ibrcn s ^au lion ben on ten ^Infaiuien an beuuiAt: mit 'Jidiicln luaren fie '..lai^en, baf; man Don ber 2ol)le faft nid)tv erbltcftc; menn man fcarin einherfdivitt, fo bortc man c brei 2iraf,en mcit. Chcim batte ein Alieifterftiic! (^emad)t. crin ajoficS 2cl)ncn in 10 uft war bnrci) bic Sticfel befricbiflt morbcn. 2 Tic l)eif;e ^nliionnc )d)ien burc^ bie ^enfter bcr 2d)ule auf nnire Mopje unb unr jdjuntuen bicfe xHihifttropKn u'ocr bcr (^: matif, indbrcnb bic ^vnid braniVn in ben ^dnmcn i: lad)ten, nub bic Jvlie^e, bic frei iibcr bad blanc J>cft |pa,yertc r 15 cin a,liidlid)c: .-ion! s Jhm ift cd }d)0n Sinter, 2d)ncc anf bem ^oben nnb ben Jdd)crn nnb tt)irb Dont freien oinb flciicn bie ^enftcr gciuirbelt. Xer ^oinb nnb bic tan \ciibeu 2d)neeflocfcn ladicn un^ nid)t iuema,cr au, a( bic ;iimeriHH]ct nnb bic Jxltcgcn; c^ mad^t uu nur cin flcinc^ 20 ^cr^ni'uicn, baf; unr nad^ ^crjcn^lnft ben GorncltuS SRcpog Icfcii biirfen. irinc (janj anbre Scfricbignng miirbc c^ un8 gcindbrcn, UHMin unr bem altcn Corner branften auf bcm 3Karftp(a^ bao -.cleib, ba^ cr iibcr fo mature cnerattoncn Don Sd^ulbnbcn V gcbrad)t bat, burd) cincn tiidbtigcit .'page! Don 2d)necluittcn 5uriicf- 25 \ t vililcn fonntcn! 2 % oir merbcn in bcr jiucitcn Mlaffc mit M 2tc" anacrcbct; wcit in bcr gcrnc licgt jcnc 3cit, mo luir fclbft bc^ 9ladf)t* in unfcrn Jrdnmcn nid)t Dor bem 2tocfc be? I'cbrcr? fidfjcr umrcn : mir baben inner ben Jvolgen ber erftcn (iuiarrc gc- littcn: cinigc Don un* babcn fogar ^rillcn Don gcnftcrglav anf= geknt: unr fangcn an, nor ben J\cnncni bcr crftcn Mlaffc ber 3Rfibd)cnfd)uIc 'ijjarobc \\i macftcn. C fcligc ?siuicnb^eit! MATERIALS FOR TRANSLATION 157 @ie erljob fid) leife bon ifjrem 33ette unb fd)lid), um ben i fd()lafenben Snaben nid)t 511 mecfen, anf bloften giiften an bet Sammer. %n ber tube ^iinbete Jie bie Sampe an. $lnf ben 2lrbeitftu!jl iljre 9Kanne fe^te fie fid) nod) einige $lngenblicle s nieber nnb ttrifdfjte bie 3/ranen an ben 5lngen; bann abet trng fie bag id)t 51: einem @(^ran! in ber 6cfe, fniete bat)or nieber nnb offnete ba alte @d^Io. SMefer @^ran! ent^iett atte f tDa fie SoftlicfyeS nnb SSerttJoIte^ befa, nnb forgfam na^m fie fi($ in adjt, ba leine Srane ba^tDif^en falte. orgfam legte fie bie 10 toeifjen Znfyw ^nriic!, bi fie faft anf bem (Srnnbe be @d^ran! 5n bem fam, tt)a fie in ber tille ber 9^a(^t fn^te. @in Saftcfyen ftanb ba f ein alte 2)ing t)on Sid^en^ot^, mit feftem @d)toffe ; biefen Safien trug fie pm Jifd^e. 2)a (^to fprang anf nnb ber 2)ec!et fcfylng ^uriicE. (Setb ent^iett ber Saften! t)iel f t)iel 15 elb, filfterne SKiin^en t)on alter 9lrt f nnb fogar ein olbftiic! eingettricfett in eibenpapier ! ^Reic^e Seute fatten mit 9ted)t iiber ben @ci)a Icl^eln fonnen, aber tDenn fie jeben Safer nnb nlben nad) bem ma^ren SSert fatten be^aljlen fonnen, fo raiirbe all if)r 9tei(^tnm nid)t geniigt Ijaben, ben Sn^alt be 20 Safteng auSjufaufcn. SBie an bie naljere 93efanntfd^aft t)on 90?ofe macfyte, mar 2 biefer in ben meiften lementarfenntniffen tDeit t)oran nnb ftmfcte and^ mand^e S)inge f bie ben armen $an$ mit taunen nnb 93e^ tDnnbernng erfiiEten. (r ft)nte f tt)ie eine Sofo^nn^ ansfaf), benn 25 ber SSater l)ielt eine t)erf(^Ioffen im @^ran!e. @r mu^te fe^r Diel t)on bem Sanbe ber Sofo^niiffe unb bem Stffenlanbe nnb be- merlte, ba bie gnngen in ber @traf$e f mo er rao^nte, aud^ pm Slffengef^led^t gel)orten, bafe er after bod) lieber ein Slffe al ein Snnge an biefer trafte fein molle. G mar gut, ba an in so biefer 3^t einen fo luf)Ien 33urfd)en f tuie ben fleinen neben fid) ^atte. liefer l)atte bie grofte abe t)on ber empfartgen, in feinem Sopfe fogleid) alle an bie re($te telle legen ^n fonnen. 3m gegebenen ^Ingenblid mnfete er f atte fofort 158 A GERMAN DRILL BOOK ,\n finben. Irm Minb, cin iflaljrc*. rcdrtc*, ed)tc* Minb, mar cr nic gcuu'ien. (i'in waljrcS fiinb blieb bagegcn an$ jefvr langc, fa ft liber bic genuihnlidu' ;lcit binauS. 9lud) bio ,"\rcnnbfd)ait mit bom fleinen OTofeS anberte baron nidf)t$. I\riu infnctc bic ^auStiir, rin abcr rafdf) ben wt uom Slopf, ft al* cr fid^ plo|jli^ fc^on in bcr 2 tube ^^ - nnb bicfein r fa^. Ter alto .\Scrr fling mit an? ben Wiiefen iieleiiten in ieiner 2tnbe nnf unb ab, blicb abcr mitten in fcincm 2 i>a \ievflanfl ftelien unb fah fid) crftannt nad) bcr Jiir urn. mnft tanicnbmal nm (int)d)itlbiflunfl bitten, mctn .v>crr," fajitc i< J grifr erfd^recft; H abcr ic^ glanbte ntcfyt, bafe bie Jiir bireft in ^br ^.imincr fnlirtc. nnb babe nid)t cinmal erft aiu^eflorit." feine ^ntidin I billing, 11 fngte ber alte olbat, cine ftattlid)e OVftalt mit id)necuuMf,cm x ^artc : ,,uwnfd)en 2ic mi^ ju fprcd^cn nnb uuMiiit fann id) ^ linen bicncn? M is 2 W 3n mcincm fd)ltd)tcn ^erftanbc," fafltc bie alte ^rau f ,,f)ab' id) mir iminer ^cbad)t, bau au^ ber SBclt nid)t Diet mcrben tnitrbe, UHMtn cc> nid)t ben .v>niu)cr barin gcibe. 5lber bad muft nid^t bloft ber Mnn^er jein, ber noc^ Gffcn unb Jrinfcn nnb cincm gnten iierlaiu^t, fonbern cin flan$ anbre^ Jiiuv Ja ruar bcin 20 , cr bane fold) cin .\Siutfler, mie id) meine, nnb Uon bem baft bn ilm fleerbt. Xein i^ater war auc^ nid^t immer ,yifriebcn mit fid) nnb bcr SSelt ; cr tuar oft traurig, meil e^ fo Diele riitflc flab, bie er ntd^t Derftanb, nnb bie er gcrn l)dttc Icrncn mogcn. 5)a ift ber SWtinncr ^pinuicr, nnb menn fie ben fyaben, 25 nnb baju ntd^t gan,^ berer Dergeffen, bie fie lieb ^aben, bann finb fie bie red^tcn ^tanner, ob fie nun uicit fommcn ober nid^t - eo ift einerlei." 3 Uv mar bcr lnernnb.}roan \uv~te Jc \embcr, unb allc bie jungen 2 amen, bie ^5antoffcl unb Cigarrentafd^cn unb Stiffen gemad^t w fatten, maren fertig mit ifyrcr Arbeit unb ermartcten i^rerfett^ bic Singe, bic ba fommen follten. (S$ marteten fc^r t)ic(e 2entc, MATERIALS FOR TRANSLATION grof* uttb flein, auf fommenbe gute $)inge. )er nmmet mar am SRorgen unb XRittag fo Man, tote man eg fid) nut miinfcfyen mod)te, bie onne beftrafylte bie meifce 3Betljnad)ttt)elt unb farbte fid) erft am 9?ad)mittag blutrot, alg fie ^inabfanf. Sg fd)ien, alg 5 ob bie onne eg miffe, baf$ ^unberttaufenb'SIjriftbaume auf tfjren 9Hebergang marteten, unb eg fdjten, al ob fie gutmiittg ifjrert Sauf bef^Ieunigte. Urn fiinf SKtnuten na(^ t)ier U^r mar bag le^te tiirfd^en feurige^ olb gutter bem ^ori^ont berfunlen - bet fjeiltge 5(benb tt)ar ba, ttmr enblii^ gefommen, nad^bem fi(^ 10 SKillionen Sinber^er^en fo lange nad) i^m gefe^nt fatten. Um > fiinf U^r Iduteten atte (Slorfen im Sanbe ben morgenben gefttag v ein f unb bie Sudden tt>aren fertig. Um fe<^ ttf)r ftanb jeber feftlidE) gefd)miidte Jannenbaum in t)ottem Si^terglan^, unb toer nod^ fro^ unb gliidlid) fein fonnte, ber mar e getnifs in biefer 15 tunbcy ,,@ie ^aben mo^l 3^ ntt)e ^" f a 9 te ^ er SS^t, al er abftieg. i ,,gur, ber 25 if)n fort t)on SDiatnj bringen foltte. @r mare am liebften mit einem >ampfboot gefa^ren; aber auf einem fold)en mare er ben 23Iic!en ber ^?affagiere au^gefe^t, mtifjrenb er fid^ in einem (ifen^ ba^ncoupe' in eine cfe briiclen unb berftectt fatten fonnte. 28of)in er jefet fu()r, mu^te er fetter md)t; bag 93efte mar, erft big so Soblen^ 93iHct ^u ne^men ; t)on bort lonnte er jeben Sugenblid meiter. er 3^9 raffelte balb barauf an bem fd)6nen 9t^ein bafjin unb erreid^te Soblen^ nod^ am fjetten Sage; gri| Iie fid^ in einem otet ein 3intmer geben, fd^rteb einen fremben -Ramen l' ;i) A GERMAN 1 Hi 11. 1. HOOK iii ba* Jvrombcnbud), unb mar feu cntfdHoffcn, Ijier fur* Q $u bleiben. 1 ?fuf bcm 25ampfboot, bag ifjn ftromauf fitbrtc, fanb or feine intereffante Wefellfd)aft : oin paar Gngldnbcr, cin paar foren, bio in oiner fnrjcn ^erienreife ben Sdjutftaub abfdjuttcln moHten, unb cin Wcmifdf) Don altern ober jungcrn Tamon, bio in bio Ma jute $imttttttgegdlt0ffl toarcn unb and bcrfd)icbnon ftflrbcn ibr initgcbradbtcS J\riibuiiff boruorgc^ogcn fatten unb IUT ;,cbrten. nnpfer lief kbr langfam gcgcn ben Strom an, unb bio i?anbid)aft batte nid)t ba ttienigfte x x \nte: fd)on bereule, bic fliiicffafort ju Staffer angctrctcn ju ^abcn. Unb bio Aabrt murbc inimcr langfamcr ; an bcm eincn blicbon fie langc licgcn, unb man t)5rtc fagcn, bag an ber fd)ine etmad nid^t in Crbnung mfirc. 2)a S3oot fcfete feine Jvahrt fort, abcr e$ arbcitctc fd^mcr gcgcn bic 2tromung is an : unb aid fie ftunbcnlang nac^ bcr angcgebcncn ;>it Slobleii} orroiditon, erfldrtc bcr Kapitdn ben ^affagieren, baft cr bouto ba Ucgcn blcibcn rnuffe, urn cine nbtigc 5Rcparatur madden ju laffcn. J 2 ^sii lihina beftimmt cin efc^, bag bcm, bcr fidf) an ben 20 clbcrn bed Staated toergreift, bcibc ipdnbc abgc^aucn mcrbcn follen. (iinft ^atte ein ^oamtcr bicfcd Serbred^en bcgangen unb fotttc bic gefefolid)e Strafe ovloibcn. Seine loiter magtc cd, ju bom Saifer 511 ^ehen unb fiir il)ren Satcr ^u bitten. Sic fiel bent fiaifer \\i ^iiBcn unb fagtc : %$ leugne nid)t, grower ftaifer, 25 bag mcin nngliicHi^cr 93atcr nad^ ben cfc^en bcibc ^)dnbc dcr= lieren mug; fyier fmb fie!" 93ci bicfen SBortcn ^iclt fie il)rc eigncn ^dnbe I)in unb fu^r fort: n ^ci t groger Saifcr, bicfc vuinbe c\el)oren mcincm 5>atcr ; aber fie finb ju fd^mad^, um fcinc \al)lrcid)c gamilie 511 cr^altcn. 9?imm fie alfo unb lag mcinem 90 s ^ator bic, momit cr mcincn rogdatcr, mcine Sriibcr unb Srfjrocftcrn unb mid^ fclbft crndljrt!" MATERIALS FOB TRANSLATION 161 2)er Saifer ftmrbe burdf) bie fmbtid^e Siebe biefer Softer fo geriUjrt, ba er ifjren Sater begnabigte unb fie felbft reid) be= fd^enfte. )er otte Setter Hopfte an genfter, nicfte freunbltdE) in bte i 5 tube f)inein, unb al bie Sinber frof)lid) an genfter lamen, fagte er: ,,3d) fringe eudf) ettpa au meinem arten, golbgetoe $PjTaumen f gro ttrie bie ier; aber id^ fjabe nixr Diet, unb td^ mod)te bod^ fe^en, ob i^r eucf) orbentlid^ barein teilen lonnt." tt)aren aber 5tt)ei naben f ^toei 3Kdbd)en unb bie Sautter, unb 10 fottten alfo t)ier ^3f(aumen unter fiinf Ceute geteilt toerben. mar eine f^Iimme 9ted)mntg, unb ber Setter j(^aute Icid)etnb genfter ^inein, rt)ie e bie Sinber tDO^I anfangen molten. bejannen ft(, aber nur bie Heine opfn'e tDu^te 9tat. /r 2)a tt)ilt td^ fd^on madden," fagte fie. ;/ SSir teiten brei unb brei. 3^^^ 15 SBriiber unb eine pf(aunte ntad^t brei, jiuet d^tDeftern unb eine ^Pflaume ntad^t luieber brei, unb jtuei ^Pflaumen unb eine SKutter tnad^t ebenfatt brei. a ge^t aCe gerabe auf!" 2)a lt)ar gut gered^net; unb al bie Sinber nun fro^Iid^ ba- na(^ teitten, ba ladfjelte ber Setter nod) einmal fo freunbli^, unb 20 bie SKutter freute fi(^ and), - - ob iiber bie jtuei ober liber bie trier, ba fottt i^r felbft fagen. ^Berlin, bie ^auptftabt be preu^ifd^en @taate unb be 2)eutfd)en 9tetd^e f bie SReftbeitj be 2)eutf(^en Saiferg unb Sontg bon ^reu^en, ift eine ber grof^ten unb f(f)5nften tcibte in uropa. 25 ^Jlur bon Sonbon unb $ari toirb fie an inftofjner^af)! iiber- troffen. egenttmrtig ift fie mit faft jtoei SKiEionen KintDo^nern bie t)ollreid)fte @tabt Seutfd)lanb. @ie liegt in bent SKittel* punlte ber norbbeutf(i)en Siefebene an ber f^iffbaren pree. ttrfpriingtid) lagen ^ier jlDet bottig getrennte tabte: am red^ten so lifer ber @pree Serlin unb auf einer preeinfet Soln, beibe burd) bie lange Sriide berbunben. pciter n)urben beibe tcibte bereinigt, unb ber Sftame Sertin bcrbrcingte allmaljlid) ben bon Soln. 162 .1 <,}:!;. MAX inilLL HOOK I (S-\n Mnabc battc cin Heine* $cil ,ytm 2piclcn bcfommcn. Taran battc or fcinc grofec Rreubc unb bieb bamit, mic eg cbcn traf; nub Co traf jnandjmal baljin, mo eg nidf)t gut mar. SBic IUT Mlctnc mit bcm s ^cilc anf bcr Sdwlter and) in ben (Garten fain, fagte cr: ,,9?un mitt id) cin tiid&tigcr $ol^aucr fcin!" Unb cr ft bieb bai? jd)onftc itirfd^baum^cn fcinc^ SJotcrd ab. Ten anbcrn Jag fam bcr 4^atcr in ben Oiartcn : nnb alv cr bag fc^onc 93aumc^cn mclf am Sobcn licgcn fal), murbc cr bctriibt unb Coring. w 8Bcr mir bag gctan hat," ricf cr and. w bcr foil eg f corner bitficn!" xHbcr mcr bag gctan ^attc, bag nmfttc fcin u SKcnfd^ anftcr cincm, bcr ftanb gcrabc bintcr bcr ,crfc, 1 mic bcr 33atcr fo jiirntc, unb urbc fcucrrot. Gg ift fd^linun, bad^tc cr ; abcr UHMIII id^'g bcrfd^mtcgc, fo mfir'g cine Ciigc, unb liigcn mag id^ nidf)t! o trat cr bcnn fd^nctt in ben artcn \um ^atcr nnb fagtc : M ^atcr, id) ^abe bag Saumd^cn umgcljaucn. u (N mar banlid) on mir!" S)a fa^ bcr S?atcr ben Mnabcn an unb mad^tc mobl cin crnftbaitcs (9eftdE|t r abcr cr jiirntc nid^t utctjr. 2)cr Heine Mnabc Icbtc in ^(mcrifa unb murbc nad)()cr ein brancr 2)?cnfd^ unb baju cin gcroaltigcr cneral, ^at aud^ nic* 20 mals? gelogcn. Gr ^ie| corg SBaf^ington. ^ gan3 jungcg Sing Don funfjefjn 3^ n **><** Sind^en mar il)r cigentlic^er 9?ame, bet bcm fcit SJicnfd^cngebcnfen iic nicmanb ricf -- 5U ber gamilie gefommen, unb ^mar alg Mtnbermatd)cn fiir ben bamatg fiinf5C^n 9D^onat altcn 2ofin. Sic 25 licbtc Minbcr unb biitctc ben Heincn 3" n g en tow l ^'^ }l -luflapfel. Si cin anbrcr SKcnfd^ tcrftanb, fo ^errlid^ mit bcm Sinbc ju fpielen mie fie. Gg ^ing mit grower Sicbe an if)r, bie fid) nidt)t Dcrflcincrte, alg er cin ^atcinfd)ulcr murbc. %a, and) alg bcr 3ungc in bie tabt aufg nmnaftum gcfd^irft murbc, unb nur $u 30 ben Jvcrien beimfam, crlitt fcinc ^'icbc fiir ^ind)cn fcinc Stoning. Tic beibcn forrcfponbicrtcn mitcinanbcr, fie fdjicftc ihnt MATERIALS FOR TRANSLATION 163 $pfel unb SBurft, er janbte il)r ebenfo I)eimlid) jerriffene Sln^uge, motion bie SKama nidjtg tmffen follte. etbft atg tubent t>er= fefjlte er me, feme f)0(i)gett)ad)fene eftalt 511 bem fleinen 28eib Ijinab^uneigen, toenn er fjeimtefjrte, eg Iraftig $u umarmen unb 5 taut fdjatlenb auf beibe SBangen 511 liiffen, unb eg loftete einen fjarten Sampf, elje er eg erlaubte, bafs ,,feine Sttte" i^n tnit ff @ie" anrebete, aici^renb er fie nod^ tmmer bu^te. -/- )ier lam ber iener tnit ben ^3oftfacf)en, legte fie auf ben i ^trbeit^tif^ unb 509 fid) gurnet. er Softer ^atte if)n fommen 10 fe^en, er pfliicfte eine 9?ar jiffe, ftedte fie fi( in$ Snopflod^ unb trat in fein 3^^- 2K^ e ^ fid) bent ifd)e nci^erte, tt)orauf bie ^Poftfad)en niebergelegt tDorben t^aren, na^m bie au^atterin eben ein ^ierlicfyeg Srief^en ton bidem papier au ben iibrigen tya* pieren Ijeraus? unb reidE)te e i^rent Jperrn, o^ne ein 28ort ba^u 15 ju fpred)en. Sefto me^r fprad^en i^re Slugen. ,,SBa ift bag?" fragte er. ,$a, tt)a ift bag?" ttrieberfjolte fie. r ,Sa tniiffen @ie bod^ miffen! (gtmag 28eib(id)e3 ift 7 g f fo t)tcl ift liar!" ,,28trf* K(?" 6r ^ob bag Sriefd^en na^e gu feinen 2lugen empor unb fa^ bie 5iertt(^e Samen^anbf^rift genau an. /r 3Ber lann tnir 20 benn ^u fcfyreiben ^aben?" r ,Sag tniiffen @ie bod) toiffen!" fagte fie no(^ einmat. f ,SBag geljt eg mid^ aud) an nur ft)eil @ie neulid) fagten, @ie fatten leine S)amenlorrefponbenten unb fritter fprad)en @ie immer bie SSa^rljeit!" ,,3)ag tu^ id^ aud^ ^eute nodf)," unterbrai^ er fie la^enb. ,,ttnb id^ tr>ei^ in Doffem 25 grnft nid^t ^?oftftempel ^Bremen bleib nur ^ier f ttnr tooffen bag e^eimnig ^ufammen lefen." ,,^ein f genoi^ nid^t" -- babet ^ob fid^ bie Heine Sltte auf ben Su^fpifeen empor unb recite bie Sftafe ^oc^, um beffer $u fe^en. ^uni mar eg, bie fRofen blii^ten. 2lm lleinen 93ac^ entlang, 2 so mitten burdf) breite getber, fdjrttt ein jungeg SKabc^en. Sie fonnenberbrannte anb fii^rte ein gro^eg Sutterbrot jum 9Kunbe f unb auc^ bie fd)5nen Sirfd^en, bie auf einem breiten SBIatt auf 1* ; * A GERMAN DRILL BOOK bom flcbpgencn s ?lrmc lagcn. ^eituu-ife blicb bie jnnge Tame ftelKit, blicfte auf bci: \\\ ihrcn ^iifteu unb bog mit ber 2d)iibUMlu % bie griinen flatter auseinauber, langc Dergeblid). (inblid) beiiflU' fie fid) Iwftig dor, fo eifrifl, ba& bic Jtirfcfyen iiber bie ftanb in ben Sanb rollten, unb fo intercffiert, baft fie ed 5 nid)t bemertte. ff in Werblatt! tfnblid)! 11 rief fie. W $UT l)ab' idf)'d ja, bad liicf, unb rocnn ic^'d meiner ^reunbin gc^cigt babe, > auf. 3)a^ mufj man, rocnn^ wirflid^ C^uteo briiu^en foU!" 5)a^ Sutterbrot jroifc^en ben ^jahnen haltenb. (iriff bte <3pred)erin in bie Mleibertafc^e, marf ctncn fd^ncHen Slicf f)inter 10 fid) auf ben ^,'eiv unb 5013 bann ein fleine^ 8uc% fjertoor ; cinen Ijielt iie cd iiac^bcnflid^ ^roifd^cn ben gingcrn. Tnnu fie bav ^tcrblatt beljutfam jtt)ifd)eu bie I unb Uer* fenfte bad Sanbc^en roieber in bie Itcfc bcr lafd^e. i Rcliy tpurbe fein I'ebrmcifter in atten fnaOJ)aftcn ftiinftcn. (*v is le^rtc i^n S^roimnien, Wubern, Jvcncrnjcrfmac^en, Sc^ieften, felbft luie man abenb* unb ,yir Mirdjen.^eit bie drten ber armen ^anern pliinbert. Unb obglcid^ bad Cbft, bad er im eignen arten pfliicfen burftc, taufenbmal fiifeer unb faftiger roar aid bad, bad er fyeimlici) unb auf Ijaldbrec^cnben iUetterroegen ge^ loann, fo fjatte er ed bod^ nidf)t iiberd $er^ gebra^t, biefen Manb \iiflen fern \ubleiben. ^inter^er fafete i^n einc grofee crrn Zid)tcr cibcl, fyicr, Shiljbcrg 9ir. 15. , ben 11 ten gebruar 1882. SBir f>aben fjeute $l)r Wobid)t M Sruf)ling^^offnung M ju Cnbc gelcrnt. $or ac^t Jogcn t)abcn funf uad^fi^en miifjcn, meil fte'd nict)t foniucn. Taraii habcu Sic roof)l nic^t gcbac^t, old Sic bod it ebi$t niad)tcnV Sic finb bod^ cincr Don ben furjcn TirfjUTn. Sd)ittcr ift am langftcn, bcr ift abcr in bcr erftcn fflaffc. S)cr I'cbvcr fagt, bag cbid^t fci fd^5n; c$ gibt abcr fo Diclc fdjimc ebid^te, unb iuir miiffcn fie allc Icrnen. Sir m54tcn Sic barum bitten, madden Sic bod) mefyr ebic^tc! Jfricgc gibt e3 aui) is imincr ntcbr, unb unr nnifKii bic Sc^lac^tcn (crncn. cograpljie ift bcffcr, ba fann man intmcr nac^ bcr Martc fchcn, abcr bic cbtd)tc nub bic 2d)lad^tcn finb am fd^limmftcn. Unb bann ^at jcber Sifter auc^ nod^ cine 4)iograp^ic mit cburt$jaf)r unb Xobedjabr! 4Vi ^slmon braud^cn tpir noc^ fetn lobeSjafjr ju 20 tcrnen. S53ir roiinfd^cn Sfynen cin rcd^t langc Scbcn! odf)ad)tiing$iHilI unb tin ^(uftragc, Karl Sccfmann, Slaffc II. SSo^nung: rofeelgaffe 9k. 27." , 5)er SBcg nad^ St)rien lag nun offen unb bag ccr bcrocgtc 25 fidf) mit 2id)crl)ett Dornxirtg, al efanbte Don Salabin anfamen, bie fiir iljren .oerrn um griebcn baton. 2o ftanb cin frieblid)e SBiebcrgeminnen bc ()ei(igen rabcd in 9lu$fidE)t; bod^ eg foUte anberg gcfd^c^en. Dag eer fc^te eben iibcr cinen glufe; ba ritt ffiaifer griebrid^, ben fcine Ungebulb Dormdrtg tricb, ang Ufer, so ftieg Don bem ^Jferbe, bent cr nid)t Dertraute, unb roarf ftd^ fd^tpimmenb in ben Strom. 33ig in bie 2Ritte beg SBafferg fa^ MATERIALS FOR TRANSLATION 167 man ifjtt fortfci)toimmen; !)ier fcerlieften ben rei aber feine ffirafte, ba SBaffer rifs ifjn mit fid) fort, unb ate man t^m 511 ilfe fommen fonnte, toar er bereiti? eine Seiche (16. 3>uni 1190). Sine fd)one, lieblicfye IJJac^t toar auf ben Sag gefolgt; iiber i 5 gan$ uropa nnb feine SSoIfer fcfyien bet SJionb. 9lffe etoolf toar fortgetrieben nnb lagerte nun auf bent atlantifdjett D^ean. SSer f^lafen fonnte, fd^Iief; aber e fonnten ntd)t atte f^tafen. 2)ie SBatber, SStefen nnb gelber, bie een, Sltiffe nnb S3ad)e, bie tr>aren in bolter ^armonie mit bem SJfonbe. S)iefer fd^ien mit 10 gleicfjer Slar^eit iiber uropa, anf bie ttrilbe, arme tabt too triele Xote no(^ nnbegraben tagen nnb fo biele blntige tounbete mit bem Sobe rangen, nicf)t anber, ate anf bie Heine tabt in i^rem friebli(f)en meiten Xal. r gntfte milb in bie iiberfnUten pitater; er gucfte milb in bie $utfd()e be ^e^nten is Sarte unb nidjt toeniger milb in bie niebrige Sammer, too grau Kfjriftine mit i^rem Snaben lag. 9lu bem ac^ftubd^en ^atte er feine tubierftube gema(|t. 2 ier Ijatte er feine toenigen Sii(i)er unb fein Sintenfa^ aufgeftettt, ^ier toar er ein gludlid^er errf(i)er in bem Sfeidje ber ebanfen 20 unb Sraume. arte Sampfe fampfte er ^ier mit ben SBa'cfytern, bie t)or ben ^Jforten }eber SBiffenfd^aft liegen. eit an jenem tangft tjergeffenen onntagmorgen ba Sna'btein in ben u langen ofen unb ber u engen $acfe ^or bem ^Srofeffor erf^ienen toar, Ijatte biefer ben Snaben niiijt au ben Slugen Derloren; er natjm 25 t)iettei(f)t ein grof$ere 3 n tereffe an i^m, ate an irgenb einem anbern feiner djiiter. Site 28tl()elm ^5enn, ber bebeutenbfte SKann unter ben duafern 3 au3 ^ennf^banien, an ben of Sarte be 3^^ten t)on ngtanb lam, um mit bem onig ixber feine ^3rot)in 5U fpred)en, bemerlte so ber luftige 2ftonardl), ba ber Oualer feinen ut nid^t abna^m. r na^m barauf ben feinigen ab unb ftanb mit entblofjtem aupte t)or $enn. ,,S<^ t)itte bid), greunb Sari," fagte- ber MB A GERMAN DRILL ROOK Cimfer. M u'iy boeh betnen Miit auf." ,, s .Veiu, ^reunb <}>enn," cr= miberto ber Mimia,, , .-. itte bier, bar, ititr einer bebv inn bu. xHlo Mo liebenounirbige ^crjoajn luni iV'ortbumberlanb Dor einia,eu ^abrcn auf bcni Montinente mar, febrte fie in Alanbern a in etnem ^irtvhiiufc, bcr go^ntni (^aiiv, cin unb iilK'rnmttcto bort. Xa fie fpiit anfam unb ctuniv crmiibct roar, bcndli luir cine lcict)tc s .Ut\il)l\nt fur fid) unb ibr (^ofolge, bad mir au funf s ^crfonen bcftanb. 9tld bcr SBirt am nddjftcn SKorgcn feme bnuiu) einreid)te, mar iljr Scfretar iebr crftaunt iibcr biefen 10 ^oftcn : f ,M often fur bio x .Vact)t luor^hn ^ouiSbor." Serge be n^ bebauptete or, baft c3 etne :)iaulierei fei ; ba^ elb mufete beja^It luerben. \Hlc bio ^cr^ogin abreifte, beglcitete fie bcr 23irt, mic ^euiobiilid), ntit melon ^erbcuQungen an ben SBagcn, fprad^ fciueii 3)anf au^ unb fjofftc, baft cr bet ber SHurffcfjr ber ^crjogin is uucbcr Me i^bre ibreo ^oiud)-? ^abcn mcrbc. ^aS metft ic^ nod^ nkbt," fprad^ bie ^Jame, w abcr c$ fann nur miter eiucr ^cbtngung fein, ban 2io mid^ ntcfyt mit 3^cm Sc^ilbc Derrocd^fcln." (vine* retdien i^auerd o^n r ber auf bcr llniucrfitat ftubicrtc, fam nad^ |)aufc r urn fcine Ciltern ju befud^en. 5U fie eineS XUbenbo bei Jifd^c faften, unb ^mci 2tiic! Weflitgel aufgetragcn unirben, fagtc bcr Stubent: ,,3$ fann burd^ bie i^ogif unb bic s Jhiibnietif beroeifcn, baft biefe &roet 93ogel brei ftnb." r ,9?un f fo lafe mal boron/' fagtc ber \Hlte. , ricf bcr clefvrtc, M ift einv ; unb bio* in \tuei ; unb 5mct unb ein mad^t, trie tfvr rotftt, 25 brei." M ?a bu ba^ fo gut ^crau^gebrad^t ^aft," antroortcte bcr r, ,,fo foH bic 9Kuttcr ben einen Sogcl ^abcn, id^ mitt ben \iueiten nobmen unb bu magft ben britten fiir beine grofce e= lebrfamfeit bebalten." ttaifer Marl ber giinftc ^atte fid) eine Sage in bcr ifcc bcr so 3agb bcrirrt unb tnanbcrtc, f^fn Don feincm efolge f im SSalbc umber. Gnblid^ fam er an cin cinfad)e 33ierf)au3, mo er ein^ MATERIALS FOR TRANSLATION 169 !efjrte, um fief) ju erfrifcfyen. 2Il er eintrat, falj er bort trier Scanner, beren XRienen if)m nici)t gefteten; er fe^te fid) inbeffen nieber unb beftellte etftm. S)ie banner fteHten fid), al ob fie fcfytiefen; balb aber ftanb einer fcon iljnen auf, naljerte fid) bent 5 Saifer unb fagte : ,,9JJir Ijat getraumt, ba id) beinen ut neljmen foil," unb na^m i^m ben ut. 3)er gtocttc fprad): ,,9Kir ^at getrdumt, ba i(i) betnen ffiod ne^tnen foH f " unb naljm i^n. er Srttte na^m, naci) einer gleii^en 93orrebe r bie SBefte. S)er SSterte fagte ntit grower ofli(^leit: ,$fy offe f bu tirirft ni(3^t bagegen 10 ^aben, ba^ ify betne 3:afd)en unterfu^e," nub al er eine golbene Sette um ben ate be $aifer fa, tDoran fetn S^Qb^orn !)ing, mad^tc er ftd& boran, au<3) biefe ^u ne^nten. 5Iber ber Saifer fprad^: ,,^>alt, Steunb, id() glaube, bu fannft ba orn ntdtjt blafen; id^ tDttt btdfj'3 le^ren." arauf fe^te er ba orn an 15 ben 3Kunb unb blie einigemal fe^r taut, eine eute f bie i^n fuc)ten, traten in bie iitte unb ftmren erftaunt ju fel)en f in toel-d&er efeGjd^aft ber Satfer tear. ,,^ier finb t)ier Surjd^en," fagte ber Saifer, ,,benen bag getrciumt ^at, tt)a fie ju traumen tDitnfd^ten. &%t ift bie SReifje an ntir f au(^ einmat $u traumen." 20 3)arauf fe^te er fid) nieber, fd^to bie $Iugen eine SSeite, ftanb bann auf unb fagte: ,,9Kir ^at getraumt, ba i(^ t)ier S)iebe Ijangen fa^." ein Sraum murbe fofort 3tt)ei olbaten, ein ^rlanber . unb ein Sngtanber, befcJjf offen, i fiir einanber ju forgen, in bent gatte, ba einer im beginnenben 25 Sampfe berttmnbet tcerben fotte. 9^a(^ einigen 9#inuten murbe be ngtanberg Sein bon einer Sanonenlugel abgef^offen. @r bat nun feinen greunb, i^n ^um 5lr^te ju tragen. Saum fjatte biefer feinen Sameraben auf bent Sftiicfen, al eine jtoeite Sugel bent armen 2:eufel ben Sopf tuegri^. S)er grlanber ^atte ba so lefete llngliid feine SreunbeS nid^t bemerft unb fe^te feinen SBeg fort. (Sin Dffijier fafj i^n mit bent fopf(ofen 9ftann unb fragte ttrillft bu?" f ,3um oltor r " fagte ber ^rtanber. 1 ' (l A GERM A \ hlilLL HOOh ,,Tn JummtoiM." crmibcrtc ber Cffi^icr, ,,bcr SKann hat ja fcinon ffopf bcrlorcn." XHl* bcr ,V I an bcr bad borte, marf cr ben MOUUT mm icinen 2d)nltcrn, betracfytetc ihn feljr $ornig unb riej: ,, v Jiiui, cr fagtc mir, e$ marc icin ^cin; abcr id) mar cin v Jiarr, ihni -,u glauben, benn cr mar intmcr cin grofecr fiiigncr." 5 3n altcn ;5ciicn hielten bic ttonigc ofnarrcn. ivrauj ber Don Jranfreid) fyattc aud) cincn 9?arrcn. Dicfer mar fehr unb mad^tc ftdf) luftig iibcr allc, fogar bic grof.cn \vncn am $)ofc. $te inciftcn lac^tcn ba^u, abcr einigc nafjmen cd iibel, unb cincr brohtc ihn 511 ermorben. ?er iVarr ging jum Sonig 10 unb flagte bariiber M r\iird^tcn Sic c$ bod^ ja nid^t, M fagtc bcr $5nig. ,,(*r mirb e nic^t tun. SBcnn er e$ tut, mcrbe ic^ i^m cine Stunbc na$f)cr ben Sopf abfdjlagcn laffcn." %$ banfc 3^rer 2)iajcftat rcd^t fe^r fiir bicfcn d^ut," fagtc bcr 9?arr. M ^lbcr f onnten Sic i()m nid^t cine Stunbc Dormer ben ffopf ab- IB fd)lagen (affen? 3)ad miirbc mir mcit licbcr fein." a (Tin 2anbmirt Ijatte cincn ^Jrojcft. Gr ging ju cinem WbDo* fatcn, crfliirte i^m bic Sa^e unb iibcrgab i^m cinige Sdjriften. ^ffiommen @ic nad^ brci Jagcn roieber," fagtc bcr s ^lbDofat f M unb idf) merbe 3()ncn meine s .l)icinung fagen." 5Wad^ brci Jagcn fam 20 bcr yanbmirt. ?er SlbDofat fd^iitteltc ben $?opf unb fagtc: ,,3()re ad^c ift fe^r dcrmirrt. Jd) faun ben runb bauon nicfyt fchcn. Sommen Sic nad^ ad[)t lagcn miebcr." S)cr 2anbmirt fam nadf) ad^t Jagen unb crfjiett bicfelbe 3lntmort. (r mar betroffen unb fonntc anfang bie Sadfje nid^t begreifcn. 2lber balb toerftanb er 25 c. Gr jog jmei olbftucfe ^crau^ r legtc fie auf ben ifrf) unb fagte: ,,>ier ift ein v ^aar 93riHen. 3>e^t merben Sie bod^ rootjl ben runb meiner Sad^e fefjen fonnen." 3 S)cr Sonig gtiebrid^ aBil^elm IV. Don $rcuen mar einft auf ber 9leifc. $n einem S)orfc murbc er feftlid^ empfangen. 5)ie 30 Sd^ulfinbcr mit ihrcm 2ef)rer begriifeten i^n, unb ein fleine^ SKdbd^en fagtc if)m ein ebid^t ^er, moriiber er fid) fefjr frcute. MATERIALS FOE TRANSLATION 171 ,,)u Ijaft beine adfye fcfyon gemad^t, ttteitt $inb!" fagte ber fjolje, freunbltd^e >err. ,,^un mill id) bit abet cmd) cine grage bor= legen. 28ol)in geljort ba?" fragte er unb ^eigte bem Sinbe cine Slpfelftne. ,,3n ba ^flcu^ettreicE)," ertoiberte fdjiid&tern ba 9Kab^ 5 djen. ,,28o!)in nun ba?" fragte ber fjolje err toeiter unb eigte auf ein olbftucf. ,,3fn 2KtneraIreid) f " tuar bie 2tnttt)ort. ,,2Bo^ ^in ge^ore id^ benn, mein Sinb?" mar bie britte grage. greunb- lii^ blidte ba Sinb ben Sonig an unb fagte: t $n$ immetreid)." S)a glan^te eine Jrcine in bem Singe be Sonig f unb er ^ob ba 10 9[RagbIein empor unb fiifjte e. ber ro^e juar immer im Srtege ntit ben anbern i 9lationen unb braud)te be^^atb immer tiiele olbaten. @in Re- giment beftanb nur au au^erorbentlid) gro^en unb ftarfen 2ftan^ nern. (ine 3^age fam ein fe^r jd)oner unb ftattlid^er lunger is grange unb iDottte bem Sonig Don ^Sreu^en bienen. >er &ffi* 5ier na^m i^n an, gab i!)m, toa einem olbaten notig tt)ar, unb, ba er fein 28ort S)eutj(^ Derftanb, fagte er: ,,S)u mu^t tt)enigften bie 9lnttt)orten auf brei gragen lernen. er Sonig ^at fe^r fd)arfe Stugen. @r totrb fogtei^ bemerlen, ba bu neu im S)ienfte 20 bift, unb inirb bir biefe brei S^gen ftetten, bie er jebem neuen Beirut ftettt. @ie tauten fo: SSie alt bift bu? 23ie lange bift bu in meinem S)ienfte? rfjaltft bu piinftli^ Uniform unb Sofjn? SSenn bu bie Slnttt)orten auf biefe brei $ragen ber fReifje nad^ geben fannft, fo ftrirb griebri^ filler ^ufrieben fein.'' $ur bar^ 25 nad^ !am ber Sonig, feine 9?egimenter ^u muftern. 9113 er ben gran^ofen erbticfte, blieb er fte^en unb fagte rafdj: ,,SBte lange bift bu in meinem Sienftc?" ^)er Refrut gab piinltlid^ bie erfte etngelernte Slntmort: ff Stt)eiunbtt>attjtg Sa^re, SKajeftat!" ,,@o!" rief ber Sonig ganj erftaunt, f ,toie alt bift bu benn?" ,,(in Sa^r, 30 3Raieftat r " ertmberte ber @otbat o^ne 3<^bern. griebricf), r ,enttoeber bu bift berriidt ober id^ bin e!" SRajeftat," tt)ar bie Sluttoort. a erflarte ber Cffi^ier bie @acf)e 172 ^ GERMAN I Hi ILL unb bcr .Monifl inn we l)crjlidf) lod)cu. Cfr befall, baf; I* l"o balb rote moglidt) 3)cutfdf) Icrnen follc, unb ging fort. XHI* 2mift cinft, uon einem licncr bcglcitet, auf cim: mar, fehrten fie in cincm 28irtt)aufc cin unb blicbcn bort iiber 9?ad)t. ^lm midjften STOorgcn toerlangtc 2tmft fciuc 2ticfcl, unb 5 ber Tidier brad)tc fie ihm iiiuv % Pitt>t. 2ioift bemerfte c^ unb fprad): w 3Bie ift ba^, f)oma* 2u rciten ipollcn," ant- luortete jcner, w fo gloubtc id^, fie nntrbcn balb uucber fd)inui\ti] njcrben." M (^ut," fagte mtft, w gc^ unb mad)' bic ^fcrbe fertiiv" ^I'lttlmuctlc befaljl cr bem SiJirte, fnncin riencr fein Sriibftiicf w 5U fleben. xHlo Jboma* priicffel)rte, fragte cr ilm, ob bic "J>fcrbe fortii) fcien. n $a, ^err," antmortctc bcr s ^cbicntc. ff So gel) nub fithrc fie nor." M ^lbcr, Jpcrr, id^ t)abe metn 8riil)ftitcf nod) ntd)t gcbabt," crnnbcrte ?[)oma^. ,,3d)abet nid^td, bu unirbeft balb luiebcr binuiri^ lucrbcn." 2ie fafeen auf unb ritten baDon. Smift is 509 eir. 9u$ aui5 bcr Jafc^e unb fing an $u lefen. J)a begegnctc iljncn cin .v>crr. 9ll er ben Toftor lefen fa^, rooflte er ifjn nid^t ftoren, ritt Dorbei unb rebctc ben Ticner an: JBer ift jencr 2Kann?" rf 9Kein crr," antroortctc Jf)oma. w Dad meife id), ?ummfopf, abcr ivohin geljt ihr?" ,, x )Unt ^immel." f/ 93o^er tt)eit 20 bu booV" rr ^cil id) fafte unb mcin i)crr betct." 2 Sncbrid) SStlfjelm bcr Grftc don ^Jreufeen mar fe^r n)i^ig unb Ijatte gcrn mi^ige Scute urn fid). Gin junger 2Rann fyoffte, burd^ fctitcn SBi^ cine Stette am ofe ju cr^altcn. (ir ging jcbcn Jag in ben arten bc^ ffonigg, meil er f)offte f ben ftonig bort 25 5U fehen. Crinctf ^IWorgen? traf er it)n roirflid^. 2)er fionig ging \\i iljm unb Oegann mit i^m 5u fpred^en. Crr cr^ielt fdf)nelle unb gute ^Intuwten, unb fd^ien bamit jufrieben u fein. 2)er junge SRann fa&te 9Kut unb bat urn cine teUe, bie jur 3^it leer mar. 5)er ffiontq itberlcgte eincn ^(unenblicf unb fagte: $$ lann ^s()ncn id^t berfpredjcn. %$) mufe jucrft mit mcinem SKinifter rcbcn. fa^en 2ic mtr, mof)cr fommen Sic?" f ,3d^ bin ein Scrltncr, MATERIALS FOE TRANSLATION 173 SKajeftSt." tut mir leib," fagte ber onig ,,benn atte liner taugen nid)t." ,,3$ ^itte urn (ntfd)utbigung, SRajeftat, after e giftt unter ifjnen audE) gute Seute," jagte ber junge 2Kann. ,,3d) felbft fenne jei." ,,28er finb biefe jtoet?" fragte ber Sonig. 5 ,,er cine/' anttoortete ber 2Jfann, ,,ift @m. 2Rajeftfit, unb ber anbre bin idij." 5)er Sonig lad^elte, unb am folgenben 23Zorgen er^ielt ber Sftann bie gettwnfd&te teHe. @tt)ift beftrafte ben Unge^brfam feiner ienerf($aft auf fonber= I bare SBeife. 2)a 9Kieten feiner SJtagbe iibertie^ er feiner >au^ 10 ^alterin. SSenn bie efdjaft boriiber tear, fo teitte er i^nen mit, ba er ifynen nur jtt)ei Sefet)Ie ju geben ^abe: ben erften, bie iir ^inter fi^ ^u fcfyliefsen, tuenn fie au bem 3i*mner gingen; ben 5tt)etten f bie 3:iir u f^lie^en, tcenn fie in 3^wier fcimen. (Sine ber SKcigbe lam eine age ju ifjm unb bat um bie r= 15 taubni^, ^u ber )od)5eit i^rer Sd^tpefter, gegen jtuolf SKeilen t)on entfernt, ge^en ^u biirfen. @tt)ift erlaubte e i^r nid^t , fonbern fagte, bafs er i^r ein feiner ^Sferbe geben tDoIte unb aui$ einen 93ebienten, ber mit.t^r reiten fotte. S)a SKcibd^en, in i^rer greube iiber biefe iite, t)erga bie iir ^u fd^tie^en, 20 al fie ba 3^^^ t)ertie. 9?ad)bem fie beina^c eine 9Siertet= ftunbe fort ttmr, befall @tt)ift einem anbern SBebienten, ein ^Sferb 511 fatteln, bie 9Jfagb fo fcfyneft tDte mogtid^ ein^u^olen unb fie $u notigen, augenbticflid^ jttriHjufc|tcn. <3ie ^atte nod^ nid^t me^r afe bie gftlftc be 2Sege juriicfgelegt, ate ber Sebiente fie ein^ 25 oltc r unb i^r ben 33efef)l %e |>errn fagte, bem ba arme 3Kabci)en f oBglei^ mit Unttntten, ge^or^en mu^te. @ie erfcfyien mit fe^r niebergef^tagenem eftd^te bor i^rem errn unb fragte, ttm er ^u befe^ten ^abe. ,,9Kad^' nur bie Jiir ^inter bir gu r " tear bie Slntmort. Um after bie (Strafe nid)t $u tocit ju treiben, 30 ertaubte er \fyc, bie $Reife ftieber an^utreten. Sin 9Jtann im gteifean^ug ftanb an ber @^meffe unb fragte, ob 2 e Ijtcr rcd&t fei im SStrt^Ijaufe ,,3um 3:oten ee.' 7 Sluf ba lur^e 1 T I 4 GERMAN DRILL BOOK bc3 9Rob$en$ trot cr cin, marf fcin triefenbcS $laib auf ben Jnd), bic 9tcifctafd)c bancbcn unb lief; fid) in fidjtbarcr Irr fdwfung auf ber s ^aitf nieber, oljne ben rcgcnfdjroeren .\Sut ab .Vtucljmen obcr ben Stod au3 ben $anbcn ju laffen, aid mottc cr nad) nad) furjcr SHaft roiebcr aufbrcd&en. 3)ic SWagb mar Dor 5 iljni ftcbni i^cblicbcn unb martctc, n>a$ cr ctroa ju befe^lcn li -.l)icn cv abcr flanj su dcrgcffcn, bag nod^ jcmanb auftor il)in im gimmcr mar, Icljntc ben J?opf juriicf gcgcn bie SWaucr unb btc auflcn. @o fd^micg micbcr aDcd in ber buinpfen, en Stubc, unb nur bad <3ummcn bcr S^egen unb bad 10 gcbanfenlofc cufjcn bcr SRagb untcrbrad^ bann unb mann bic fam bic SBirtin mit bom Irffcn herein : cin flciner ber ben Jrcmbcn grofe anftarrtc, tru^ ihr cin 2icftt nad), bcr SBirt er^ob ftd^ fcfymcrfaHig Don bcr Ofcnbanf, gd^ntc unb trot is an ben Jifdf) fycran. Crr iiberlicfe c^ abcr ber J\rau, ihrcn (^aft ,Vtm Ci-ffcn ein \ulaben, ma^ bcr mit cincm ftummcn fiopffd^iitteln ablehntc. S^ifd^, auger cin paar $iif)ncrn unb Crnten, hatten fie nid^t im $)aufe, cntfd^ulbigtc fid^ bic SBirtin. 2Rittmod), ben 28tcn 3\m\. 9?ad^ cinicjcr $c\l fam grau SBcrncr cbcnfato au i^rcr 23ol)= nung ^uriid, unb roir gingen auf bic rofcnumranfte SSeranba Dor bcr Wartentur, um ^affcc ^u trinfen. 5(l5 mir bort fo beljaglid) im 2d)atten fafecn unb bcr leifc Sommerroinb ben SMumcnbuft au bent fonnigcn arten ^ermc^tc, mo bic d^metterlingc, mic 25 bcraufdn, um bic Siofcn ftotterten, unb c fo ftiH mar, bafc man faft ba Sdfjtagcn i^rcr g^ugel l)b'rcn fonntc, fprad) bcr 9tofcn= foniii : (*$ licgt cin cigncr 3^ubcr barin, an fo cinem fonnigcn Dtacfymittage im be^agtid^cn Sd^attcn ju fi^cn, Don-ticbcn 2Ken= fd^cn umgebcn; aber DoHftanbig mirb bcr cnu crft, menu SKufif babci in: Warie, miUft bu un ntdrt ein Steb ftngen?" Mlauicr ftanb nahc an ben gcoffnctcn J5(iinc(titrcn, id) faft MATERIALS FOB TRANSLATION 175 gerabe fo, bafj id() e fefyen lonnte. $3) Ijatte 9Karie nod) me fingen ^oren unb roar iiberrafd)t bnrd) ben anmutigen tang iljrer timme, at3 fie begann: ,,83om 53erg -^urn Sat ba SSatbfjorn Hang, 5 Qm bliifjenben Sat ba SKagblein fang: SSon ber SRofe, ber 2ofe im Sat!" ber (^tad^t bet ej^am f in ber buarb IV. ben teg babontrng, tourbe ^etnrid^ VI. gefangen genommen nnb in ben Xotoer eingefperrt. ( g^tang jebocl) ber Sonigin SCRargarete, ber 10 emaljtin einri(i)^ f fid^ mtt tfjrem o^ntein in einen benadjbarten SBatb ^n fliid^ten. ier tDnrbe fie bon einer 9?anberbanbe nber- fallen. S)iefe 9Jtenf(^en na^men ber onigin itjre 9^inge, i^r ^at^banb nnb fonftige Steinobien. SSa^renb bie ^Ranber nnter= einanber nm bie SBente ftritten, fliid^tete fi(^ SKargarete. S)od() IB batb nad)^er fiet fie einem anbern ^Ranber in bie ^janbe. ie fagte i^nt, ba fie bie nngtii(itidE)e Sonigin fet f nnb bat i^n auf ben Snieen nm d^n^ fiir ben 5J$rinjen. e 9?anber cr ftmrb gerii^rt r nnb er ^atte (Srbarmen mit i^r. Gr na^m fie mit in fein jan nnb fcerforgte fie mit peife nnb Sranf. ann 20 mar er iljr ba^n be^itflid^, fi(^ an SBorb eine d^iffe mit iljrem o^nd^en nad^ gran!rei(^ ^u fliicfyten. ort tt)ar fie in id^er^eit, benn SKargarete tt)ar eine fran^ofifd^e ^rin^effin. in i^n frad^t. in tanter dfyrei tont bnrd^ bie ftiEen ofe 2 be fteinen @d^toffe. ^tngfttid^ taufen bie S3ett)ot)ner ^ufammen. 25 5Ind^ bie Sonigin eitt an genfter. ,,SSag ift gefd)e^en?" rief Antoinette. r ,S[Raieftat," ttmr bie 5tnttt)ort f , ; ber Dbergartner fjat nadE) pa^en gefd^offen, nnb nngtiicfticfyerfteife ift bem ^nnbetrarter ber cfynfs in bie Srnft gegangen. ie bringen if)n fi^on ,,D, ba^ ift entfe|tid^ !" jammerte bie Sonigin. ie tie ben 30 mnnbeten foglei(^ in ^to bringen unb befall, nadf) einem in 9Serfaiffe 5n fd^iden. Cr tonrbe ^erbeige^ott nnb fcerbanb ben SSermunbeten mit grafter efd)ictti(i)!eit. 5tt er tuieber getjen 176 A <;KK.MA.\ it HILL HOOK moUte, (am bic ftonigin au3 ifrrcm Dimmer. ,,2Hcin err," rcbctc lie ilw an, ,,id) l)abe obneu mcincn ?anf fiir ^brc V>ilic ab\it flatten. Pollen 2ie mir geftatten. x ~sbucn, bcm id) fcin Mclb an= ^ubietcit mage, bicfc fleinc x .Vabel fur x x \brc ttrattattc iibcrrcid)cn $u biirKiiV" ?cr Slrjt manbtc ftd^ urn. (intjc^t fuhr bic Moniivn 5 jurucf. Dad Hntlife bc arjtcd tDar al Cir lad)dtc ^SRabamc." holm to IT, M bcbaltcu Sic ^shrc ^vainitc. %% mciiic 2d)iilbiiifcit flctan, abcr Don Dorncluncn Vcutcn ncl)ine tc^ fcinc (^cfdKiifc. 3^ bcfjanblc bic ffinbcr bc8 Soiled um= fonft." tir brcbtc ihr ben Wiicfcn inib ging ()iuau^. (8 mar 10 9Rarat. i aid anfclmo crma^tc, lag cr im untcrn Stocf auf bcm Scttc bc^ artiicr, ncbcn ibm ftanb bcr raf, ju ^duptcn bc8 fiagcrd bcr xHnt. anf bcm Miun'c ^attc cr Gi^ licgcn. 3n bcm augcnbltcfc, mo cr bic fiibcr rtc cr ben arjt fogcn: (** in ja fcin SSunbcr! 93cr in cincr 9ladf^t fold) cin SBcrf iMffcn, bcm fann fe^on cine abcr fpringcn." mar, al* fliibe ibm bic^ SBort aUc Slraft jnrucf. Gr f)ob ben Sopf unb fal) bie .v>crrcii an. ?er raf bcugte fid^ licbcUoH iiber tbn. ,,2inb 2tc .vtfrieben mit meiner xHrbcit?" mar aiifclmoS crfie gragc. j^^ifriebenV 11 fagtc bcr raf; w @tc ^abcn cin SSunbcr doH- brarfjt unb @ic fragcn, ob man jufricbcn fei?" xHnfctmo fefctc fid) auf unb glin mit ben giigen jur (Srbe. (Sin beftiges? Bittern iiberlief ibn. r ,3ft ^>Q^ tt>a^r ift'3 moglid^? .:ntc tci^ mirflidt) cin Miinftlcr mcrbcnV" ,,2io finb c* fd)on!" ricf bcr raf. ,,oftor, ^ab r id^ nid^t rcdjt?" ,,^1, ba* ift cine mcrfmiirbige Sciftung!" fagtc bcr ^lr\t. T.i fd)lug bcr armc uerfanntc, berac^tcte efeQe bie ^dnbc bor ba3 cfid)t unb meintc. Me bie lang getragcne ffnc^tfdjaft, att bic lunminuivlofc Gntfagung, all ba^ bcfd)cibcn Dcrfdjmicgcnc, MATEEIALS FOE TRANSLATION 177 bittere SBef) eineg ganen Sebeng, e lofte fid) in ber b fenen eele itnb ergofs fid) in biefen ranen. Um bie 9JJitte beg 14. Qafjrljnnbertg lebte ein 28einl)anbter in i Sonbon, nanteng faucet, liefer Ijatte einen @of)n, ber eoffret) 5 fjiefj. a ber SSater fefjr ftol auf ben Snaben tear, liefc er i^m bie befte r^iefjung geben. 3)er jnnge Cancer ftnbierte anf ben Uniberfttaten Djforb nnb Kambribge. %m fitter bon 18 Qte^ett fd)rieb er bag ebid^t "The Court of Love." iefe ebid)t mai^te i^n fofort berii^mt. (r ertDarb fid^ bie nnft beg mad)- 10 tigen nnb einpnfsreidjen ^er^ogg t>on Sancafter. 9lm >ofe bn^ arbg III. tt)ar Sfjancer feljr beliebt. @r geid^nete fid) bnrd) fein perfonltd^e Slnftreten, bnrd) feine 93erebfamfeit nnb jeine bei^en^ ben atiren au. 93ei ber eiftlid^feit tt)ar er jebod^ toenig beliebt. 2)enn er ^atte $n oft beren tabelntt)erte Seben bnrd) feinen bit^ 15 teren pott gegeifselt. 91I fRid^arb II. ben 3Tf)ron beftieg, ber^ lie^ Sfjaueer ben ^of nnb ^og fidj nad^ 28oobfto(J 5nrM. ort fd)rteb er "The Canterbury Tales," ba befte feiner 2Ber!e. Cancer ttrirb ber S5ater ber englif^en ^oefie genannt, fomie 3o^n SStjctiffe ntit 9?e(^t ber SSater ber englifdjen ^?rofa ^et^t. 20 9Kit biefen ^triei d^riftftettern beginnt bie ^eriobe be SKittel^ ngttf^en, bie bi ^nm 2lnfange ber 9tegierung ber Sonigin lifabet^ banerte. in SSeifser ^atte einem 3^^^^^ cine ^mnbfcoll S^aba! ge- 2 geben. 3lm na^ften Sage lam ber ^nbianer ju feinem mei^en 25 grennbe nnb gab i^m einen SSiertetboHar, ber nnterm Saba! ge- mefen tt)ar f tua ber SSei^e ma^rfd^einlid) nid)t gemn^t ^atte. (Sinige anbre S^bianer tt)oltten i^m raten, ba elb n be^alten; er aber legte bie Jpanb anf bie 93rnft unb fagte : ,,)ier ^ab ; id^ jtuei 3Kenf(^en, einen guten nnb einen bofen. )er gute SKenfd) so fagte, ba elb ge^ore nid^t mir, nnb id) fottte e bent toeifsen ^rennbe ^nriidbringen; ber bofe bagegen be^anptete, bag etb mare mein (Sigentnm; e fei mir mit bent Xabaf gegeben tuorben; 178 A GERMAN DRILL BOOK id) fonnte gan$ rufjifl fcin unb mir geucrroan r faufcn. 3d) mufete nidf)t, meffcn SRat id) folgen folltc. Urn cnMid) Mo bcibcn 2treitcr log $u mcrbcn, ging id) $u 93ctt. 9lber be8 @treitcn$ mar fcin ISnbc, id) innate ba8 clb juriicfbriiuv i 1 liber ciu 3^toufcnb maren bic bcgrabcncn Stable $crcutanum, ^ompcji unb 2tabia ucrfdiollcn. cgcn Irnbc bed 16. J\ IjunbcrtS murbc cin ^anal anfldcgt, urn Staffer t)om arno nac^ lorre Snnunjiata 511 Icitcn. (*r fufjr qucr burd^ bic :)inincn ^ompcji*, unb ift noc^ jc^t in Jatiflfcit. ^lUcin man niiv>t clciicnhcit nid^t, tucitcre 5Ra%rabungcn an^uftcllcn. 91 ud) ben 10 WclclirtcH mar bie Sage ber Stabt gfinjUd^ unbcfannt. (Sin $u* faQ fiihrtc 1710 bic CSntbccfiing \Scrculanumd l)crbci, inbcm man bci bom ^ohrcn cine* ^rnnncn* anf ben l^runb bc^ I^catcrS fticr, unb cine "Jlnjafjl fd^oncr Silbfdulcn fanb. Drcigig 3a^rc fpater unirben bie xHiidgrabungcu init cinigcm (Sifcr micbcr aufgcnom* w men. Son ^ompcji mar mittlcrmcilc gar fcinc 9lcbc, bi^ 1748 jufctHigc in etnem ^cinbcrgc gemad)tc gunbc naf)crc 5Wa^for^ fd^ungen tocranla&tcn. 2Ran bcgann am 9(mp^it^catcr $u graben, fpater am Jhcatcr. 3>odf) ging adc mit cincr crftaunlid^cn ^ad^= u^Feit unb Sangfamfcit. Jatjrclang marcn nur t)icr bi fiinf 30 9lrbcitcr, oft felbft aud) nid^t biefc, befd^afrigt. I)ic SRiiinen mur= ben bur(^mu()It f urn Statuen unb crdt ju finbcn, nad)fjer f^led^t fonfcrDiert, obcr einfad^ mieber jugcmorfcn. 2 S^ mar micbcr an cincm SSinterabenb, al ^einridf), bicfc 2Ra( jmcitcr Slaffe, nad) jener ^anbetdftabt 5uriicffut)r, in ber er 25 fo mandjeS 3afjr gelebt. SBieber tanjten braufeen bie glorfen, micbcr fa^ cr Dor fid) ein neuc*, cin ganj unbefannte^ Seben, unb fie^e ba! auf bem Si^e gegeniiber lag mieber cin fteineS, graubraunc^ 53ud). od^ biefc* 3)JaI mufue er, mem e ge^ortc. CS^ fafecn jmei ^erren mit il)in im SSagen, unb ber dltere don ben beiben ^arte foeben ba 93ud^ beenbigt, e^ jugefdjlagen, auf ben <3i^ gelegt unb 3U fcincm jiingcrn cnoffen cjcfagt: fl lSin MATERIALS FOE TRANSLATION 179 ganj pradi)tige 23ud) ! 28er ba3 gefdjrieben fjat, ber ift ein $>id)ter." 3) a gab e einen tofs burdfj ben 28agen, unb ba fteine ftel ^u Soben ober mar e ber ijenba^nfobotb, ber 5 p Sii^en marf? (r bMte fid^, ergriff e unb reid)te e, fid^ berbeugenb, bent errn gegenitber; babei !tappten bie eiten ein menig au^einanber, fo ba er ben itel erblidte, unb ricfytig, e mar ber mo^tbefannte Sitel, e mar ba tang berlorene SSerf. ^SSer^ei^en ie/' fagte er ^unt errn, ,,menn i<^ 3ff)r 93ud^ ntir 10 ein bif$df)en betra($te." , f 93itte, bitte/' rief jener freunbtidf); ,,id^ fann 3^nen bie Seltiire empfe^ten; e ift ba rftting^merf eine neuen, eine fraftfcoffen, jungen Unb Jpeinrid) offnete ^ogernb ba 95n<^ bodE) tt)ie erj^ral er! i 15 benn unter bent atten befannten itel ftanb mit Heinerer cljrift gan^ bentli(^: w t)on einridj . . ." @ mar nid^t ba atte Snc^, fonbern fein eigne, nid)t ba fcerf)ete, fonbern ein nene, nnb ber e3 gef^rieben ^atte, mar er. r gab e errotenb nnb $it- ternb bor tannen bent ^errn juriidE, ber tyn fjoflid) befragte, w me^^atb er benn nid)t meiterleje? ,,S^ fenne ba S3nd^ fd^on," fagte er leife. ,,@ie !ennen e? ba nimmt ntidf) mnnber, e ^at erft gan^ liir^tid) bie ^reffe berlaffen; man fanbte e ntir, bantit ify e be^ fpred^e, benn id) bin Sritifer unb Sournalift. od^ bie !Ieine f 25 unfcfyeinbare Su^tein bringt jetbft bie ftrengfte Sritif ^unt @dt)mei^ gen; idE) ntod)te nur mifjen f mer e berfa^t ^at." a fagte >einri(f) gan^ teife: ,,S^!" amit bie efd)id)te ^iibf^ orbenttii^ enbe, tmtf$ id^ nod^ be^ ttd^ten, mie jener err Sritifu fi(^ $u einri(^ S3ef(^u^er unb 30 3tatgeber nta^te; mie fein 93egteiter, obmofjl felbft ein i^ter, einrii^ marntfter unb innigfter S^eunb unb unfer ^einrid^, ber Sr cimer te^r ling, jetbft ein beritfjntter d^riftftetter marb. l s u A GERM A. \ inn 1.1. ofifd)en glofte gegeniiber. xHlo s Jidion aiify Serbed trat, erfuHfe ein touted, fampfbegie* riged efd^rei bie Suft. Gr rrug ben 9Jod, ber fo mand)en as Sturm, fo manege d^lad^f erlebt ^atte. eine Stuff mar nut Gf)renfreu3en unb ternen bebedt. 9ll man i^m anbcutete, ba il)n bie-3 bcm geinbe ju beutlid) u erfennen gdbe f antmortete er: ^3^ G^ren f)abe id^ ftc gcmonnen, in Gfjren mitt id^ mit i^nen fterben." I)er Sampf bcgann. ic englifd^en ^rieg^fd^iffe, angcfii^rt Don SRelfon unb Gollingmoob, ftiirmtcn in $roei ^olonnen gegen bie MATERIALS FOE TRANSLATION 181 frcmjoftfdfjen. Sftadf) etnem blntigen efecfyte blieben bie Gnglanber (Sieger. Sener jebodf) ttmrbe ber <3teg erfanft, benn 9etfon, ber rcbia,cr Ciotton OTatljer in Lofton. liefer luihm ibn liebrcirf) auf unb inline ibn bcim s ^cii gc^en cincn fur>crni SScfl auS UMIUMII .v>aufe. Tic s JiduMitur abcr roar fo niebriq, ban cin cninulifcncr lVcm\1) net) bucfcn mnfiu', inn ntc^t an ben Citcrbalfen ^u ftoftcn. Arnnflin un-nd) uuibrcnb Deo Sortge^end ntit icincm leutKligcn Sii^rer unb iah bahcr nid)t auf w ntcrfiam nor fid) bin. ,,Wclmcft! (^cbiutt 1 " ricf nnf ciiimal bcr ^rcbii^cr. nbcr in bcm xHn^cnblicfc fiibltc fc^on granflin ben ^alfen an ber 2tirn. ff ^Jierf irr fid) ben flcincn llnfall!" fafltc bcr x i>rebirter. ,,lr ift jinu) unb bat bie SJclt nor fid). fid) nnf bent SSegc, unb Crr iinrb fid^ mnnc^en barren s l>nff myarni." 15 3)iefe 2ct)re mad^te auf ben jnna,cn ^ranflin cincn fo tiefcn Citu brucf, bafi cr fid) ibrcr in bcm filter Don 79 3a^ren nod^ crinncrtc nnb bie efd^id)tc cincm 2obnc bco crumbntcn s ^rcbiiicrv cr.^dbltc, inbcm cr bin>uicnic: M ?icfcr gntc Mat ^IjrcS feligen Sater^, fo in opf nnb ,v>cr;> ciiuicpra'i)t, ift inir nngemcin nii^tic^ getoefcn, unb nodf) jeftt 20 fdHt cr inir iKUu^nlid^ ein, mcnn idf) fe^c, mie ber ^od^mut fo gebemiitigt mirb unb mie fo manner fid^ ungliicfli^ mad^t, rt>eil er bie Mafc 5U 1)0$ rriigt." Gi> mar cin uninbcrnollcr .^erbfttag, btcfcr 27. September. 5)er Sd^mar^tDalb lag im 3onncnglan,v ?cr 53agen ftanb bereit unb unr fuljrcn au. egen mcr lU)r famcn tnir iiadf) 2Runbe(e()cim ,Vim ,v>anpti]iiarticr. 34 ^ife ni$t f bie^mal fanben mir c fo fttll r e^ fd&ien alle* auc^geflogcn ju fein. Tor Cfftjicr, ber un^ na$ bcm Dbferbatorinm fiibrcn foHte r mar nic^t ba. ?rangen aber auf bent gelbc unb auf bent Cbfcrtjatorium roaren Diele Scute. SBa mod^te w benn tuo^t begegnet fctnV Untcr bcm tjeftigen ^anonenbonner, ber Dor Srrafcburg tontc, fubrcn mir beimiudrtS. %n Sampcrtbcim MATERIALS FOE TRANSLATION 183 biefelbe tide, twr gotten ttnr fagen, mit trafsburg toerbe e nid)t lange mefjr baitern. $ll tt)ir int tanbquartier toaren, Ijorte nad) einer SSiertelftunbe ba dn'efjen plolidj auf. 93atb rtef e bon aCen eiten: ,,3)ie toeifte Saljne, Me toeifse gafjne flattert am SKunfter!" ,,@trafj6urg ift unfer!" jubelten Me Seute. Salb be- ftatigten e bie Drbonnan^en, bte ^urtidritten. Stele toemtett Jrcinen ber S^^tbe, anbre jongen tege^tteber. gro. 3)o!tor begann nun feine tdgltc^en Sefud^e im d^toffe. 9Som i Ijofifdjen Seben nnb ^oftfi^er Slug^ett mu^te er gar ni(^t. 9hxr eine ortentalifd^e ^ofregel tuar tf)m beigefallen, bie er frii^er etnmat in etnem alten 93it(^e getefen, nnb btefe murmelte er an jebem 3Jlorgen t)or fi( ijitt, tDenn er bte SJfarmortreppe ^tnanftteg. S)te 9teget lautete : bn in be Sonig an, btinb ^inein unb ftuntnt ^eran." Unb biefer @prnd^ tDarb i'^rn 5nm f^it^enben 3auber. ie ar^ttii^e Sonfnltation Derlief Sag fur Jag fotgenbergeftatt. eibmebifu SRitlter erji^ien c^Iag 8 U^r in bent 2lrbeit5tmmer 20 be gitrften, ber oft feit Sage^anbru^ fjtnter Slften unb 93it(^ern fa. 2)a itbrtge ^)tenftperfonat ntu^te fid^ bet bent Sintritt be ^Ir^te^ entfernen, tnie e tDO^I alter 93rauc!) ant ofe tt)ar. 2lttein ber je^ige gitrft ^ielt boppelt ftreng auf btefen Srau(^; benn er fjatte be^ fanntlid^ guten runb, feine IXmgebung im bunfeln $u laffett itber 25 ben ttmnbertid)en Sienft be neuen Seibmebifu^. 9iicf)t ^u leugnen ift e f bafs aKen ba er llopfte, at bie Sritte 2 ft^ t)orftd)tig bent aufe na^erten. S)er ^pauptmann ^atte ba genfter geoffnet unb laufcfyte ^interm Saben ; bie ilbrigen traten i^m nad^ unb bernaljmen nun fiitfternbe so (Stimmen, aber oljne ben ^n^alt ber SSorte u berfte^en. inige inuten tuurbe aHe ftitt, bann t)errieten bie Inifternben @pt)eu, ba bie iebe ^erauf^uflertern begannen. A GSRXAy hi: ILL xHtemlov- ftiinben Me ^aufrfjcr, unb bie Scanner cmuuutbeu cS me Cual, fo unttitig jii roartcn, ja nid)t einmal \\\ feben, mie Me ^pu-iiMdner fid) naberten. s 4>li>lUid) flirrte ein /Vinter be* 2aal*, unb nun griffcn ber .\>am>t maim iinb feine (^efitbrtcn mid) ben (^emebren, bcnn jci\t flalt cd, 6 auf bcr &ut 5" K. luolltc man Me ^eutc fid) ntdjt cnnuiidKii la fie 11. Diird) cinen 2polt bor nid)t flonj gefc^loffcncn Jiir war cin Soil be* 2aal* >it iiluTKlKii. SDion erblicfte VIHM lU\inner, bie Dorfid)tiQ Dom ^-enfter heniuteriilitten ; bann $iinbctc bcr cine bie Heine 10 SIcnblntcrnc an, bie ber anbre ihnt reirfjte, inbem er halblaitt fa^te : ,,tVini, x "\ofepl). nimm beine fit in" 2 tune $ufammcn, bamit luir fd)iiell ben red)ten Crt fiitben." ?a lag bcr Arentbc auf bcm 93ette, bie 9ugen gefd^loffcn, ben ^Jiunb iPte Don 2d)iner\en ^a(b gedffnct, bag bie ; ) ) al)ne Dorfd)iin i inerten. ^on feinev febr bleid)en 2ttrn roar bad blonbe $aar .ytritcf^eftranbt unb troff Don Slut unb SRegcnroaficr. 9lm Sobcn lag ba3 Sarctt unb bad feibnc 23am3 unb cin ganj mit Slut ge^ triinftcd cmb r bad bcr J inter mit einem reinen Dcrtaufd)t ^attc. gran $)dena erbelne bio in bie Mniee, als fie an bicfcm Jrcmben *> bie fcine Seinroanb roieberfa^, bie fie felbft fiir iljrcn Sotjn gcfpon- ncn, unb Me 93ud)ftaben, bie fie eingefticft ^atte. Sie beftete, urn fonft nicf)t* im Dimmer fcl)cn 5U miiffcn, i^rc ^lugcn fcft auf bad jungc efid^t, bad tro^ feiner Sotenblaffe einen ^armlofcn, !naben= baft cmtmiitigcn ^ludbrudt ^atte. Sag er guter Scute Sinb fein & imifjte, batte fie rafd^ an feiner Mlcibung er!annt f unb bcr Jon, mit bent er fie urn SKcttung angefleljt, flatty ibr nod^ bcroeglid) tin Cbr. Ci'in muttcrlid)Cv (Refill)! iiberfam fic r unb grogc Jrdncn rottten itber ibr melted efidjt. Sann fam bcr alte Wiener roieber Ijerein mit einem ttruge frifd^en 2Bafferd unb roottte fid^ baron madden, bent Cbnmticfytigen Me Sd^lcife 511 roafrfjen. ,,2agt bad mtr!" fagte bie Jperrin unb na^m i^m ben Scfynjamm aud ber MATERIALS FOR TRANSLATION 185 anb. ,,$ott ben guten gffig au ber Sreben$ unb and) eine glafdje t)on unferm alten 28ein. 28enn er tmeber 511 fid) fomntt, ftrirb ifyn nad) einer tarfung berlangen." Sine finftere, unfjeimlidje !iftad)t fjatte fid) fjerabgefenft. 9Hd)tg i 5 tsar aitf ber twiten 28afferflad)e be djtuar^en 9Keere 511 erfen^ nen r al ber griinti^e i^aum ber tDtlb tan^enben SBogen, jencr un^eitooHe SSerliinber ^eranna^enben @turnte unb bro!)enben Un= tuetter^. IXmfonft fiid^te etn bon SSarna lommenber eebampfer bie f(^iit^ 10 5enbe Sanalftra^e be ^Boporu 5n gettrinnen, umfonft tt)aren ^nnberte gejc^cifttger ^panbe bemii^t, ba ^a|rjeug jener 9Wd)tnng ^nplenfen bie entfeffetten (Slemente 5eigten fi(i) md^tiger al bie Sraft ber 9Kenfd)en. 5tlte 2ln!timpfen gegen turnt nnb SSelten btieb erfotglo^, nnb einer 3^nf(^ale gleid) tt)arb ber ftolje S)ampfer is twit ben jdtjtinmenben SSafferbergen f)tn nnb ^er nnb tt)eit tn 3Keer 5nriidgett)orfen. @o ging fie benn allein iiber ben toetten 9?afen unb unter ben 2 ^intmet^o^en 93dumen ba^tn, unb batb fa^ ber 3wriictbteibenbe md^t ntefjr t)on itjr. @te aber fdjritt meiter unb meiter bur(^ bie 20 (Sinjamfeit. Salb ^orten bie Saumgruppen oiuf, unb ber Soben fenfte fid), ie erfannte tt)oI, ba fie in bent augetrocfneten SSett eine ett)dffer ging ; tDeifjer anb unb Siefel bebectten ben Soben, ba^ttjifi^en tagen tote Sifcfye unb blinhen ntit if)ren ilber- fdjuppen in ber onne. ^n ber SRitte be !6ecfen fa^ fie einen 25 granen, frefnbartigen SSoget fte^en; er fcfyien i^r einem ^Rei^er ci^n- lid) ^u fein f bod) tuar er fcon folder roe f ba fein Sopf, tDenn er i^n anfrid)tete, iiber ben eine SKenfc^en IjintDegragen mn^te ; je^t ^atte er ben langen at jtutfd^en ben gfiigeht ^nruclgelegt unb- fd^ien u fdE)Iafen. SKaren fiir^tete fid). 5tner bent regung^tofen so un^eimli^en Soget ft)ar fein Iebenbe SSefen ficfytbar, nid)t einmat ba d)tt)irren einer Stfiege unterbradE) ^ier bie tide ; tt)ie ein Kntfe^en tag bag @d)lt>eigen iiber biefem Drte. I M; A GERMAX hlil LI. SHit bcm Wcifcn in cincm Irifenbabn.yig ift c* cine gan> unni bcrlidie 2adu\ nnb man nuift cd in bcr Jat crft lerncn, cbc man ed orbcntlid) fann. s j)?and)e I'cntc uu'rben mir bad nid)t ajaubcn nnb fagen: ,,SS8a$ ift abcr babci ,yi IcrncnV v "ui) lofc mir ebon cin Sittet, gcbe mcinc Sadicn anf, fe^c mtd^ cin nnb fa bio bann mit ft fort ba fann cin jcbcr." 5)a^ aQerbing unb cr rcift bann cbcnfo rafd) al^ bic ftbriflcn ober roic? 3^ n fl^9 cn rind, bag cr in cin bidjtfli'iiillte* iionpc fommt, iuo or nid^t cinmal bic giifce au^ftrccfcn fann ; moglic^crmcifc Ijat cr aud^ cine Jamc, mit cincm fdjroicnbcn Minb anf bcm 2ci)oge f flCflcniibcr, uuiftrcnb cin f Inner, 10 il)r cbcnfallo i)cl)in-ci^cr ^urfd^c Don fiinf obcr fcd^d Safyrcn un nntcrbvod)cn itbcr feine Jviifie fort nad^ bcm Jcnftcr ftcttcrt nnb ibni babci cin angebtffcncS Suttcrbrot mit bcr gcftrid^cncn 2citc anf bic Mniee briicft. (jr mod^tc raud^cn, abcr c^ a,c!n nid)t cine 3)ame an fcincr Seitc crflart, ba6 ftc fcincn labaf^bampf, eben* w fomcnia, abcr and^ 3 U 9 bertragcn fonnc; unb cr barf bc^^alb bad genfter nid^t ^crunter laffcn, obgteid) im CSonpc cine briirfenbe tjerrfd^t. 2 Gigentlid^ [)atte 5rij5 bie 5(bfid^t gc^abt, bireft nadt) So(n unb Don ba ab ben ^ilicin aufunirtd ju fafjren, aud^ nur cin SiHct bid ic= so ^en genommcn. Untcrmcfld tt)ar i^m abcr forttud^renb bic 3a- milie Stafpe im Mop? bernmgcgangcn. Gd !am i^m gar fo fonbcr= bar bor, baft fie iljm Don jmci gans cntgcgcngefc^ten Seiten ju gleid^cr &\t empfo^Icn merbcn follte, unb feine 9?cugierbe ermad^te natiirHd^, bie beiben jungen 5)amen fennen 5u lernen, bic er fcfjon 25 aid Sinbcr gefe^en unb iiber beren Siebendnriirbigfett filaud je^t fo Diet berid^tet. 333ad lag iiber^aupt baran, ob er 5uer?"t nad^ 9Wain$ ober Soln fu^r, unb bann macfyte ed i^m aud^ Spafs, menn er ba- ran bad)te, mad fur ein eftd^t fein alter greunb Slaud jieficn untrbe, fobatb er erfu^r, ba gri^ Dor i^m in 2Kainj bei ber ga= so milic gemefen unb bie 5)amen befud^t fjtitte. bent ebanfen lofte er fief) in iefjen, an?"tatt nad& Soln, cin MATERIALS FOR TRANSLATION 187 93iHet nad) granlfurt unb fdfjritt bann ju bent ndmlid^en Qu$, mit bem er bi3 Tjier^er gefaljren, ^nriicl. $n ba ndmtid^e Gtoupe' tooEte er aber nicfyt ftrieber fjinein, unb einent Unterfd)affner ein (Stud (Mb in bie >anb brixclenb, fagte er : ,,(in 9?id)trand)conpe', 5 lieber greunb, too id) ein toenig ungeftort fein lann <5ie t>er= fte^en nti(^ fd^on." 25tt)en^etj au bem ^ettigen Sanbe ^u fd^etterte fein dfjiff an ber norbtid^en Siifte be SKeerbnjen^ t)on SSenebig. r entj^to^ fid) nnn f in bem ettmnbe eine ^5itger f 10 nnter bem !>ftamen ^ng^, bnr(^ ba g^fttanb ^n reifen. o<^ in SSien geriet er in bie etoalt be ^)er5og Seopolb t)on Dfterreid^. SKan erjd^It, ^Rid^arb atte biefen ^per^og bei ber 33elagernng ber tabt 5lere in ^5aldftina toblidf) beleibigt. Seopolb tt)ar erfrent iiber biefe elegentjeit, bie Sef^impfnng an bem berljafsten Sonig 15 t)on ngtanb rci^en ^u fonnen. (r fperrte feinen efangenen jiicrft in bie 93nrg Jierenftein ein. pater berfaufte er i^n an ben Saifer bon ^)entf(^Ianb filr eine gro^e nmme etbe. liefer fott i^n in ein abgetegene^ djtofs in Jirot gebra^t ^aben. 20 trng fi<^ mm $u t ba Slonbel, 9tid^arb Siebting^fanger, anf feinen 28anbernngen an ba cfylofs lam. Unter ben 3^ n f^ n ber 93urg fang Stonbel ein Sieb, ba D^id^arb fetbft lomponiert f)atte, nnb er begleitete ben efang mit ber arfe. 2)er Sonig erlannte at^batb bie i^m toofjlbefannten Sone nnb ftimmte ein in 25 ben efang. 2)er ^arfner erlannte fofort bie timme feine errn. (5r reifte fogleic^ nadj (Snglanb. 2)ort ma($te er belannt, lt)o ber Sonig at efangener fid) befanbe. 3)ie nglanber mu^ten i!)ren Sonig mit einem fd)toeren S6fe= gelb lo^lanfen. $Ri(^arb tt>ar nnn frei nnb lonnte nad) Snglanb so 5iiriidle^ren. ber (Srofse tt>ar einer ber gro^ten errfd^er f bie bie 2 SSett }e gefe^en ^at. @r tt>ar nid^t nnr ein linger @taatmann, 188 A <;KKMA.\ IHULL HOOK fonbern and) bcr flrof.u* Jvclbljcrr joiner ^ctt. Irr mar cin jcbr ftrcngcr, aber yiajcid) cin fcbr a,ercd)tcr Monig. Crr rcajcrtc jcin Weid) al$ ob c$ fcin cigncS Out marc: and) mibmctc cr bcr Minnt nnb S^ifKiiiAaft Did , icS aHc3 mar ihm nur moglid), meil cr fcinc ;icit fchr ^ciiau cintciltc, nub jcbc 2tuubc bc^ Iage$ ^attc 5 il)rc bcfonbrc XHrbcit. llm oicr lll)r bc^ SKorflcnS ftaub cr nnf ; in UHMii^cu s .l)iinntcn hattc or fid) ohnc -Vtlfc aiu^cflcibci uub baun iViu] cr on fcincn 2d)rctbtifd), morouf bic in bcr v Jiod)t oiiflcfom incncn ^ricfc Ki^cn. Tic und)tii)ftcn lav cr fclbft unb )d)ricb aud^ jKHu>l)iilid) an ben Wonb, ma^ barauf ju ontuun-tcii fci. Sobalb w Me x ^ricfc fldckn HMrcii. iranf cr .viancc inib viiiifl bonn, bic / blojenb, cin biv- vnci 2tiinbcii iin ; ) ) iinincr ouf unb ob. DJadjbcm cr bic Txlotc iiici)lc^tc, tratcn bic ^Katc cin; nnb bann nnirbcu bic s ^ric}"c bcantuu^rtct. SScnn bic^ Ocf^oft ^u (Snbc mar, Ia3 cr in cincin x ^nd) obcr fc^ricb ^ricfc. ifl Jc l)ol)cr man ben ^crc\ hinanfftci^t, bcfto fiir^cr, j loerbeii bic Janncn. 2ic fd)cincn immcr met)r jufammcn ju fd^rumpfcn. a unrb c aud^ fd^on fiil)(bar fdltcr. Jic luinibcr* lid)cn (^rnppcn bcr (^ronitblocfc lucrbcn l)icr crft fidjtbor ; bicfc )inb oft Don crftannlid)cr (^rofjc. Ci - ^ ift cin tiitftcrft crfd)opKnbcr 20 9Scg, unb idf) mor fro^, aB id) cnbtid^ bo^ (anc\cr)cl)ntc 55rucfcn^au3 ju efidjtc bcfam. SKau ift nadf) cinem langcn, eiufamcu Um^cr- ftcigcu burd^ Janncn unb Mlippcn plofclid) in ein SBotfcn^au Dcn'cftt; tdbte, 53crgc unb SBjilber blciben untcn liea,en, unb obcn finbct mon cine rounbcrlid) 5ufammengcfe^te frcmbc efeQfd^aft Don 25 bcr man, line cv an bcrglcidjen Crten natiirlid^ ift, faft mie cin crmar- tcter Wcnoffc, ^alb ncugicrig nnb Ijalb glcid^giiltig, cmpfangen mirb. 3d& ftmb ba au Dollcr ciftc, unb nrie c^ cincm flugcn SWanne ge- jiemt bad)tc id^ fd)on an bie 9Zad^t an bic Unbcf)afllid)!cit cincv 2trohlaiierv ; mit Ijinftcrbcnbcr timmc Dcrlangtc id^ gtcid^ Jcc, nnb bcr v>crr Srocfcntuirt mar Dcrniinftig, cinjufcbcn, ba^ cin !ran!er 2cnfd) fiir bic 9iad^t cin orbcntlidjeS Sett Ijabcn muffc. 2: MATERIALS FOE TRANSLATION 189 fcerfcfyaffte er tnir in einem engen 3intmerd)en, too fd)on ein jnnger $anfmann ftdj etabliert fjattc. aranf fang $tfe nnb Stara, t)on bent oftor erfncfyt, ^toeiftintntig i ein SSoIfSlteb, fefjr einfad) nnb fd)tnncflo, nnb trielleid)t traf eben 5 bef)alb bie melandjolifcfye SSeife ba er$, fo ba e nad) bem Ciebe ftiH lunrbe unb bie fremben ^erren gett)ifjerma^en gerii^rt t)or fi^ ^inan^fa^en, bi bet Scmbttrirt bie afte anfforberte, and) ettt)a ^nnt beften ^n gefren. ogleic^ ftimntte bet ^rofeffor, an einer SSemegnng anftan^enb, ntit toofjlftintmenbem SSaffe an: ,,Sm 10 fiif)len Seller ft| ; i(^ ^ier," ba bie Snaben begeiftert bie Sefte alter SRil^ an^tranfen nnb ntit ben Icifern anf ben Jijd) ftampften. SSieber an^erte fic^ bie efettfd^aft al E^or. er o!tor ^ielt al fefter (J^orfanger bie SDMobie bei ben fd)tt)ierigen 9?oten fd)on ^nfammen nnb ber Refrain flang tDnnberbott in ber ftillen Slbenb^ 15 luft, bie one ^ogen ba SSeintaub ber SRaner entlang unb itber bie ipfel ber Obftbanme bi an ba3 e^ol^ be nad)ften ^)itgete nnb famen t)on bort ate Scfyo ^nriid. 5lrmut nnb lenb !)errfd)ten iiberatt in ^)entjd)Ianb nnb granl= 2 reii^. ennodE) tDaren triele Sente bieje ^ammer im er5en fro^ ; 20 benn fie batten bei fid^, tt)enn (Sort bie SKenfdjen fo feljr ftrafe, bann toiirben fie tDenigften^ fiir ba lommenbe ^aljr etlt)a ber= nitnftiger tt)erben nnb ni^t fortfafjren fid^ nntereinanber tot5nf(^Iagen f bie getbfritd)te ^n ^ertreten, bem Sanbntanne ba an iibernt Sopfe nieber^nbrennen ober gar gan^e 2)orfer nnb tcibte 5n 5erftoren. 25 SJfan Ijoffte, bie.9^ot tDerbe bie SKa^te pnt gtieben ^mingen. @o batten bie SSanern, aber gan^ anbrer 5lnfid)t tt?aren bie Sonige. ^)er beritfjntte engtifi^e eneraf Gltiot ritt eine age bet ber 3 SMagernng t)on ibraltar felbft um^er nnb traf bei biefer etegen= so fjeit einen beutf^en olbaten an, ber, ofjne n prcifentieren, nnbe= tDegli^ ba ftanb. r ,Sennft bn ntid) ni(^t f mein o^n?" rebete ber eneral ben olbaten an ; ,,ober tuarunt beobac^teft bn beine $f(icl)t 190 A GERMAN DRILL BOOK nid)t 2olbat crroibcrte : ,,^d) fen no 2ic, vcrr ftcncrat, unb meinc ^flidn fcbr gut ; a ber foeben finb nur \HUM finger an ber rcdUcn $anb abgefdfjoffcn nun-ben ; babcr bin id) nid)t im ftanbc, bag Wcmcbr ,yt Ijaltcn." f ,S3arum gel) ft bu benn nidjt, urn bid) Dcrbinbcn 511 loffenV" fubr Crttiot fort. ,,2Bctl cd in Jeutfctjlanb," 6 antnun-tete ber 2olbat, ,,nid)t erlaubt in, feinen ^oflen el)er ^u lu'rlafien, nlv bio man nlu^eloft luirb." Ta flieii ber (General auflcn= blirflid) nom ^ferbe unb fail to : ,,Wb mir bein (^emel)r unb beine ^atronentafd)i\ id) mill bid) ablofen, bamit bu bid) Dcrbinben laffeu (ainift! 11 10 er 2olbat nc()ord)te, \\u\t\ aber ^uDor jur ndd^ftcn SBadbc. \eii)to an, ban ber (General auf bent ^often ftelje, unb licft baun crft feinc lu'rfiummelte .^panb berbinbcn. 5a or 511 fcrncrcn ttricflgbirnften ntd^t inebr tiid)tic\ nnir, murbc cr Dcrabfd^tcbct unb crt)iclt Don bent (general ein anKhnlid)C5 Wcfdjcnf. 9W cr in ber $)auptftabt Don is Cnfllanb anfam, nioljin ber cncral ben SorfaQ bcridjtet batte, Derlaiu^te ibn ber Mimifl Oeorg 511 fehcn. Ta cr i^m Dorgcftellt nnirbc, nnterl)ielt cr fid) mit if)m f bcf^cnftc il)n foniglid^ unb crnannte Cffijicr. i 3i'ctul)olb felbft mar freilid) ciu anbrcr gcmorbcn in bicfcn $a* 20 ren, ein \\(\\\\ anbrer. Ta^ jungc Jalent, ba einft fo ungcbulbig CKflen bie beeiu^enben 2d)ran!cn unb SSorurteilc fcincr Umgebung anfampftc, battc fid) jum gcfciertcn iiunftlcr cmporgcfd^mungcn, beffen 9Jamc mett iibcr bie (Srenjen 3^alien unb fciner ^cimat f)tnaubrang, beffen SScrfc auf ben SBiifyncn aUcr ^auptftabte 25 l)ctmifd^ toarcn, bcm ^Ru^m unb C^re f olb unb Irtump^c in rcid^fter giiHc juftromtcn. S)iefetbc mdd^tige SBanblung Ijatte fid^ aud^ an feinem iu$eren Dott5ogcn f unb unDortcit^aft mar biefe ^erdnbcnnui fetnecMiH\ic\ benn ft art bc blcid^cn, ernften ^unglingd mit bcm Derfd)loffenen SSefen unb ben riefen biifteren 5(ugen ftanb jefct ein 5IRann ba, bem man e anfa^, bag er mit bem Seben unb ber SSett Dcrtraut mar, unb crft bet bcm 9J2anne fam bic MATERIALS FOE TRANSLATION 191 ftet fo eigentumlid) cmjieljenbe 2lrt fciner djonljeit jur bottften eltung. ftanb biefer ibealen tirn gut, biefe ftolje beftmfjtfein, ba je^t barauf ruljte, unb fid) and) in ben in ber gan^en ^paltung au^fprad), aber e lagen and) tiefe 5 ten auf biefer tirn nnb in biefen 3^gen r bie toofjl ntdjt ba (SIM Ijineingelegt [jatte. SSon bent SKunbe judfte e tt)ie Berber pott, tote Ijol)nifd)e Sttterfeit, unb im 5Iuge f^tumnterte ber cut* ftige gnnfe nidE)t me^r in ber 3^iefe; jefct loberte eine glamme bort, brennenb, tjer^e^renb unb faft bdntonifd) aufjitcfenb bet jeber 10 Grregung. 2Ba biefe 3lntlt^ aud) ciu^erli^ getoonnen mo($te f griebe fprad^ nid)t nte^r barau^. S(% tt)ar no($ ein Sinb t)on fteben Saljren, fo er^a^tt ber be= rii^mte granllin, al meine Sertuanbten ntir an einem gefttage bie afd)en ntit Supfermun^en fiiHten. ogleid^ ging id) nad^ ei= 15 nem Saben, tr)o man pie^eug fcerlaufte. er Jon einer ^Pfeife aber, bie ify im SSorbeige^en in ber anb eine anbern Snaben fa^ r ent5U(ite ntic^ fo fef)r, ba i<^ i^m freimillig fiir bie eine tiidE att mein etb anbot. r tDiHigte ein. Sergnitgt itber meinen ^anbet, eilte id) nad) ^aufe, uio id) pfeifenb atte ^Binfet buri^^og; 20 benn meine ^5feife mad^te ntir ebenfo bid greube, ate id) bamit bie gan^e gamilie belaftigte. a meine Sritber unb djtoeftern ^orten, n?a id) fiir einen Saufd) getroffen ^atte, berftd^erten fie mir f id^ ^citte biermal me()r fiir bie ^Sfeife gegeben, al% fie n)ert fei. 9^un fiel ntir erft ein, tt)a fiir fd^one ad^en id^ fiir ba 25 itbrige elb ^a'tte faufen lonnen, unb fie lad^ten mid) fo fe^r itber meine infatt au, ba id^ bor Serbru^ anfing ^u tt)einen. ^)ie D^eue mad^te ntir nun metjr Srger, at bie ^Jfeife ntir Sergnitgen ge- mad^t t)atte. Sa biefer SSorfatt aber einen unaulofd^lid^en (5in^ bruc! auf mii^ ma^te, fo toarb er ntir in ber golge fe^r nit^Iid^. 30 Dft, tnenn ify in ^crfui^ung lam, ntir etttm UnnottgeS ^u faufen, fagte id) jit ntir felbft: ,,ib nifyt ^u biel fiir bie ^feife!" unb fparte mctn elb. I 1 - 1 - A GERMAN DRILL i Urn Mo Ivirftcrnc an ben ,~\ina,crn ,^u ,>al)len, ba^u gibt c$ nid)t Aina,er a,cnna, au t bcr gan>cn Crrbc, Don bent altcften Gianni $u bcm ^itblciii, bad in bic d)ule geht! ^cim iiu-im man in cincr )d)onen s .Kad)t im ,~vreien ftd)t obcr biirdK- r\c inter binaiivutaut, lucid) cin imvililbarc SWengc him ml tidier Vtd)tcr nnilHcn itn frol)* 6 lid^ unb frcunblic^ cntflcflcn! 2ad ftuflc fnnn fic^ "c!)t fatt fct)cn an bcm litmmliid)cn 2d)ain"uiclc nnb uu'if; nid)t, n>cld)cn 2 tern ed .yicrft nnb am laiu^Ucn bctrad)tcn fnll: c? ift, al^ UHMUI jcbcr fagtc: W 2d)au' mid) an!" Untcrbcnen bciuciicn lie fid) attc am \Minmcl fort. (Sinigc i^cbcn fd)on am friihcn Vlbcnb initcr. ie 10 gan^e 9?ad^t l)inburd), rocnn (c^on bic 3Rorjicnliift ubcr bic (irbc b'bon ron" \\\ Torf bad ^)a^ncngcfd^rei bur^ bic , lichen immcr nod) ncnc auf, nnb Co nimmt fcin ii'iibc. fonncn unr auc^ nic attc fid)tbarcn 2tcrnc auf einmal icl)cn, nic^t cinmal bic Maine, bcnn cv ifi auo^cmac^t, w baft fie ben Jai^ binbnrd) ebenfo mic bet 9lad^t ifjren ftillen Vanf am /pimmcl fortfcfecn; nur ba wir fie rocgcn bcr 2agc&t)cttc nic^t fehen tinmen. Tcr nrmc O.Knfifnnr unb fcin >iollCjK s ,Hn cincm fd)5nen Sommcrtagc mar im Crater ju SBicn cin grofee^ $olfdfeft. S)cr prater ift cine fc^r grofec, offcntlid^c O^ar* 20 tcnantagc boll f)errltd)er Canine, nnb ift bcr ^pauptfpa^icrgang unb Odttfttgimgdort ber SSicncr. SJiel SSolfg ftromte ^inau^, unb jung unb alt, bornc^m unb gering freuten fid^ bort ifjreS 2cben ; e famen aurf) bide grembe, bie fid^ an ber $8olt(iift erfreuten. 3So friil)Itd)e 9Kenfrf)en finb, ba ^at and) ber etttmS ju ^offen, ber an 25 bie Sarmfjerjigfeit feiner gtiicflid^eren SKitmenfd^en gemtefen ift. @o toaren benn ^ier eine 2Renge Settler, Cr^c(mdnner r ^arfcn- mabd^en, bie fid) ifjren Steu^er ju berbienen fudjten. 3n SBien lebte bamalS ein ^nbalibe, bem feine Heine ^enfion jum llnter^atte nid^t aureicl)te. Setteln mod^te er nid^t. (r nriff bal)cr ur SSioline, bie er bon feinem 33ater erlcrnt ^atte, ber MATERIALS FOR TRANSLATION 193 ein 33oljme getoefen tsar, r fpielte wtter einem atten 53aum im prater, unb feinen treuen $ubel fjatte er fo abgerid)tet, ba er t)or ifjm faf* unb ben alien ^mt im Sftaute fyielt, in ben bie Seute bie paar $reuer ttmrfen, bie fie if)m geben tooltten. ^eute ftanb 5 er audj ba nnb fiebelte, nnb ber 5f?ubet fafc bor if)m mit bent wte ; aber bie Seute gingen boriiber, unb ber ^ut blieb leer, fatten i^n bie Seute nur angefe^en, fie fatten Sarm^er^igfeit mit iljm ^aben miiffen. 2)iinne, tt)eif$e3 ^>aar berfte launt feinen cfytibet; ein alter, fabenf^einiger olbatenmantel ttmr fein Sleib. ar 10 mancfye c^tad^t ^atte er mitgelcimpft, unb faft jebe ^atte i^m in einer 9^arbe einen Senl^ettel ange^cingt. 9^ur brei ginger an ber red)ten ^anb ^ielten ben SBogen; eine Sartcitf^enlugel ^atte bie 5*t)ei anbern bei 5tfpern ntitgenommen, unb faft $u glei^er Qtit na^m i^m eine gro^ere Suget bag 93ein tt)eg. Unb bod^ faf)en is ^eute bie fro^Iii^en Seute nicfyt auf i^n, unb er fjatte bod^ fiir ben le^ten ^reu^er neue aiten auf feine Sioline gefauft unb fpielte mit alter raft feine atten 2fttirfd)e unb Jan^e. Sriibe unb trau- rig fa 1 ^ ber alte 3JJann auf bie tDogenbe 9Kenf(^enmaffe f auf bie frofjlidjen efi(J)ter f auf bie ftolje ^5rad^t i^re ^u^e. 58ei i^rem 20 Sadjen brang ein @tad)el in feiner eete, fjeute ^tbenb mu^te er ^ungern auf feinem tro^tager im S)adE)ftiib(i)en. @ein ^?ubel tuar in ber Sat beffer bran; er fanb bod) tneHeicfyt auf bent ^eimtDege einen Snod)en unter einem uf$fteine, an bent er feinen unger ftitten lonnte. 25 @(i)on tt)ar' ^iemtid^ fpat am S^a^mittage. eine ^offnung tt)ar fo na^e am llnterge^en tt)ie bie onne; benn fd^on le^rten bie Sufttt)anbter prM. S)a legte ficE) ein recfyt tiefe Seib auf bag toetter^arte, t)ernarbte eft(J)t. r a^nte nidE)t f ba ni(^t tDeit t)on ifjrn ein ftatttid^ gefleibeter ^err ftanb, ber ifjm lange ju^ortc unb so if)n mit bent 9lu3bruc!e tief empfunbenen 3Kitteib betra^tete. 2113 enblidf) atteg frud)tto btieb unb bie miibe ^>anb ben Sogen nid^t me^r fii^ren fonnte, and) fein Sein il)n launt mef)r trug r fe^te er ][ auf einen tein unb ftii^te bie tirn in bie Ijo^Ie anb, unb 1 1> 1 A GERMAX hllll.L BOOK Mo Crrbo faunae cinin,c l)cimlidt)c Jrtincn cin, itnb bic fagt'd nic^t kmeber. S)cr $crr abcr, bcr banobou an bom Stamrne bor niton 1'inbc lolwto, bnttc n.ckbcn, mic Mo ucrftiimmolto .franb bio Jrnncn ab* miidw, bamit bad Sluge bcr SBclt bic Spurcn nici)t fn'bc. <* mar, 6 aid ob bio Jrrinen mie itobcnbhoino Iropfcn bom .vSornt nitf bad $crj gcfattcn mdrcn, fo rafd^ trat or hor.\u, rcirf)to bom Hilton oin l^olbftiicf unb fafttc : w i!oil)ot mir Cruro i^oia,c oin 2tiinbd)on !" S)cr s ,Hlto in 1) mill Initfoj? ben $crrn an, bcr mit bcr bcutfc^en rad^c fo tjolprig umging, roic or mit bcr Ocigc. SBav or nbor 10 moHtc, iH'ritnnb bor x x \nunlibc bo^ unb rcic^tc ihm ioino (^oiiio. ^2 to iimr nun fo fd^lccl)t nid)t ; nur bcr gcroi^nli^e cigcr fra^tc fo iibol. (ir itimmtc iic i]locfonroin, ftctttc fi(^ barauf gan^ nnbo 511 bcm 3nDalibcn unb fagtc : ^.SioDcgc, nun ncbmt ^sbr ba$ Wolb, unb id) iiMolo!" Tor iina, bcnn nun an ^u fpielcn, bafe bcr 9Utc is foino (^oii^o noiuiiori^ bctrnditctc unb mcintc, cd fct fie gar nid^t mobr : bonn bor Jon ging nnmberbar in bic 2cclc, unb bio Jono rotttcn uno s |>orlon baljin. 3Rand)mal mar'd, atd jubilicrtcn (SngcU ftimmon in bor Wcigc, unb bnnn micbcr, aid tlagtcn lone fdjftcrcn Votbcd aud tl)r bcraitc\ bte bad $>crj fo bcmcgtcn, ba bic 5(u= gon kd)t unirbcn. 3cfct blieben bic Scuto notion unb fafycn ben ftattlid^cn $)crrn on unb I)ord)tcn auf bic tDimbcrDoHen Jonc ; jebermann fa^'d, ber .Vorr geigte fiir ben 9lrmcn, aber nicmanb fannte i^n. 3ro m err ba elb abermal in be ^ndattben @atf gefdjiittet, rief er: f ,^8ond)er lebe ^o^! /y ^od^! ^od^!" rief bag Sol!. Unb ber Sntmlibe faltete feine nnb betete : ,,err f belo^ne bn'g i^nt rei^tid^ !" Unb id^ gtanbe, eg gab an biefem 5tbenb ^tuei liidlid^e me:r 25 in SSien. ^)er eine tt)ar ber ^nbalibe, ber nnn tueit^in feiner 9?ot ent^oben tt)ar f nnb ber anbre ttmr ^Bon(i)er f bem fein er$ ein ,8engnig gab, nm bag man if)n beneiben mod^te. SSir aber fagen: nt ab bor bem 83on(^er, nnb tuenn er and) tanfenbmal ein granjofe ttmr! 28. 0. bott A GXHM.\\ Wit Wim fnitfl mi! 3n OtteS Xiamen faita/ id) an; :t ift ev, ber mir bdfen faun. ^n'ltn (^ott mir bilit, twrb alk* Iddit: SBo hHm nid)t bilft, tuirb niAto crnv I mm ift ^ao lu-ftc, iua3 id) fann: s Jiamcn faiuV id^ an. (frinncrunfl SBillft bu immcr wcitcr fd^iucifcn? 2 id)', ba3 ute liegt fo naty. Vcrnc nur ba^ liicf crgrcifcn, Icim ba^ liicf in immcr ba. lliilit cin fd)6ne$ Slumd^cn inn'rcr griincn 3lu'; cin 9lug' ift mic bcr imme(, (So bcitcr unb fo bfau. S^ mcife ntd^t Did ,\u rcbcn, Unb allc, ma^ c^ fprid^t r 3ft immer mir basidbe, 3ft nur: SJergibmctnnid^t. ^einri^ ^offmann Don raeitt ^pcrs, fci ntc^t beflommcn mein ^erj, fei nic^t bdlommen, Hub crtrage bein efd^icf. 5Rcucr Sriibtinfl gtbt juriicf, SBa ber SSinter bir genommcn. UiiD nrie bid ift bir geblieben! Unb ttrie fd^on ift nod^ bie SBclt! Unb me in Serj, lt)o bir gefdHt, barfft bu licbcn! MATERIALS FOE TRANSLATION 197 $>u Bift Itrie cine JBlumc S)n bift ttrie eine 53lnnte @o ()olb iinb fcfyon utib rein; 3>dj fd)an ; bid) an, nnb SSefymnt d)leicf)t mir in er$ tjinein. ift, al3 ob td) bie )anpt bir legen 23etenb, ba ott btd^ er^alte @o rein nnb fd)5n nnb fjolb. Sti einer @(^enne lag fcerftecEt 10 in 5pf(ug f f(^on gan$ mit 3loft 6r fal) mit 9?eib nnb ftiltem rant, SSenn btan! nnb gla'n^enb aHe ytafyt ein 93rnber t)on bent elbe fant. S)a fragt^ er etnft mit tritbem inn: 15 ,,3$ie fommt r f ba ify fo roftig bin, Snbe bn fllftitjeft bott t)on $ra^t? 33in bod) an gtei(i)em toff gemad^t!" ,,@ielj' f lieber grennb," tjerfe^te ber, ,,2Kein lan^ fommt t)on ber Arbeit ^er/' Ss^ a 5 S^aits GafteUi Srfjafcr* @onnta0^Iieb 20 S)a ift ber Sag be errn! %< bin aHein anf meiter gtur; eine 9Jtorgeng(ode nnr, titte na^ nnb fern. Slnbetenb Inie^ i(^ ^ier. 25 fitfseS ran^n, ge^eime $U fnieten biete nngefe^n llnb beteten mit mir! l' )s A r;/ : I:\IA \ DRILL r \Minmd, iial) nnb fern. (rr ift |"o liar nut* icier lid), @o gan5, al* mollt' or otincn fid). ! ift tu-r Jiii] t>c* .\>erni! uwonb In* rrtitucrt x ,ur 2d)micbc ging cin junker \x'lb, s gr Jjatt' cin gntc* 2dwuTt bcftcllt : aid er'3 roog in mb, dfjrocrt cr uicl $u fd^mer crfanb. 3)er alte c^micb ben SJart ftc^ ftrcid^t: W 3)ad 2d)iucrt ift nicfyt 511 fc^mer, noc^ Icidjt, 10 3u fd^mac^ ift (Slier 9Irm f id^ mctii; morgen foH get)otfen fcin." cin, hcnt': bci oiler ^Hittcrf^aft, Turd) mcinc. ntd^t burc^ geucrd r Bungling fpridf)t'3, i^n Sltaft burd^bringt: is 2d)iucrt cr ^od^ in Siiftcn f(%roingt. U^lanb S)ie 9lbcnbgt6cfd^en lautcn miiben Jag ^ur 9hil)\ Tie tinmen auf ben ^eiben Jun fd^lcifrig bie 3lugen 511. > S)ie SJoglein in ben SJaumen, @ie fd^roeigen aHe ftill, 6in jebe ^cimlid^ traumcn S3om golbnen SKorgen mill. Die d^iffe ru^ r n im ^afen f Seine SSette regt fidf) me^r; o ge^ audt) bn nun fd^Iafcn Unb bange nid^t fo febv. MATERIALS FOR TRANSLATION 199 ttnb (aft ben SJater forgen, $)er iiber ben ternen ttmd)t : (r fegnet mit greuben ben Sftorgen, r jegnet mit grieben bie !D?ad)t. Sriebrirf) UU Sftignon Sennft bn bag Sanb, tt)o bie 3^ronen bliifj'n, 3m bunfetn Saub bie olb^Drangen glii^n, in fanfter SSinb t)om blanen )immel toeljt, Xie 9Kt)rte ftiff unb $0$ ber Sorfeer fte^t? ftcnnft bn e !)Wd)t ; id) mit bit, o mein etiebter, ^ie^n. Sennft bn ba ^an? Sluf anlen rnl)t jein (S glan^t ber (Saal, e fd)immert ba @ema(^, Unb 3JlarmorbiIber fte^n unb fe^n mid) an: 28a ^at man bit, bn armes> Sinb, getan? Sennft bu e i(^ mit bir, o mein Sef^ii^er, Sennft bn ben 93erg nnb jeinen SSollenfteg? SJJanltier fudE)t im 9ebet feinen 28eg; 3n 5^Ien tooljnt ber ^)rad)en alte 93rnt; ( ftiirjt ber get nnb iiber i^n bie glnt. Sennft bn tfjn ef)t nnfer 28eg! o SSater! lafc un ^ie^n. oetfte iegfrieb tuar ein ftoljer ing t)on be 9Sater 93nrg SBottt' raften nid)t in 9Sater ttmnbern in atte SBelt .1 UKKMA \ DRILL linnK t' ihm mand) fitter iiHTt Wit ieftem 2d)ilb unb brcitem 2dWHTt. icgfricb nur einen 2terfen truo,, 5)o8 mar if)m bitter unb leib genug. Unb alS er ging im finftcrn SBalb, 5 Mam er ju einer 2d)iniebe balb. 5)a falj er (j-iicn unb 2tal)l genug, liiii luftig Scuer Slammen fd^lug. W O SWcifter, licbr tac mein, 2a bu mic^ beincn OefcIIen iein! 10 Unb le^r' bu mid^ mit S^cife unb 9ld)t, SBic man bic guten djmcrtcr mad)t'" iegfrieb ben jammer mo^l fc^min^cn [mint, (jr fc^lug ben 9lmbo6 in ben O^runb. Or fd^Iug, ba& mcit bcr SBalb crflang w Unb aUe Gifcn in tiicfe fprang. Unb Don bcr tefcten Ciiienftang' 9)?a^t r er ein Sdfjmert fo breit unb long. ,, s .Vun ^ab r id^ gefd^micbet ein gutc* 2d)mert, bin id^ mie anbre fitter luert. fd^(ag r id^ mic ein anbrer eib Sic Siicfen unb S)rad^en in SSalb unb gelb." U^lanb I'tcbcu SSie fonnt' id^ betn Dergeffcn! 3^ meifc, ma bu mir bift, SBenn aud^ bie SBdt i^r SiebfteS Hub 93efte balb bergifst. MATEEIAL8 FOE TRANSLATION 201 3d) fittg' e f)eE unb ruf e taut: SKein $aterlaub ift meine SBrcmt! 28te fount' id) beiu fcergeffen! 3d) toeifs, tt)a bit mir fcift. 28ie fount' id) betn bergeffen! ein beu! ? id^ atte^ett; 3d^ bin tnit bit berbunbeu, SKit bir in greub ; nub Ceib. 3d^ anil fiir bid^ im Sampfe ftefjn Hub, foH e fein, ntit bir t)erge^u. SSte fount' id) beiu bergeffen! eiu benf id 28te fount' t( bein oergeffen! 3<$ tt)ei, toa bn mir bift, 15 olaug eiu ^aud^ bon Ciebe Hub Sebeu in mir ift. 3d) fndje nid)t afe bid) atteiu, 8H beiuer Siebe tDert $n fein. SSie fount' id^ bein Dergeffen! 20 3<$ ^)ei f ftm bu mir bift. So' S)orflein bort ^n (nbe gefjt, ' 9Kn^tenrab am ad^ fic^ bre^t, fte^t im bnft'gen 93littenftrau^ flein: meiu $aterf)au. a f^Iagen mir ^tDei er^eu brin Siebe nub bott trenem @iuu; 9Keiu 9Sater nub bie SKutter mein r ^)a finb bie ^er^en, fromm nub rein. ui nod) mcinc SBicge ftcbt, 3)arin Icrnt' id) mcin cn't (^ebct : Tartu jaut 2 rid unb v Juft itct* Waum, Tariu minim' id) ben mien Iraiim. I nun taufd)' id) fur ba* id)iuiftc 2ct)lo, 9Rein UebeS ^iittlcin boc^ nid^t auv, nn * flibt ja inir cin 33atert)au3. 3rani fBiebemann 93ci cincm SStrtc uninbcrmilb, I)a roar id) jiiiuv't \\\ <^nftc ; 10 Cfin flolbncr xHpfd war fein Sd^itb XHn cincm (angen 9lfte. g mar bcr gutc Stpfclbaum, Sci bcm id^ ciiuicfcbrct ; 2Rit fitger ^oft unb frifdjcm 2d)aum i at cr mid) tt>of)( gcna^rct. G famcu in join griincS ^au SSict Icid^tbcf(%n)iiuitc Wiiftc : ie fvraiuicn frci unb htdtcn 2dimau Unb fangen auf ba bcftc. 3d^ fanb ein Sett 5u fugcr Stub' s Jlnf ivcid^cn, griincu 9Kattcn; Tor ^irt, er berfte fclbft mid) 511 9Rit feincm fii^Icn Sd)atten. 5un fragt' id^ nad^ bcr djulbigtctt : & ?a fd&uttelt* er ben 23tpfcl. (^oic^nct fci cr attc^cit Son ber SBurjel bi^ 5um Win'd! Ublnnb MATERIALS FOE TRANSLATION 203 goffttmtg reben iinb tranmen bie Stftenfdjen Diet SSon beffern fiinftigen agen; einem gtiic!lid)en, golbenen $iel teljt man fie rennen nnb jagen; S)ie SSett ftrirb alt unb ftrirb ftrieber Jung, ber SKenjd) ^offt unmet SSerbeffernng. ie ^offnung fii^rt ujn tn Seben ein, @ic umftattert ben fro^Ii^en Snaben, ^Qting lotft t^r 3Qwberj($etn, 10 @ie tt)trb mtt bent ret nid&t begraben; SDenn bef^Ite^t er im rabe ben miiben Sauf, 91 od) im rabe pffattjt er bie ^offnnng anf. 6 ift fein teerer, fc()meid)etnber SSa^n, (Sr^engt im eljirne ber Joren. 15 3m ^er^en fiinbet e lant fid) an: ' 3u ttm 33efferm finb tDtr geboren; Unb tt)a bie innere timme fprtdjt, tanf^t bie ^offenbe eete nid)t. Xtc luaubcdtbc (Worfc tnar ein Sinb, ba toottte nie 3wr Sird)e fi(^ beqnemen, Unb interf)er 5 3Me locfe fommt gemacfclt. [c tpacfclt fdjneH, man glaubt ed faum; 3)a3 anno >{inb im 3d) reef en, lii nft f eg fommt aid mic im rawn ; S)ie (tx!e roirb eg becfen! 10 2>oc^ nimmt eg rid^tig feinen $)ufd), Hub mit ^eunu^tcr 2 dinette Irilt eg burd) xHiuicr, ,Vlb unb 93ufd) 3ur ffird^e, ^ur ffapette. Hub jeben 2onn= unb m'iertan is Webenft eg on ben 2d)aben, 2d^t burc^ ben erften @locfenfd)lag, 9?td)t in ^JJerfon fic^ laben. 9oet*e Tic Sodjt am 9tycin Sg brouft ein Oiuf loie 2)onncr^ott r SSie (Sd^mertgcflirr unb SBogenpratt: 20 3um :Kl)ein, jum SKfyein, jum beutfd^en SJ^ein! SSer mitt beg Stromeg filter fein? Sieb SJaterlanb, magft ru^ig fcin, geft fte^t unb trcu bie 28ad)t am SJ^cin! S)urc^ unberttaufenb jucft eg fcl)nett r 25 Unb atter 5lugen bli^en ^ett: 3)er beutfc^e Singling, fromm unb ftarf, 93efcf)trmt bie ^eil'ge Sanbegmarf. Vicb 9?aterlanb, magft ru^ig fein f geft ftefjt unb treu bie SSac^t am SRfjetn! :> MATERIALS FOB TRANSLATION 205 r blic!t fjhtcmf in 28o ^elbengeifter nieberfd)an'n, Unb fdjtoort mit. ftoljer $ampfelnft : , bleibft beutfd), ftrie meine 93ruft. ob mein er^ im SBirft bit bodj brum ein SBetfdE)er nii^t. SReid) tt)te an Staffer betne glut 3ft )entfd)lanb |a an Jpetbenblut. ,,@olang ein Jropf^en 93Iut nod) gtiifjt, 10 9^od^ eine ganft ben S)egen ^ie^t, Unb nod) ein $lrm bie 93itd^fe fpannt, SJetrttt fein 28etf^er beinen tranb." er @(i)tr)nr erf^attt, bie SSoge rinnt f 3)ie ga^nen flattern Ijod) im SSinb : is 3 um S^^ein, ^nm ^R^ein, ^um beutfd)en 28ir aHe molten fitter fein! Sieb SSatertanb, ntagft rnfyig fein f geft fte^t nnb treu bie SSad)t am ^R^e 206 A GEHMA\ hi: ILL linn I, 1 I'.etruchten wir nachts die Sterne, so benierken wir, dass sie von ungleicher Helligkeit sind. Sind nun einige kleiner als die andern, nd -lie ulan/cnderen uns n&her? Es 1st schwer, dies mit Sicherheit zu sagen, denn roanchmal sind glan- zendi' Sterne uns nalu ; es gibt aber auch kleine Stern.-, die 6 eben so nahe sind, so dass sowohl Grdsse als Entfernung ins Spiel kommen. Man ordnet die Sterne nach Grdssenklassen, je nach dem Grade ihrer Helligkeit. Von den hellsten sagt man, sie seien erster Grdsse, die n&chsthellen Sterne nennt man zweiter Grdsse, 10 und so geht es herab bis zu Sternen funfzdmter und sech- zehnter Grdsse, die nur lurch die stark 8 ton Fernrohre sichtbar sind. Der schw&chste, in einer dunkeln Nacht furs blosse Auge sichtbare Stern, ist ungefahr sechster Grdsse. 2 Wenn wir das Wasser des Meeres untersuchen, so finden wir, is dass es sich von dem Wasser auf dem Lande insofern unter- scheidet, als es salzig ist Es enthalt etwas, was wir im ge- wohnlichen Quell- oder Flusswasser nicht bemerken. Wenn wir einen Tropfen klares Wasser nehmen und ihn auf tincr Glasplatte verdunsten lassen, so finden wir, dass er keine Spur 20 zurticklasst. Nun wollen wir aber einen Tropfen Meerwasser nehmen und ihn verdunsten la-< n. Ms Meibt eine kleine, weisse Schicht zurtick, und wenn wir sie unter das Mikroskop bringen, so sehen wir dass sie aus zarten Kristallen von gewohnlichem oder Meersalz, vermischt mit andern, meistens Gipskristallen, 26 besteht. 3 Die grosse deutsche Entdeckung der Einheit aller Natur- krafte, des Gesetzes, dass keine Kraft jemals verloren geht, sondern sich nur, wenn sie zu verschwinden scheint, in eine andre verwandelt, hat in den Augen der Physiker die alten Son- 30 nenanbeter wieder zu Ehren gebracht; den nunmehr wissen wir, dass nicht nur alles organische Leben unsrer Erde, sondern auch MATERIALS FOR TRANSLATION 207 jede mechanische Bewegung der unbelebten Stoffe auf ihr von den Sonnenstrahlen geweckt werden muss. Wenn der Glutball unsers Zentralkorpers im Osten emporsteigt, erwacht das Natur- leben, das ohne seine Strahlen nicht gedacht werden kann, und 5 jubelt ihm entgegen. An jedem Orte, den seine durchdringen- den Lichtblicke treffen, .steigt ein Strom erwarmter Luft in die Hohe, um sich als frische Brise, die unsre Schiffe und Wind- mtihlen treibt, oder als wilder Orkan, der Stadte und Land- strecken verwtistet, in die weniger erwarmten Regionen zu 10 ergiessen. An den Oberflachen der Meere verdunsten taglich ungeheure Massen Wasser im Sonnenschein, um mit der er- warmten Luft emporzusteigen und den ewigen Kreislauf von neuem zu beginnen, worin es, wie der Dichter sagt, der mensch- lichen Seele gleicht. Nah oder fern vom Ufer f allt es als Nebel, is Regen, Schnee oder Hagel zum Boden nieder. Ohne Eisen konnten wir nicht leben; denn das Eisen rollt I in unserm Blute und gibt ihm die rote Farbe. Das Eisen fertigt die Wiege des Sauglings und den Sarg des Toten; es baut uns die Hauser, warmt uns die Zimmer, schliesst uns die Ttiren. 20 Das Eisen pfltigt unsre Acker, maht unsre Wiesen und Felder und hilft uns, das erworbene Gut schtitzen, wenn die Feinde den Herd und die Freiheit bedrohen. Mit dem Eisen starken wir den Huf unsrer Pferde und ztigeln ihren wilden Mut; aus Eisen bereiten wir dem eisernen Dampfwagen eine Strasse; die 25 grossten Seeschiffe, die das Meer durchfurchen, sind aus Eisen ge- baut; des Eisens bedienen wir uns bei Anwendung des elektri- schen Stromes, der mit Blitzesschnelle unsre Gedanken forttragt von Stadt zu Stadt, von Land zu Land, der uns das glanzendste Licht, die gewaltigste Kraft zu dem Betriebe der Maschinen zur 30 Verftigung stellt. Das Eisen ist das allerunscheinbarste Metall, und doch konnen wir erst durch seine Hilfe die tibrigen Metalle gewinnen, konnen auch die andern Metalle ersetzen. Wie das A GERMAN It HILL BOOE eide M -la- KiM-n /ur Notdurft ungere Leibea und Lr iiat'tVn; -s i>t mis notig wie dag t&glirlir lirot. So nahe die Sonne zu sein scheint, wenn sie lYuh Innt. r Bergen in die trischc Morgenluft hinaufscheint, so ist Hie d<< h ungefahr 150 Millionm I\ilnu -t -r weit von der Erde entfernt 6 \\Vil a her eine solche Zahl sich gesch winder auggpreohen als ausdenken lasgt, go m< rk< : \Venn auf der Sonne eine grogge, Hcharf geladene Kanone gt&nde und der Soldat, der hinten gteht nii'l sie richtet, zielte auf kcin.-n :indern Menschen als auf t \\irklirli Kis. Uiul wmii uir die I'.ilder aul' d-r I'VnM.T-.-ln-ilM- nut rinrm Vergrosserungsglas beaclu-ii. im-rkrn wir, dass sie aus kleinen Stiickrhrn Kis y.u iM-stimmirn I-'i-in-.-n zusammengesetzt sind. Jedes dieser EiattAokohen 1st s ant' folgendem Wege gemacht wonlcn: .lie Lui't im Zinmirr 1st \ irl warmer als dir Lui'i lraussni, unl i>t mi: fa-t ebenao \ i-l \\'a>scr Lji-inischt, als >'u-li in rr iin /iinnirr winl /u klrinm TrMph-n kaltcii i Wassers, sobald es mil den kalten Fensterecheiben in i; nihrung koinnit Die Scheiben werden kalter und kalter, diese kleinen Tropfen gefrirn-n, und das Wasser \s irN-- kiil (18 Gewichtsteilen) Wasser verbunden ist. 2 Die Erf ah rung lehrt, dass alle Korper, die sich in der Nahe d r Erdoberflache befinden, das Bestreben zeigen, zu fallen. Die Ursache des Falls der K.".r|n-r ist i-ine von der Erde ausge- 25 tibte Anziehungskraft, die Schwerkraft genannt wird. 3 Elektri/itiit wird durch Reibung erregt. Die Nichtleiter der Elektrizitat werden durch Reiben elektrisch und behalten ihre Elektrizitat Die Leiter konnen ebenfalls elektrisch gemacht werden, bewahren den elektrischen Zustand aber nur dann, 30 wenn sie isoliert sind. Die Nichtleiter werden auch Isolatoren MATERIALS FOR TRANSLATION 211 genannt. Man unterscheidet positive und negative Elektrizitat. Zwischen gleichnamig elektrisierten Korpern findet Abstossung, zwischen ungleichnamig elektrisierten Korpern findet Anzie- hung statt. 5 Da alle Korper durch die Warme ausgedehnt werden, und I also das Volumen eines Korpers von dem Grade seiner Erwar- mung abhangt, so kann die Ausdehnung eines Korpers dazu dienen, um den Grad seiner Erwarmung, seine Temperatnr, zu messen. Das Instrument aber, das man anwendet, um die Tem- 10 peratur zu bestimmen, nennt man Thermometer. An dem untern Ende einer engen Glasrohre befindet sich ein kugelformiges oder zylindrisches Gefass; dies Gefass und ein Teil der Rohre ist mit Quecksilber gefiillt. Durch Erwarmung vermehrt sich das Yolumen des Quecksilbers, es steigt in der 15 Rohre; wenn die Kugel erkaltet, vermindert sich das Volumen des Quecksilbers wieder, der Gipfel der Quecksilbersaule in der Rohre sinkt. Ein Kristall ist die nattirliche Form eines Minerals: eine 2 ktinstliche von Menschen gearbeitete Form ist niemals ein 20 Kristall. Ein Stuck Glas, dem man durch Schleifen die Form eines Kristalls, etwa eines Oktaeders, gegeben hat, ist daher kein Kristall, denn seine Form ist keine nattirliche, es hat sie nicht von selbst angenommen. Ein Oktaeder von Alaun da- gegen ist ein Kristall, denn diese Form ist eine nattirliche, sie 25 bildet sich immer von selbst, wenn Alaun aus seiner Losung in Wasser sich ausscheidet. Der Sauerstoff lasst sich mit Htilfe von Kalte durch starken 3 Druck zu einer Flussigkeit zusammenpressen und verdichten. Fur sich allein nicht brennbar, unterhalt und steigert er die so Verbrennung unter grosser Warmeentwicklung; er ist also eine der wesentlichsten und unentbehrlichsten Mittel, um eine Ver- brennung tiberhaupt zustande kommen zu lassen. Entztindete -1- A 0JUUC4J) him. i. BOOM Mini <;iiihen erhit/te nder nur L r linmien.l<- K..rj.-r. \viez. I 1 ,. glimmendes II.. I/, ulidieiidrx KiM-n. fnt/iindetcr 1 'li.-ph, ,r. i.rcn- nender Srhwi'fel, brennen in reinem >aufrstoffgas hell, leueh- tend und lebhaft mit 1 Kino miu' Kpoche began n fttr die Physik mit 1 r Aufstc Hung 5 des Gravitationsgesetzes passive voice, 50, 60,3 principal parts, 40, a reflexive, 52, 61 separable, 56, 74, 1-3, 75 stem, 40, i strong, 40, 5, 41, 6, 48, 58, 66, 68 tense auxiliaries, 42-45, 60 vowel changes, 66 weak, 40, 4, 46, 58, 59 tocrmittclft, 84 1 iriclcr, 39, i uon, 87,i Dor, 93, a vowel changes in verbs, 41,6, 66 woljrftib, conj., 103,6; prep., 84, 8 , 33, 34*: ffir rin f :::;' , for ctwoc<, 'M* tocbcr . . . nod), 100, 9 mCflfll, M.g weight, 28, i moil, 1 loclttjcr, adj., l,a; pron., 83, 89,a nicnbcn r 59 nicnn, 103, 8 ; ... rfu^, 103, a cr, 33 njcrbcn, 44, 60,3 Briber, 89,4 wic r 103,9 ttriffcn, 69 wo- f tt>or- r 85 s word groups, 117 , 2, 87, a , 85 1 3ttrifd)Cit r 93,3 THE N I THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE STAMPED BELOW AN INITIAL FINE OF 25 CENTS WILL BE ASSESSED FOR FAILURE TO RETURN THIS BOOK ON THE DATE DUE. THE PENALTY WILL INCREASE TO SO CENTS ON THE FOURTH DAY AND TO fl.OO ON THE SEVENTH DAY .. YB 01338 926644 THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY